initial commit of ebook 31350HEADmain

11 files changed, 14553 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/31350-8.txt b/31350-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0a5405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31350-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4561 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Bible Studies in the Life of Paul, by Henry T. Sell
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Bible Studies in the Life of Paul
+       Historical and Constructive
+
+Author: Henry T. Sell
+
+Release Date: February 22, 2010 [EBook #31350]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLE STUDIES IN THE LIFE OF PAUL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+BIBLE STUDIES
+
+IN THE LIFE OF PAUL
+
+
+HISTORICAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE
+
+
+
+BY
+
+REV. HENRY T. SELL, D.D.
+
+
+Author of "Supplemental Bible Studies," "Bible Study by Books,"
+  "Bible Study by Doctrines," "Bible Study by Periods,"
+    and "Bible Studies in the Life of Christ."
+
+
+
+
+CHICAGO NEW YORK TORONTO
+
+FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY
+
+LONDON & EDINBURGH
+
+
+
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1904
+
+BY FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY
+
+
+  Chicago: 63 Washington Street
+  New York: 158 Fifth Avenue
+  Toronto: 27 Richmond Street, W.
+  London: 21 Paternoster Square
+  Edinburgh: 30 St. Mary Street
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+The book of Acts shows in a very graphic way the
+rapid growth and marvelous progress of Christianity in
+the midst of great opposition.  We see in process of
+fulfillment the promise of Jesus Christ to his disciples that
+they should receive power after the Holy Ghost had come
+upon them and that they should be witnesses unto Him
+"both in Jerusalem and in all Judea and in Samaria and
+unto the uttermost part of the earth."  Those were
+earnest times and full of stirring events, when men went forth
+to conquer a hostile world not with swords, but by the
+preaching of a gospel of peace and good will.  As soon as
+this proclamation was made in Judea and Samaria a new
+instrument was chosen by Jesus Christ, in Paul, to carry
+His message to the uttermost part of the earth.  He
+thus became at once the chief character in the larger work
+of planting and developing churches outside of Palestine.
+The study of Paul's life shows the difficulties encountered,
+the doctrines taught, and the organization perfected in the
+early churches.  "We here watch the dawn of the gospel
+which the Savior preached as it broadens gradually into
+the boundless day."
+
+Bible Studies in the Life of Paul is designed to follow
+the author's Bible Studies in the Life of Christ and to
+show the work of the Great Apostle in carrying the
+gospel to a Gentile world.  The aim is to present the work
+of Paul in a constructive and historical way.  While there
+has been a careful consideration, on the part of the author,
+of disputed questions, only conclusions upon which there
+is a general agreement amongst scholars, and which can be
+consistently held, are presented.  The great main facts of
+Paul's life and work stand forth unchallenged and the
+emphasis is placed upon them.  This book is divided into
+three parts, Paul's preparation for his work, his missionary
+journeys, and his writings.  This is a text book, and,
+with the analysis of each study and questions, is prepared
+for the use of normal and advanced Sunday-school classes,
+teachers' meetings, schools, colleges, and private study.
+This is the sixth book of the kind which the author has
+prepared and sent forth.  The large favor with which the
+other books have been received, and the desire, first of all,
+of making the life and work of Paul even better known,
+have been the motives which have led to its preparation.
+
+CHICAGO, ILL.
+
+HENRY T. SELL.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+        I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+STUDY
+
+    I.  Early Life
+   II.  Conversion
+
+
+        II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+  III.  First Missionary Journey
+   IV.  Second Missionary Journey
+    V.  Third Missionary Journey
+   VI.  Jerusalem to Rome
+
+
+        III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+  VII.  The Future of Christ's Kingdom
+ VIII.  The Old Faiths and the New
+   IX.  The Supremacy of Christ
+    X.  Pastoral and Personal
+
+
+
+
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+
+STUDY I
+
+EARLY LIFE
+
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++The Place of Paul+--The Man.  The Work of the Apostle.  The
+Leading Thought.
+
++Birth+--Place.  Time.  Family.
+
++Training+--Home.  Mental, Moral and Religious.  Industrial.
+
++The World as Paul Saw It+--The World.  Political.  Religious.
+The Difficulties.
+
+
+
+
+Bible Studies in the Life of Paul
+
+
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+
+STUDY I
+
+EARLY LIFE
+
+THE PLACE OF PAUL
+
++The Man, Paul,+ judged by the influence he has
+exerted in the world, is one of the greatest characters in
+all history.  He is pre-eminent not only as a missionary,
+but as a marvelous thinker and writer.  "He was
+a personality of vast power, force, and individuality."  There
+are some men who seem to be born and prepared
+to do a large work for the world; Paul makes the impression
+upon those who carefully read the record of his life
+that he stands first in this class of men.
+
++The Work of the Apostle.+--As John the Baptist
+preceded Christ and prepared the way for His coming, so
+Paul succeeded Christ and went throughout the heathen
+world proclaiming that the Christ had come, and calling
+upon all men, Jews and Gentiles, to repent and accept
+Him as their Lord and Savior.  So wide was his work as
+a missionary of the cross, and an interpreter of the Christ,
+that a certain class of critics have sought to make him the
+creator of Christianity, as we know it; a position which
+Paul would be the first to repudiate.  He sought of
+himself, before he was apprehended by Christ on the way to
+Damascus, to drive Christianity from the face of the
+earth.
+
++The Leading Thought+ in Paul's mind, after his
+conversion, was personal devotion to Christ; this was the
+mainspring of every act.  He said, "I am crucified with
+Christ: nevertheless, I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth
+in me": (Gal. 2:20).  "For me to live is Christ"
+(Phil. 1:21).  In his letters to the churches which he founded,
+there are found no picturesque descriptions of cities or of
+scenery; his one thought is to make known the Christ.
+He says, writing to the Corinthian church, "and I,
+brethren, when I came to you, came not with excellency of
+speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of
+God.  For I determined not to know anything among
+you, save Jesus Christ and Him crucified" (1 Cor. 2:1,
+2).  In the evangelization of the heathen world, for
+which task he had been set apart by the Holy Spirit
+(Acts 13:2) and which he had accepted with all his heart,
+it is not only his leading, but his only thought to make
+known Jesus Christ as Lord and Savior.
+
+To miss this supreme purpose of Paul in the study of
+his life is to miss its whole significance (Phil. 2:1-11;
+Col. 1:12-20).
+
+
+BIRTH
+
++Place.+--The world is interested in the birthplaces of
+its great men.  Some of these birthplaces are in doubt.
+There is no doubt about the place in which Paul was
+born.  He says, in making a speech to the Jews, "I am
+verily a man which am a Jew, born in Tarsus, a city in
+Cilicia" (Acts 22:3).  This city was the capital of
+Cilicia and was situated in the southeastern part of Asia
+Minor.  It was but a few miles from the coast and was
+easily accessible from the Mediterranean sea by a navigable
+river.  A large commerce was controlled by the
+merchants, on sea and on land.  Tarsus, while one of three
+university centers of the period, ranking with Athens and
+Alexandria, was an exceedingly corrupt city.  It was the
+chief seat of "a special Baal worship of an imposing but
+unspeakably degrading character."
+
++Time.+--The date of Paul's birth is nowhere recorded,
+but from certain dates given in the Acts, from which we
+reckon back, it is thought that he was born about the
+same time as Jesus Christ.
+
++Family.+--We are left, in this matter, without any
+uncertainty.  Paul says, "I am a Pharisee, the son of a
+Pharisee" (Acts 23:6).  I was "circumcised the eighth
+day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, an
+Hebrew of the Hebrews, as touching the law, a Pharisee"
+(Phil. 3:5).  Paul's father and mother were Jews
+of the stricter sort.  The expression which Paul uses, "An
+Hebrew of the Hebrews" is very significant.  The Jews
+of the Dispersion were known at this time as Hebrews
+and Hellenists.  The Hebrews clung to the Hebrew
+tongue and followed Hebrew customs.  The Hellenists
+spoke Greek by preference and adopted, more or less,
+Greek views and civilization.  Paul had a married sister
+who lived in Jerusalem (Acts 23:16) and relatives in Rome
+(Rom. 16:7, 11).
+
+
+TRAINING
+
++Home.+--The instruction received in the home has often
+more influence and is more lasting than any other.  Paul
+received the usual thorough training of the Jew boy
+accentuated in his case, in all probability, by the open iniquity
+which was daily practised in his native city.  We never
+hear him expressing any regret that he received such
+thorough religious instruction at the hands of his parents.
+
++Mental, Moral, and Religious.+--Good teachers were
+employed to instruct the boy, who was afterwards to make
+such a mark in the world.  After going through the
+school, under the care of the synagogue at Tarsus, he
+was sent to Jerusalem to complete his education.  Paul,
+speaking in this chief Jewish city, says, I was "brought
+up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, and taught
+according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers"
+(Acts 22:3).  It is very evident that He had a profound
+knowledge of the Scriptures from the large use he makes
+of them in his Epistles.  He seems also to have been
+quite well acquainted with Greek philosophy and
+literature.  He quotes from the Greek poets, Aratus,
+Epimenides, and Menander.  No man ever studied men and the
+motives which actuate them more than he.  His inward
+life was pure (Acts 23:1; 24:16).  Paul differed from
+Christ in that he was a man who sought the cities and
+drew his illustrations from them, while Christ was much
+in the country and drew his illustrations from country life.
+But in this study of and work for the city Paul was but
+carrying out the commands of Christ.
+
++Industrial.+--It was required of every Jew father that
+his boy should learn some trade by which he might
+support himself should necessity require it.  It was a
+common Jewish proverb that "he who taught his son no trade
+taught him to be a thief."  Paul was taught the trade of
+tent making.  "The hair of the Cicilian goats was used
+to make a cloth which was especially adapted for tents for
+travelers, merchants, and soldiers."  He afterwards
+found this trade very useful in his missionary work
+(Acts 18:3; 20:34; 1 Cor. 4:12; 1 Thess. 2:9; 2 Thess. 3:8).
+
+
+THE WORLD AS PAUL SAW IT
+
++This World+ was very different from the world as we
+see it to-day.  This makes it difficult for us to appreciate
+his work at its full value.  Now, Christianity is the great
+religion of the world; then it was unknown, outside a very
+limited circle of believers.  The state and society were
+organized upon a different basis and were in strong
+opposition to the new religion.
+
++Political.+--The world was under the dominion of the
+Romans.  They, in conquering it, broke down the
+barriers that had separated tribe from tribe and nation from
+nation.  Yet it was a comparatively small world for all
+interests centered about the Mediterranean Sea.  Before
+the Romans the Greeks had been in possession of a part
+of this world and had permeated and penetrated the whole
+of it, with their art, language, and commerce.  With the
+upheavals of war and the tribulations that had befallen
+the Jews, they were everywhere scattered abroad and had
+their synagogues in most of the cities.
+
++Religious.+--For the Romans, Greeks, and conquered
+nations and tribes, it was an age of scepticism.  While the
+gods and goddesses in the great heathen temples still had
+their rites and ceremonies observed yet the people, to a
+large degree, had ceased to believe in them.  The Roman
+writers of the period are agreed in the slackening of
+religious ties and of moral restraints.  Yet it was the policy
+of the state to maintain the worship of the gods and
+goddesses.  Any attack upon them or their worship was
+regarded as an offense against the state.
+
++The Difficulties+ of the situation were threefold: (a)
+To seek to overturn the religion of the state constituted
+an offense which was punishable by stripes and imprisonment;
+(b) To rebuke men's sins and the evils of the times
+stirred up bitter opposition on their part; (c) To proclaim
+a crucified and risen Christ as the Messiah to the Jews,
+when they expected a great conquering hero, often excited
+and put them in a rage.
+
+That Paul could preach Christ and establish churches,
+under all the opposition that he encountered, shows how
+fully and implicitly he believed in his Lord.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What impression has the man, Paul, made upon the world?
+What was his work as an apostle?  What his leading thought?
+Where is the place of his birth?  What can be said of his family?
+How was he educated and trained, in the home, in school, and for
+a trade?  What was the political and religious condition of the
+world as Paul saw it?  What were the three difficulties in the way
+of his work in preaching Christ?
+
+
+
+
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+
+STUDY II
+
+CONVERSION
+
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Paul the Persecutor+--Order of Events.  The Inevitable Conflict.
+Cruelty of the Persecutor.
+
++Conversion+--Cause.  Effects (physical, mental and spiritual,
+penalty, relief to the Christians, triumph of Christ, and estimates
+of the results).
+
++Period of Waiting+--Retirement of Paul.  Reasons.  The Gospel
+for the Gentiles.  Paul Brought to Antioch.
+
+
+
+
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+
+STUDY II
+
+CONVERSION
+
+PAUL, THE PERSECUTOR
+
++Order of Events.+--It seems to be quite evident, when
+Paul finished his studies in Jerusalem, that he left the city
+and engaged in work somewhere else, during the years
+when John the Baptist and Jesus were preaching and
+teaching.  In all probability he did not return until after
+the crucifixion and resurrection of Christ.
+
+Paul first appears in the narrative of the Acts, under
+the name of Saul, at the martyrdom of Stephen, where he
+takes charge of the clothes of the witnesses (Acts
+7:58, 59).
+
+From the Ascension of Christ to the martyrdom of
+Stephen is an important period in the history of the infant
+church.  On and after the day of Pentecost (Acts 2) the
+apostles and followers of the risen Lord assumed a very
+bold attitude.  They did not hesitate to speak openly in
+the temple (Acts 3:12-16) of the crime of putting "The
+Prince of Life" to death and asserted that He was risen
+from the dead.  The priests and Sadducees strongly
+objected to this kind of preaching (Acts 4), laid hands upon
+the preachers, and put them in prison.  When they were
+examined the next day before (Acts 4:5-13) the Jewish
+tribunal, the apostles spoke even more boldly of Jesus and
+his resurrection and refused to be silenced (Acts 4:13-20,
+33).  Again an attempt was made to stop the preaching
+of the apostles, but they refused to keep still (Acts
+5:16-33).  A remarkable prison deliverance by the "Angel
+of the Lord" (Acts 5:19, 20) gave them great courage in
+proclaiming "all the words of this life."
+
+At this point Gamaliel (Acts 5:34-42) proposes in the
+Jewish council a new policy, which was to let the followers
+of Christ alone, arguing that then they would speedily
+give up their preaching.  This policy was adopted (Acts
+5:40).  But with the election of Stephen as a deacon
+(Acts 6:1-8) the followers of Christ began to multiply
+with great rapidity and it was soon seen that "the
+let-alone policy" was a mistake (Acts 6:9-15).  Persecution
+again breaks out which results in the death of Stephen
+(Acts 7), the bringing out of Saul as the arch persecutor,
+and the scattering of the church (Acts 8:1-4).
+
++The Inevitable Conflict.+--Had the early Christians
+been content to have proclaimed Jesus Christ to be but a
+great teacher and prophet, they would in all probability
+have become a Jewish sect and been speedily lost to sight.
+But extraordinary claims were put forth that Jesus Christ
+was the promised Messiah (Acts 2:25-40), the Son of
+God (Acts 3:26), the Forgiver of sins (Acts 2:38; 5:31),
+that He was risen from the dead (Acts 4:33), that
+obedience to Him was above that to the Jewish rulers (Acts
+4:18-20), that the Jews had wickedly slain Christ (Acts
+3:14, 15), and that salvation was only through Him
+(Acts 4:12).  Further than this they wrought miracles in
+the name of Jesus Christ (Acts 3:2-8, 16; 2:43; 5:12).
+
+It was very soon plainly seen that Christianity could
+keep no truce, and proposed to keep no truce, which
+called in question or denied the supremacy of Christ.
+
++The Cruelty of the Persecutor.+--To a man of Paul's
+temperament and zeal there could be no half way measures
+in a case like this.  He could not be content to bide his
+time.  Either the claims of Christ were true or false.  If
+false, then they were doing harm and His doctrine and
+teaching must be eradicated at any cost.  All the aggressive
+forces of the Jews found a champion in this Saul of
+Tarsus.  Drastic measures were at once inaugurated.
+There was to be no more temporizing.  The cruelty and
+thoroughness of the persecutor, in his work, are shown in
+his instituting a house to house canvass seeking for the
+Christians and sparing neither age nor sex (Acts 8:1, 3).
+
+In the first persecutions the Jews had been content to
+arrest and imprison those who publicly preached Christ,
+but now the policy was changed and Christianity was to
+be exterminated root and branch.  All believers in Christ
+were to be hunted out.
+
+The character of Saul, the arch persecutor, is shown
+in the characterization of him by Luke, when he
+represented him as breathing out, "threatenings and slaughter
+against the disciples of the Lord" (Acts 9:1).
+
+
+CONVERSION
+
++Cause.+--The book of the Acts, opened at one place,
+shows a fierce hater and persecutor of the Christians (8:3),
+opened at another place it shows this same persecutor as
+an ardent and enthusiastic preacher of the faith in Jesus
+Christ (13:16-39)  We seek for the cause of this
+remarkable change.  Luke tells us that Saul was on his way to
+Damascus, seeking victims for his persecuting zeal, when
+Jesus suddenly appeared to him and Saul was changed
+from a persecutor to a believer in Christ (Acts 9:3-7).
+The account is very brief.  For an event which has had
+such tremendous results, the narrator is very reticent; a
+light from heaven, a voice speaking, and a person
+declaring that He is Jesus.  Paul gives us two accounts of his
+conversion and how it took place (Acts 22:6-15;
+26:12-18).  The men who were with Paul saw a light
+and heard a voice, but not what was said.  It is
+impossible to describe or exaggerate what took place in Paul's
+mind in those brief moments while Jesus talked to him;
+but his beliefs, and his whole life plan were radically
+changed.  It had been well if no explanation of this
+conversion had been attempted and the great fact had been
+left to stand as it does in the Acts.  Attempts, however,
+have been made to minimize the power of this conversion
+and the marvelous and sudden change it wrought in the
+character and life of Paul.  Some critics seeking a natural,
+rather than a supernatural, cause have attributed to Paul
+certain compunctions of conscience and misgivings about
+his persecution of the Christians, together with a hot day
+and a certain temperament, which led him to have a
+subjective experience, which he thought was real.  But there
+is no recorded evidence forthcoming that Paul ever had
+any compunctions of conscience about persecuting the
+Christians.  Paul was an honest man to the very core of
+his being; in the two accounts he gives us of this
+conversion, and in incidental references to it, he never even
+hints at any such state of mind.  The expression used by
+Jesus, "It is hard for thee to kick against the pricks"
+(Acts 9-5), of which so much has been made, means no
+more than that Saul's opposition and hard work against
+the Christians (Acts 8:3; 9:1), would be of no avail.  In
+doing what he did Paul thought he was doing God's
+service.  Again the language which Paul uses and the
+references which he makes to this appearance of Christ forbid
+us to think that it was only a mere vision of Christ which
+he saw.  "He ranks it as the last of the appearances of
+the risen Savior to His disciples and places it on the same
+level as the appearances to Peter, to James, to the eleven,
+and to the five hundred" (1 Cor. 15:1-8).  In these
+appearances Jesus had eaten with his disciples and been
+touched by them (John 20:24-31; Luke 24:36-43),
+appearing as a real being, according to the narrative.
+
+"It was the appearance to Paul of the risen Lord,
+which made him a Christian, gave him a gospel to preach,
+and sent him forth as the apostle of the Gentiles."
+
+The time of Paul's conversion was about 36 A.D.
+
++Effects.+--There is no question as to the very marked
+results which followed the appearance of the risen Lord
+to Saul on the way to Damascus.
+
+1.  Physical.  He was smitten with blindness (Acts
+9:8), and was without food for three days (Acts 9:9).
+His sight was restored by Ananias at the command of the
+Lord (Acts 9:15-18).
+
+2.  Mental and spiritual.  His whole outlook upon life
+and its significance was changed.  He received baptism
+and was filled with the Holy Spirit (Acts 9:17).  From
+being a persecutor he became an enthusiastic witness for
+Christ (Acts 9:20-22).
+
+3.  Penalty.  The consequences of his former course
+of action were visited upon him; for the Jews sought to
+kill him and the disciples of Christ were at first afraid of
+him (Acts 9:23-26).  But Barnabas vouched for his
+sincerity (Acts 9:27).
+
+4.  The relief to the Christians at Damascus, when
+Saul was converted, was very great.  They had looked
+forward to his coming with dread.
+
+5.  The triumph of Christ.  In Paul Christianity won
+its most efficient missionary and, next to Christ, its
+greatest thinker, preacher, and teacher.
+
+6.  The estimates of the results of this conversion of
+Saul cannot be too large; they are world wide.
+
+
+PERIOD OF WAITING
+
++Retirement of Paul.+--From the conversion of Paul
+(Acts 9:3-7) to his call to the missionary work (Acts
+13:2) is a period of about ten years.  During this time
+we have only incidental notices of him and what he was
+doing.  When we think of it there is nothing strange in
+this retirement.  It is the divine method, as in the case of
+Moses, when a man is to do a very large work for God
+that he should be well prepared for it.  The chief
+scripture notices of this period of retirement are found in
+Acts 9:19-30; Gal. 1:15-24; (Acts 11:25-30; 12:25).
+From these notices it is quite plain: (a) That Paul retired
+into Arabia.  (b) That he preached in Damascus and
+Jerusalem, but was compelled to flee from both cities on
+account of the persecutions of the Jews, who sought his
+life.  (c) That he went to Tarsus and "into the regions of
+Syria and Cilicia."  (d) That he came to Antioch, where
+there was a great revival (Acts 11:25-30), at the
+solicitation of Barnabas.  Luke in his account (Acts 9:19-30)
+does not mention the trip to Arabia spoken of by Paul in
+his epistle to the Galatians (1:15-24).  It must be
+remembered however that each is writing from a
+different point of view.  Luke is a historian recording only the
+most salient facts and passing over the mention of many
+events.  We see this in the compression in eight and a
+half short chapters of the events of the three missionary
+journeys.  Paul writing to the Galatians is anxious to
+establish the fact that he received his commission, as an
+apostle, not from man, but from Christ himself (Gal. 1:1);
+hence he enters more into details and we get from him the
+inside view.  The accounts of Luke and Paul if read
+carefully, keeping in mind all the circumstances, are seen not
+to be in any way antagonistic, but to supplement each other.
+
++Reasons.+--Many reasons have been given for the
+retirement of Paul to Arabia, and what seems to be the
+period of comparative inactivity that followed it.
+
+1.  Fierce opposition on the part of the Jews whenever
+Paul attempted to preach, as in the cities of Damascus
+and Jerusalem.
+
+2.  A preparation of mind and heart for his great
+work.  As a thinker he needed to look upon all sides of
+the gospel, which he was afterwards to preach so
+effectively to the Gentiles.
+
+3.  A careful rereading of the Old Testament.  As a
+Jew he had read the Scriptures in one way, now he reread
+them seeing Christ there.
+
+4.  System of doctrine.  He may at this time have
+wrought out that magnificent system of Christian doctrine
+which he afterwards presented to the churches in his
+Epistles.
+
++The Gospel for the Gentiles.+--While Paul was waiting
+for the call to his great missionary work there came a
+new crisis in the history of the early church, and a new
+era was inaugurated.  In the tenth and eleventh chapters
+of the book of Acts Luke tells us of the conversion of the
+Gentile Cornelius, "a centurion of the band called the
+Italian band" (Acts 10:1-8), and of the instructions given
+to Peter to receive him (Acts 10:9-44).
+
+Cornelius was the first Gentile convert and we note
+here the beginning of the preaching of the gospel to the
+Gentiles, which was to have such large results.  "The
+day of Pentecost, the conversion of Saul of Tarsus, the
+call of Cornelius and the foundation of the Gentile church
+at Antioch are, if we are to pick and choose amid the
+events related by Luke, the turning points of the earliest
+ecclesiastical history."  How great and epoch making was
+this new departure of preaching the gospel to the Gentiles,
+and receiving them into the church, is shown in the
+eleventh chapter of the Acts (11:1-18) where, when Peter
+goes up to Jerusalem, he is put on the defensive and
+compelled to explain why he received Cornelius into the
+church.  When however the matter was fully explained
+the early disciples rejoiced over the fact that to the
+Gentiles was granted by God repentance unto life (Acts 11:18).
+
++Paul Brought to Antioch+ by Barnabas, on account of
+the revival that had broken out in that city, is another
+step which he takes up to his work as the great missionary
+to the Gentiles (Acts 11:25-26).  It was here that the
+disciples were first called Christians (Acts 11:26).  It
+was from this city that Paul went forth on his missionary
+journeys and it was here that he returned (Acts 13:1-3;
+14:26; 15:24-41; 18:22; 18:23).
+
+"Antioch was the capital of the Greek kingdom of
+Syria, and afterwards the residence of the Roman
+governor of the province.  It was made a free city by Pompey
+the Great, and contained an aqueduct, amphitheater,
+baths, and colonnades.  It was situated on the Orontes
+about twenty miles from the mouth of the river.  Its
+sea-port was Seleucia.  It was intimately connected with
+apostolic Christianity.  Here the first Gentile church was
+formed" (Acts 11:20, 21).
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+Give the order of events which led to the persecution in
+which Paul was so prominent.  Why was the conflict between
+Christianity and Judaism inevitable?  What can be said of the
+cruelty of Paul, the persecutor?  Give the cause of Paul's
+conversion.  What were some of the effects?  What can be said of the
+period of waiting; the retirement of Paul?  What are some of
+the probable reasons for this retirement?  What can be said about
+the beginning of the gospel to the Gentiles?  By whom was Paul
+brought to Antioch and for what purpose?  In what relation does
+Antioch stand to the missionary journeys of Paul?
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Acts 13:1-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY III
+
+FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-14:26_
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Introduction to the Three Missionary Journeys+--The call.  The
+Significance.  Extent and Time.  The Record.  Other Long
+Journeys.  Method of Work and Support.  The Message.
+
++The First Journey+--Preparation.  Companions.  Paul Comes to
+the Front.  Time and Extent.  Rulers.
+
++The Itinerary+--Salamis.  Paphos.  Perga.  Antioch.  Iconium.
+Lystra and Derbe.  The Return Journey.
+
++The Jerusalem Council+--One Problem of the Early Church.  The
+Decision of the Council.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Outline map illustrating the first and second
+missionary journeys of Paul.]
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Acts 13:1-38:31_
+
+
+STUDY III
+
+FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-14:26_
+
+INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE MISSIONARY JOURNEYS
+
+Before taking up the study of the first missionary
+journey, attention is called to certain points which should be
+considered in regard to all three of them (Acts 13:1-21:17).
+
+We have now arrived at what we might call the watershed
+of the Acts of the Apostles.  Hitherto we have had
+various scenes, characters, personages to consider.
+Henceforth Paul, his labors, his disputes, his speeches, occupy
+the entire field, and every other man who is introduced
+into the narrative plays a subordinate part.
+
+Our attention is now turned from the Jewish world,
+considered so largely in the first twelve chapters of the
+Acts, to the heathen world and the struggle which Paul
+and his fellow laborers had with it, in bringing it to Christ.
+
++The Call+ to this work was by the Holy Ghost in the
+city of Antioch (Acts 13:1-4).  Luke says, "As they
+ministered to the Lord and fasted, the Holy Ghost said,
+separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work whereunto I
+have called them" (Acts 13:2, 4).  Contrast this with
+the beginning of the work in Jerusalem which was also
+inaugurated by the Holy Ghost on the day of Pentecost
+(Acts 1:14; 2:1-4).  This call was in accordance with
+what Jesus had told his disciples before His ascension
+(Acts 1:8).
+
+The agency of the Holy Ghost in directing and
+promoting this missionary work is very manifest (Acts
+13:2, 4, 9, 52; 15:8, 28; 16:6; 19:2, 6; 20:23, 28;
+21:11; 28:25).
+
++The Significance+ and importance of these journeys
+cannot be overestimated.  It is probable, when the call
+came, that Paul had but little idea of their magnitude and
+that in the end they would result in changing not only the
+religion, but the philosophy and civilization of the world.
+
++Extent and Time.+--It is estimated that the first
+journey was 1,400 miles long, the second 3,200, and the
+third 3,500, making 8,100 miles traveled by Paul.
+The time occupied for the three journeys was about
+ten years.
+
++The Record+ of the three missionary journeys, is briefly
+comprised in eight and a half chapters (Acts 13:1-21:17),
+and it does not profess to be a complete one.  Only the
+most striking incidents and events, and probably not all
+of these, are given.  There were side trips not recorded
+by Luke; Paul speaks of one to Illyricum (Rom. 15:19),
+and of others in which he underwent great perils (2
+Cor. 11:24-27).
+
+The purpose of Luke seems to be to show how, in
+accordance with the command and promise of Christ, the
+knowledge and power of the gospel was spread, beginning
+in Jerusalem, through Judea, and Samaria, throughout
+the heathen world (Acts 1:8); everything seems to be
+made to bend to this purpose.  Certainly there could be
+no more graphic and concise account of these epoch
+making events than that given us by this wonderful
+narrator.
+
++Other Long Journeys.+--1.  Paul's voyage to Rome as
+a prisoner.  Luke gives a full account of this voyage, its
+many interesting incidents (Acts 27:1-28:16), and of the
+circumstances which led up to it (Acts 21:17-27:1).
+
+2.  There is every reason to believe that Paul was
+released at the end of his two years imprisonment in
+Rome (Acts 28:30) and that he made an Eastern journey
+as far as Colossæ and a Western journey as far as Spain.
+
+NOTE.--These last journeys are considered in chapter ten.
+
++Method of Work and Support.+--Paul and his companion,
+or company, when they entered into a city would
+first seek for a lodging and then for work, going from one
+tent maker's door to another until finally a place was
+found.  Then upon the following Sabbath they would
+seek the Jewish synagogue and after the reading of the
+Scriptures, when an opportunity was given, Paul would
+arise and begin to speak, (Acts 13:14-16) leading up
+through the Old Testament message (Acts 13:17-43) to
+the great topic of Jesus Christ as the promised Messiah
+and closing with an exhortation to believe on Him.  Such
+a speech would naturally excite great interest coming from
+the lips of one, who by his speech and the handling of the
+Old Testament, would be recognized as a cultivated
+Jewish Rabbi.  Paul would be asked to speak again the next
+Sabbath (Acts 13:44-52), the synagogue would be full of
+people and he would set forth Jesus Christ more plainly
+as the Savior both of Jew and Gentile.  This would
+generally be a signal for the Jews to contradict and oppose
+Paul, but some Jews would believe with a number of
+Gentiles.  This would be the starting point of the
+Christian church in that community.  The Jews, however, who
+were untouched by what Paul preached, and who looked
+upon him as the destroyer of their religion, would raise a
+cry against him and seek to have him expelled from the
+city.  This experience was frequently repeated.  There
+were great difficulties also to be encountered when the
+heathen thought that their worship was in danger (Acts
+19:20-30).
+
++The Message+ which Paul bore to Jew and Gentile was
+the moving force of all his work.  The starting point was
+the memorable day when Jesus Christ appeared to him on
+his way to Damascus.  Paul believed that he received his
+commission as an apostle directly from Jesus Christ
+(Gal. 1:1-24).  The four main positions of Paul, set
+forth so plainly in his Epistle to the Romans, are: (a)
+All are guilty before God (Jew and Gentile).  (b) All
+need a Savior.  (c) Christ died for all.  (d) We are all
+(through faith) one body in Christ.  Paul leaves us in no
+doubt as to how he regards Jesus Christ.  He is to him
+the Son of God, through whom God created all things
+and who is the Divine Savior of man (Eph. 3:9-21;
+Phil. 2:9-11; Rom. 9:5).  There is no doubt, no
+hesitation on Paul's part in delivering his message.  He is a
+witness, testifying to the glory of his Divine Lord.  He
+is a messenger who cannot alter or tamper with that which
+has been entrusted to him.  To the rude inhabitants of
+the mountain regions of Asia Minor, to the philosophers
+in Athens, to the Roman governors in Cæsarea, to the
+dwellers in Corinth and in Rome the purport of the
+Message is always the same.
+
+
+THE FIRST JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-14:28_
+
++Preparation.+--First, on the part of Paul.  About ten
+years have passed since his conversion.  During this time
+we have few notices of him, but he was undoubtedly
+making ready for this very important work of a missionary.
+Second, on the part of the church.  The first step
+had already been taken, in the conversion of Cornelius, in
+the giving of the gospel to the Gentile world.  Third,
+Paul was brought to Antioch by Barnabas to assist the
+church in the great revival which broke out in that second
+early center of Christian work and teaching (Acts 11:21-26).
+Fourth, the large success of the disciples who went
+throughout Judea and Samaria, preaching the gospel, after
+the death of Stephen (Acts 7:5-8:4; 11:19-21) made
+possible this new aggressive movement to the regions
+beyond.  Fifth, the Christian prophets and teachers at
+Antioch "ministered to the Lord and fasted."  They
+desired to know the will of the Lord and it was made
+known to them by the Holy Ghost.  "And when they
+had fasted and prayed, and laid their hands on them, they
+sent them away."  "So they being sent forth by the
+Holy Ghost, departed unto Seleucia (Acts 13:3, 4).
+
++Companions of the Journey+, Barnabas and Saul (Acts
+13:2) and John Mark (Acts 13:5).  Barnabas has been
+called the discoverer of Saul.  He was probably a convert
+of the day of Pentecost.  He was a land proprietor of the
+island of Cyprus and early showed his zeal for Christ by
+selling his land and devoting the proceeds to the cause in
+which he so heartily believed (Acts 4:36, 37).  He
+early sought out and manifested, in a very practical way,
+his friendship for Paul (Acts 9:27; 11:22, 25, 30;
+12:25).  John Mark, who started on this journey with
+Barnabas and Saul, was a nephew of Barnabas (Acts
+13:5, 13; 12:25; Col. 4:10).
+
++Paul Comes to the Front+ when his company leave
+Paphos and ever after he has the first place (Acts 13:
+13).  Here also he is called Paul for the first time, a
+name which he retains.
+
++Extent and Time+--This was the shortest of the three
+journeys (about 1,400 miles).  It extended over the island
+of Cyprus and a part of Asia Minor.  In time it occupied
+about three years, 47-50 A.D.
+
++Rulers+--Claudius was the emperor of Rome, since
+41 A.D.  Herod Agrippa was king of Chalcis, Ananias
+was high priest in Jerusalem.
+
+
+THE ITINERARY
+
+NOTE.--The cities, which Paul visited in this and the other
+journeys, should be located upon the map by the student.  It will
+greatly increase the interest to consult some good Bible dictionary
+and get well acquainted also with the history of the places.
+
+
++Salamis+, on the island of Cyprus, was the first place
+reached, after sailing from Seleucia (Acts 13:4, 5) the
+sea-port of Antioch.  It was the natural thing to go first to
+this island as it had been the home of Barnabas and many
+Jews had settled there; it was about eighty miles to the
+southwest of Seleucia.
+
++Paphos.+--After passing through the island from east
+to west the missionaries came to Paphos.  This city was
+the seat of the worship of Venus, the goddess of love.
+This worship was carried on with the most degrading
+of immoralities.
+
+The chief incidents in the ministry here were the
+smiting of the Jewish sorcerer, Elymas, with blindness for his
+persistent opposition and the conversion of the deputy of
+the country, Sergius Paulus (Acts 13:6-12).  Saul is
+filled with an unusual power of the Spirit for his work in
+this city and takes the name of Paul.  It is now no longer
+Barnabas and Saul, but Paul and Barnabas.
+
++Perga in Pamphylia+--(Acts 13:13, 14).  The missionaries
+take ship from Paphos and sail in a north-easterly
+direction across the Mediterranean Sea to this city of Asia
+Minor.  John Mark, doubtless appalled by the difficulties
+which had already been experienced and now that the
+journey seemed to promise still greater hardships, left the
+company and returned to Jerusalem.
+
++Antioch in Pisidia+ (Acts 13:14-52) was about ninety
+miles directly north of Perga.  It was a good-sized city
+with a large Jewish population.  Luke's account of this
+visit is notable in that we have the chief points in Paul's
+speech in the synagogue set down.  This address is worth
+study from the fact that it is the first sermon of Paul of
+which we have any record, and is probably the usual way
+in which he began his work in a great many Jewish
+synagogues.  Paul is asked to speak to the assembled Jews.
+He begins upon the common ground of the history of
+Israel.  He declares the promise of a Savior.  This
+Savior is to be of the seed of David.  Then Paul sets
+forth that Jesus is the promised Savior.  He reminds
+them of the testimony of John and of those who had seen
+Jesus before and after His resurrection.  He declares
+unto them the glad tidings of a Savior.  He warns them
+of their peril in rejecting Jesus Christ.  Paul is invited to
+speak upon the next Sabbath, but there is a division and
+those who oppose Paul try to drive him out of their city
+which they finally succeed in doing.  But the Word has
+fallen into good soil and there is the beginning of a
+Christian church.
+
++Iconium in Lycaonia+ (Acts 14:1-5) is over one
+hundred miles distant from Antioch.  The missionaries were
+now in a country of a people with strange ways.  They
+remained here for some time and their ministry was
+attested by "signs and wonders."  But again some of
+the Jews opposed them and stirred up the multitude.  A
+plan was made by the ringleaders of the opposition to
+stone them, but being made aware of it Paul and Barnabas
+"fled unto Derbe and Lystra."  They had, however, the
+satisfaction of leaving behind "a great multitude of
+believing Jews and Greeks" (Acts 14:1).
+
++Lystra and Derbe in Lycaonia+ (Acts 14:6-21).--"And
+there they preached the gospel."  There is no
+mention of any Jewish synagogue at either of these cities.
+The inhabitants were worshippers of the heathen gods.
+The healing of a lame man at Lystra brought Paul and
+Barnabas directly into touch with the heathen priests and
+populace.  When they saw this miracle of healing, they
+thought that the gods had come down to earth in the
+likeness of men.  Barnabas was called Jupiter "and Paul
+Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker."  When
+Paul and Barnabas sought to restrain the priests and
+people from doing sacrifice to them, it is interesting to
+note what words Paul uses in addressing them.  As with
+the Jews he here seeks first of all a common ground.  He
+says, "We are men of like passions with you and preach
+unto you that you should turn from these vanities unto
+the living God, which made heaven, and earth, and the
+sea, and all things that are therein; who in times past
+suffered all nations to walk in their own ways.
+Nevertheless He left not Himself without a witness, in that He
+did good, and gave us rain from heaven, and fruitful
+seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness" (Acts
+14:15-17).  We find the same earnestness the same desire
+to preach the gospel to the heathen here as to the Jews
+elsewhere.  But the Jews who had made trouble in
+Antioch and Iconium for the missionaries came to Lystra and,
+forming a plot against Paul, persuaded the people and
+stoned him so that he was drawn out of the city, they
+"supposing he had been dead."  But he was not dead, he
+soon rose up and came back into the city and the next
+day departed with Barnabas to Derbe, where they
+preached the gospel and taught many.
+
++The Return Journey+ is very briefly recorded (Acts
+14:21-28).  The missionaries returned through the same
+cities, Lystra, Iconium, Antioch, and so back to Perga.
+But from the last city they did not sail to the island of
+Cyprus, but took a different course, westerly along the
+coast to Attalia in Pamphylia and from thence they sailed
+to Antioch, the starting point of their trip.  During this
+return journey they proved to their friends and enemies
+that, in departing from the cities where mobs threatened
+them, it was through no cowardice on their part, but for
+other reasons and for the purpose of preaching the gospel
+in the regions beyond.  They "confirmed the souls of the
+disciples exhorting them to continue in the faith."  They
+also further perfected the organization of the churches,
+ordaining elders in every church.  They prayed with and
+for the disciples and commended them to the Lord.
+
+When the missionaries at last entered the city of
+Antioch, "they rehearsed all that God had done with them,
+and how He had opened the door of faith unto the
+Gentiles."  There must have been great rejoicing over this
+happy return of Paul and Barnabas.
+
+
+THE JERUSALEM COUNCIL
+
+_Acts 15:1-35_
+
++One Problem of the Early Church+ was how to
+reconcile the commandments of Moses with the new law of
+liberty in Jesus Christ.  Ought the Gentile Christians to
+observe the law of Moses?  Ought they to become Jews
+before they became Christians?  Were there to be two
+churches?  One for Jewish and another for Gentile
+Christians?  These questions are obsolete now, but then they
+were burning ones and hotly debated.  Hence this Jerusalem
+Council, where the matter was debated and settled,
+was exceedingly important and fraught with great and
+grave consequences for the future welfare of the church.
+Because certain of the Jewish brethren came to Antioch
+and began to teach that it was necessary to salvation
+that a certain Jewish ordinance and the law of Moses be
+kept, it was determined to send Paul and Barnabas to
+Jerusalem.
+
+A council of "the apostles and elders came together
+for to consider of this matter" (Acts 15:6).  At this
+council in Jerusalem, Peter, Paul, Barnabas, and James
+were the chief speakers.  All matters were carefully gone
+over.  Of all the speeches made, Luke records only the two
+made by Peter (Acts 15:7-12) and James (Acts 15:13-2l),
+which must have embodied the sense of the meeting
+in that both spoke for liberty, from the Mosaic yoke, in
+Christ.
+
++The Decision+ of the council was for the freedom of the
+Gentile Christians and that they should not be obliged to
+become Jews before they became Christians.  Thus was
+one of the grave crises of the early church safely passed.
+Paul and Barnabas went back happy in that great victory
+for Gentile Christianity to their brethren at Antioch.
+
+It should be borne in mind, however, that while the
+question of the relation of the Gentile Christians to the
+law of Moses was decided at this council, it was one
+which came up again and again to hamper and bother
+Paul in his missionary work.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What is to be considered in the introduction to the three
+missionary journeys?  By whom was the call to this work?  What is
+the significance of the journeys?  The extent and time?  What
+can be said of the record?  Were there other long journeys by
+Paul?  What was the method of work and support?  What was
+the message?  The first journey; what was the preparation for it?
+Who the companions?  Time and extent?  Rulers?  Give some
+of the incidents that took place upon the Itinerary, at Salamis,
+Paphos, Perga, Antioch, Iconium, Lystra, and Derbe?  What
+can be said of the return journey?  Why was the Jerusalem
+Council necessary, and what was decided by it?
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Acts 13:1-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY IV
+
+SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:36-18:32_
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Second Missionary Journey+--The Inception.  The Companions.
+The Wide Scope.  Value to the World.  Time and Rulers.
+Epistles to the Churches.
+
++The Itinerary+--Through Asia Minor.  In Europe (Philippi.
+Thessalonica.  Berea.  Athens.  Corinth).
+
++The Return Voyage+--Ephesus.  Cæsarea.  Antioch.
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-28:32_
+
+
+STUDY IV
+
+SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 15:36-18:22_
+
++The Inception+--After the Jerusalem Council Paul
+returned to Antioch where he spent some time, "teaching
+and preaching the Word of the Lord with many others
+also."  "And some days after Paul said unto Barnabas,
+Let us go again and visit our brethren in every city where
+we have preached the Word of the Lord, and see how
+they do" (Acts 15:35, 36).  He felt that he must be
+advancing the work of Jesus Christ.
+
++The Companions+ (Acts 15:37-40).--Barnabas
+proposed to take John Mark, his nephew, with them on this
+second journey.  But Paul strenuously objected, basing
+his objection on the ground that this young man had
+deserted them (Acts 13:13) at a very important juncture
+in the first journey.  We are told that the contention was
+very sharp between Barnabas and Paul over this matter.
+It was finally settled by Barnabas taking John Mark and
+sailing for the island of Cyprus and Paul choosing Silas
+for his companion.  When Paul came to Derbe and
+Lystra Timotheus was invited to join him, which he did
+(Acts 16:1-4).  Luke, the author of the Acts, goes with
+this company into Macedonia (Acts 16:10).  We can
+trace Luke's connection with the missionaries by the
+"we" passages.
+
+That Paul was afterwards reconciled to Barnabas and
+John Mark is shown by his kindly mention of them in his
+Epistles (1 Cor. 9:6; Col. 4:10; 2 Tim 4:11;
+Philem. 24).
+
++The Wide Scope+ is a marked feature of this journey of
+about 3,200 miles.
+
+The first journey was through Cyprus, where Barnabas
+was well acquainted, and through that section of Asia
+Minor roundabout the province of Cilicia, where Paul was
+practically at home.  Paul was born in Tarsus in Cilicia
+and it was to this region that he went for some part of
+the time between his conversion and his call to the
+missionary work (Acts 9:30; Gal. 1:21).
+
+The second journey carries Paul into entirely, to him,
+new provinces of Asia Minor and into Macedonia and
+Achaia.  He comes into close contact not only with the
+rough native populations of the Asian provinces but with
+the cultivated philosophers of Greece and the effeminate
+voluptuaries of the heathen temples.  Here are new tests
+for this missionary and the gospel which he preaches, but
+he meets them all.  This journey had a large significance
+for the spread of Christianity.  Had the gospel failed to
+meet the wants of all sorts and conditions of men, there
+would have been no further triumphs for it.
+
++Value to the World.+--"This journey was not only the
+greatest which Paul achieved but perhaps the most
+momentous recorded in the annals of the human race.  In
+its issues it far outrivalled the expedition of Alexander the
+Great when he carried the arms and civilization of Greece
+into the heart of Asia, or that of Cæsar when he landed
+on the shores of Britain, or even the voyage of Columbus
+when he discovered a new world."
+
+To Paul's turning westward, instead of eastward,
+through the guidance of the Spirit, and his entering upon
+his work in Macedonia (Acts 16:7-11) Europe to-day
+owes her advancement and Christian civilization.  It is
+stating a sober fact when it is asserted that without
+Christianity Europeans would now be worshipping idols, the
+same as the inhabitants of other sections of the world
+where the gospel of Christ has not been made known.
+
++Time and Rulers.+--In time this journey extended over
+about three years, 51-54 A.D.  The rulers were: Claudius,
+Emperor of Rome (Nero became Emperor in 54 A.D.);
+Herod Agrippa II., King of Chalcis (who also gets
+Batanea and Trachontis); and Gallio, Procurator of
+Achaia.
+
++Epistles to the Churches.+--Upon this journey Paul
+makes a new departure.  With the multiplication of the
+churches and the impossibility of visiting them often,
+when occasions demanded it, Paul begins the writing of
+special and circular letters to the churches.  The two first
+Epistles, of which we have any record, were those to The
+Thessalonians from Corinth, written probably in the
+winter of 52-53 A.D.
+
+NOTE.--For an account of and an analysis of these Epistles
+see study 7.
+
+
+THE ITINERARY
+
++Through Asia Minor+ (Acts 15:40-16:8).--It was
+Paul's custom to revisit the churches which he had
+organized, and to care for them.  Following out this plan he
+went through Syria and Cilicia confirming the churches,
+then to Derbe and Lystra, where he found Timotheus
+who joined his company.  After visiting the churches
+founded on the first missionary journey, Paul and his
+company turned northward and "went throughout
+Phrygia and the region of Galatia" (Acts 16:6) though
+there is no record of any church having been founded in
+these regions.  "After they were come to Mysia, they
+assayed to go into Bithynia; but the Spirit suffered them
+not" (Acts 16:7).
+
+It is important to note that the Holy Ghost now forbade
+Paul, at this time, to further preach the word in Asia
+(Acts 16:7).  Paul and his company tried after this to go
+into Bithynia but they were prevented from doing so by
+the Spirit, and came down to Troas (Acts 16:8-12).
+Of this long journey through Asia Minor, of its perils and
+difficulties, of the rejoicings of the former Christian
+converts, when they saw Paul again, and of the many
+interesting facts and incidents we have only a glimpse.
+
++In Europe+ (Acts 16:9-18:18).--Paul, following
+what was to him a clear indication of the guidance of the
+Holy Ghost (Acts 16:6-11), left Troas and set out by
+ship, by way of Samothracia, for Neapolis, which he
+reached on the following day.  There have been many
+conjectures as to what the fortunes of the Christian
+church would have been had Paul been allowed to carry
+out his intention to visit Bithynia, and to preach the gospel
+in the regions of the east.  Had he done so, however, it
+is quite certain, that the history of the world would have
+been quite different from what it is to-day.  In this
+invasion of Europe Paul came within the charmed circle of
+what was then the highest civilization.  The gospel was
+now to try its strength with the keenest philosophers and
+the most seductive fascinations of immorality, masquerading
+under the guise of religion in the licentious rites of the
+heathen temples and groves.  What could this missionary
+do?  What could he preach?  If philosophy, if art, if
+beauty could have saved the souls of men then they would
+not have needed the gospel which Paul preached.  But
+this was a gilded age, and the gilding hid the corruption,
+beneath.  The message of Paul to the men in this charmed
+circle of civilization was the same that he had set forth
+in the rough mountain towns of Asia Minor.  Human
+nature, under a rough or a polished exterior, is the same
+the world over.  Paul was seeking men, to bring them to
+a knowledge of their alienation from God through sin, and
+to show them the way of salvation through repentance and
+faith in Jesus Christ?  Greece, over whom the Romans
+held sway at this time, had been divided into two parts:
+Achaia on the south and Macedonia on the north.  A
+great Roman road ran from east to west through Macedonia.
+It was by this road that the missionaries traveled.
+
+1.  Philippi (Acts 16:12-40) will be forever memorable
+as the first city in Europe in which a Christian church
+was established.  It had the character of a Roman rather
+than a Greek city; both the civil and the military authorities
+being Roman.  It had the rank of a Roman colony.
+Situated as it was on the great Egnatian way travelers
+and traders passed through it, eastward and westward,
+from all parts of the Roman world.  "The Greek character
+in this northern province of Macedonia was more
+vigorous and much less corrupted than in the more
+polished society of the south.  The churches which Paul
+established here gave him more comfort than any he
+established elsewhere."  The beginning of the work at Philippi
+was not very promising and to most men would have been
+very discouraging.  Luke tells us that "on the Sabbath
+we went out of the city by a riverside where prayer was
+wont to be made; and we sat down, and spake unto the
+women which resorted hither."  But there they met
+Lydia, an energetic business woman and a work was
+begun which has had far reaching consequences.  Paul
+and his company had been but a short time in the city
+when they came in conflict with the Roman authorities.
+A damsel, possessed with a spirit of divination, who
+brought much gain to her masters, testified to Paul and
+his work; this spirit Paul cast out and in consequence the
+owners of the girl brought the charge against Paul and
+Silas that they were Jews who taught customs not lawful
+for Romans to receive.  Notice, the shrewdness of the
+trumped-up charge against Paul and Silas.  Nothing is
+said about the real state of the case.  In this charge the
+status of the Jews is shown in this city.  Paul and Silas
+are beaten and thrown into prison; their feet are made
+fast in the stocks; their wounds are left unwashed and
+undressed.  But in the earthquake, which opens the
+prison doors and gives release to the prisoners, Paul has
+an opportunity to preach the gospel to the jailer.  How
+magnificently, forgetting himself, he sets forth the way of
+salvation through Christ!  We turn to the Epistle to the
+Philippians (see Study 9) to see how Paul loved this
+church, and how this church loved him.
+
+2.  Thessalonica (Acts 17:1-9).  Thinking it best
+to leave Philippi, Paul and his company passed on their
+way along the Egnatian road through the two beautiful
+Greek cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia to Thessalonica,
+distant about seventy-three miles from Philippi.
+Thessalonica is one of the few cities which has retained its
+importance up to the present time.  It was founded by
+Cassander, King of Macedon in 315 B.C.  It came under
+the Roman rule in 168 B.C.  In Paul's time it was a
+great commercial center, the inhabitants being Greeks,
+Romans, and Jews.  Here was a Jewish synagogue and
+for three Sabbath days Paul went into it and reasoned
+with the assembled Jews about Jesus Christ, declaring to
+them that He was the promised Messiah, and had suffered
+and was risen from the dead.  We have the same results
+here which followed similar preaching elsewhere
+(1 Thess. 1:8).  Out of the storm again emerges a
+Christian church.  Paul and his company, after the
+usual tumult, pass on to another city but the church
+remains to send its blessed influence through all that
+region.  The Epistles to the Thessalonians (see Study 7)
+give us some graphic pictures of the converts and their
+ways of working.
+
+3.  Berea (Acts 17:10-14) was a secluded inland city.
+It must have been somewhat of a surprise to Paul to find
+the Jews of this place so ready to receive the Word of
+God, which he preached to them in their synagogue.
+There was great searching of the Scriptures and many
+believed.  A large work was in progress when Jews from
+Thessalonica, hearing of the success of Paul in Berea,
+came down and stirred up the people against him.  It
+became quite evident now that there was a persistent and
+organized effort being made to drive Paul out of this
+section.  As the opposition seemed to be directed against
+Paul alone, the brethren proposed to send him away, and
+to have Silas and Timotheus remain for a short time.
+This plan was carried out.
+
+4.  Athens (Acts 17:15-34) was the most cultivated
+city of the old world; a statue was set upon every
+corner and an altar in every street.  "Here the human
+mind had blazed forth with a splendor it has never
+exhibited elsewhere.  In the golden age of its history
+Athens possessed more men of the very highest genius
+than have ever lived in any other city.  To this day their
+names invest her with glory.  Yet even in Paul's day the
+living Athens was a thing of the past.  Four hundred
+years had elapsed since its golden age, and in the course
+of these centuries it had experienced a sad decline.
+Philosophy had degenerated into sophistry, art into dilettanteism,
+oratory into rhetoric, poetry into verse making.  It
+was a city living on its past."  Paul entered into the open
+places where the people gathered and talked with them.
+So much interest was aroused by what he had to say that
+he was asked to speak to them upon Mars Hill.  Thither
+they all went.  Paul as his custom was sought a common
+starting point in the altar to the unknown God.  So long
+as he spoke of God and man in general terms he was
+listened to, but when he came to touch their hearts and
+consciences and to apply what he said, speaking of the
+judgment through Christ and His resurrection from the
+dead, he was left alone.  Paul did not fail, the trouble
+with the Athenians was that they possessed only intellectual
+curiosity; they had no appetite for the truth.  But
+still some converts were made.  "Certain men clave unto
+him and believed; among whom were Dionysius the
+Areopagite and a woman named Damaris and others with
+them" (Acts 17:34).
+
+5.  Corinth.  (Acts 18:1-18) was the largest and most
+important city in Greece.  From Athens Paul came to
+Corinth and remained over a year and a half.  We have
+a graphic picture of this church in the Epistles to the
+Corinthians.  (See Study 8.) Probably no better place
+than this highway of all peoples could have been selected
+in which to preach the gospel.  No one knew better than
+Paul how to select strategic places.  A stream of travelers,
+merchants, scholars, and sailors was constantly passing
+through this great commercial city; what was preached
+here would be carried to the ends of the earth.  It was a
+city of art and culture and yet a place where the vices of
+the east and west met and held high carnival.  Religion
+itself was put to ignoble uses; a thousand priestesses
+ministered to a base worship in the magnificent temple of
+the goddess Aphrodite.  Greek philosophy showed its
+decay in endless discussions about words and the tendency
+to set intellectual above moral distinctions.  There was a
+denial of the future life for the sake of unlimited
+enjoyment in the present.  Paul, when he came into the city,
+found a lodging with Aquila and his wife Priscilla, and
+wrought with them at the occupation of tent making.
+When Silas and Timotheus joined him he openly testified
+to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ.  Crispus, the chief
+ruler of the synagogue, was converted together with many
+Corinthians.  Paul was comforted at this time by a vision
+of the Lord which bade him to speak and not to hold his
+peace.  After a year and a half of earnest preaching an
+attempt was made by the Jews to drive Paul out of the
+city by bringing accusations against him before the Roman
+proconsul Gallio, but in this they were unsuccessful.  Paul
+tarried and worked here until it seemed best for him to
+turn his steps homeward again to Antioch.  The keynote
+of his preaching in this city is given by him in his First
+Epistle to the Corinthians where he says (2:2), "For I
+determined not to know anything among you save Jesus
+Christ and him crucified."  If this gospel could win
+converts in Corinth, it can win converts anywhere.
+
++The Return Voyage+ (Acts 18:18-22) was by way of
+Ephesus where he entered into the synagogue and
+reasoned with the Jews.  Leaving Ephesus he sailed for
+Cæsarea where he landed.  After he had gone up and
+saluted the church he went down to Antioch.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+Who proposed the second missionary journey?  Who were the
+companions?  What can be said of the wide scope?  What was
+its value to the world?  Time and Rulers?  What can be said of
+the new departure in writing Epistles to the churches?  What can
+be said of the itinerary through Asia Minor?  Give the incidents,
+of preaching the gospel, that occurred during the trip in Europe,
+in the different cities; Philippi, Thessalonica, Berea, Athens, and
+Corinth.  How was the return voyage made?
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY V
+
+THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 18:23-21:17_
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Third Missionary Journey+--Method.  The Chief City.  Time
+and Extent.  Epistles Written.
+
++Itinerary+--Through Galatia and Phygia.  Ephesus.  Through
+Macedonia and Greece.  The Return Voyage.
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Outline map illustrating the third
+missionary journey of Paul and the voyage to Italy.]
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Acts 13:1-38:31_
+
+
+STUDY V
+
+THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 18:23-21:17_
+
++Method.+--A study of the three missionary journeys
+shows the method of evangelization of the ancient world.
+The first journey was comparatively near home.  The
+second was a review of the work done in the first and a
+pushing on to new work in Asia Minor and the larger
+conquests in Europe.  In the third we have a review visit
+to the churches of Asia Minor, a long stop at Ephesus,
+and a review visit to the churches of Macedonia and
+Achaia, which were organized upon the second missionary
+journey.  There was always a method in what Paul
+did.  He was not only a missionary preaching and testifying
+to Jesus Christ, but he was an organizer and leader of
+men.  The churches formed were visited again and again;
+messengers were sent to them to instruct, to chide, and
+to encourage them; circular and special letters from
+Paul's own hand were dispatched to them, when occasion
+required.  Wherever Paul preached, whatever might be
+the tumults raised, he always won some adherents for
+Jesus Christ, who were brought together and organized
+into a church.
+
+On this third journey he was already planning to go to
+Rome (Acts 19:21) and wrote an epistle to the Romans
+announcing his coming (Rom. 1:7, 15).
+
++The Chief City+, in which Paul spent most of his time
+(Acts 19:1, 8, 10), between two and three years upon
+this journey, was Ephesus in Asia Minor.  This city
+situated midway between the extreme points of his former
+missionary journeys was a place where he could have an
+intelligent oversight over all the work which he had
+previously accomplished.
+
+Ephesus has been thus described: "It had been one
+of the early Greek colonies, later the capital of Ionia, and
+in Paul's day it was by far the largest and busiest of all
+the cities of proconsular Asia.  All the roads in Asia
+Minor centered in Ephesus and from its position it was
+almost as much a meeting place of eastern and western
+thought as Alexandria.  Its religion was oriental.  Its
+goddess called Artemis or Diana, had a Greek name but
+was the representative of an old Phrygian nature worship.
+The goddess was an inartistic, many-breasted figure, the
+body carved with strange figures of animals, flowers, and
+fruits.  The temple built by Alexander the Great was
+the most magnificent religious edifice in the world.  It
+was kept by a corporation of priests and priestesses, who
+were supported by the rents of vast estates.  For
+centuries Ephesus was a great center of pilgrimage, and
+pilgrims came from all parts of Asia to visit the famous
+shrine."
+
+"The first great blow which this worship received was
+given by Paul during his two years' stay in Ephesus, and
+the story told in this chapter is the history of the
+beginning of a decline from which the worship of Diana never
+recovered.  The speech of Demetrius perhaps exaggerates
+the effects of Paul's work, but it should be remembered
+that the gospel took firm hold of proconsular Asia
+from a very early period.  Paul's Epistles tell us of the
+churches in Ephesus, Laodicea, and Colossæ, and the
+Apocalypse adds churches in Pergamos, Smyrna, Thyatira,
+Sardis, and Philadelphia.  Half a century later, Pliny
+asserted that in this region the temples were deserted,
+the worship was neglected, and the sacrificial victims were
+unsold."
+
+During his long stay in Ephesus, Paul doubtless received
+many delegations and visitors from the churches formerly
+organized by him.
+
+The character of the Ephesian Christians can be seen
+from the Epistle addressed to them (See Study 9).
+
++Time and Extent.+--About four years, 54-58 A.D.,
+were occupied by Paul in going about among the churches
+and about 3,500 miles were traveled.
+
++Epistles.+--This journey was prolific in masterly
+writings.  Paul wrote the First and Second Epistles to the
+Corinthians from Ephesus about 57 A.D., Galatians from
+the same city (somewhere between 54 and 56 A.D.), and
+Romans at Corinth in 58 A.D.  (See Study 8).
+
+
+ITINERARY
+
++Through Galatia and Phrygia+ (Acts 18:23).--After
+Paul had spent some time at Antioch, at the close
+of the second missionary journey, "He departed and
+went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order
+strengthening all the disciples."  Thus Luke briefly sums
+up in a few words all the incidents of a journey of
+hundreds of miles of travel.
+
++Ephesus+ (Acts 19:1-20:1).--Evidently with the
+purpose of showing what is new and of chief importance in
+each journey Luke, as is his habit, calls attention to the
+work of Paul in Ephesus; other parts of this journey are
+passed over with slight mention.
+
+Having gone through the upper coasts, Paul comes to
+Ephesus.  The chief events in this city, during the visit
+of the Apostle, were:
+
+1.  The incident of the work of Apollos is given (Acts
+18:24-19:1) to show how Paul found about twelve
+disciples of John the Baptist (Acts 19:7) at Ephesus and
+instructed them further, baptizing them in the name of
+the Lord Jesus (Acts 19:5, compare Acts 19:1-7).
+
+2.  Three months were spent by Paul (Acts 19:8, 9)
+with the Jews in their synagogue, "disputing and persuading
+the things pertaining to the kingdom of God."  But
+when certain of them became hardened and it was plainly
+seen that little good was being done he left the synagogue.
+
+3.  About two years' time was given, after the apostle
+had separated himself and followers from the Jewish
+synagogue, to teaching in the school or lecture room of
+Tyrannus (Acts 19:9, 10).  The result of this preaching
+and teaching was that a great multitude of men and
+women was brought to a confession of faith in Christ,
+throughout Asia.
+
+4.  The mighty growth of the Word of God (Acts
+19:20) was attested by the miracles which Paul did in the
+name of Christ (Acts 19:11, 12).  He confounded the
+Jewish exorcists, who attempted to imitate these miracles
+(Acts 19:13-20).  This great work was shown to be a
+thorough one from the fact that many who used curious
+arts brought their books and burned them amounting in
+value to over $31,000.
+
+5.  Paul now proposed, thinking the Ephesian church
+could stand alone (Acts 19:21, 22), "after he had passed
+through Macedonia and Achaia to go to Jerusalem,
+saying, after I have been there, I must also see Rome."  In
+anticipation of this visit he sent Timotheus and Erastus
+into Macedonia, "but he himself stayed in Asia for a
+season."
+
+6.  The tumult made by Demetrius (Acts 19:23-40) is
+a strong proof of the large impression made by the gospel
+of Jesus Christ upon not only the city of Ephesus but all
+Asia Minor.  The burning of the magical books had
+arrested the attention of many people, but when the sale
+of the silver images of the idol, Diana, began to fall off
+so as to touch the trade of the silversmiths they were up
+in arms at once.  Demetrius showed how the power of
+Christ had prevailed with men when he declared that,
+"Paul hath persuaded and turned away much people,
+saying that there be no gods which are made with
+hands."  The violence of the men who composed the mob showed
+how deeply Christianity had taken hold upon large
+numbers of people.  Paul, after the uproar had quieted down,
+carried out his intention of departing for Macedonia.
+
++Through Macedonia and Greece+ (Acts 21:1-6).--"The
+order of events seems to have been: (a) Timotheus
+and Erastus were sent to look after the church discipline
+at Corinth (Acts 19:22).  Stephanas and others came
+from Corinth and returned with the First Epistle to the
+Corinthians (1 Cor. 16:17).  (b) Paul meant to visit
+Corinth (1 Cor. 4:18, 19); instead he went to Macedonia
+by Troas (2 Cor. 2:12, 13).  (c) He waited at Troas
+for news from Corinth, and his anxiety told on his health
+(2 Cor. 2:12; 1:8; 4:10, 11; 12:7).  (d) In spite of
+illness he pressed on to Macedonia (2 Cor. 2:13), where
+he met Titus, who brought him good news of the state of
+the Corinthian church (2 Cor. 7:5-9).  (e) He wrote
+the Second Epistle to the Corinthians and sent it by Titus,
+and resolved to wait sometime longer before going to
+Corinth, for he wished to take a contribution from the
+Corinthians to Jerusalem (2 Cor. 9:1-5).  (f) In Macedonia
+he probably visited Berea, Thessalonica, and Philippi,
+with perhaps a journey to Illyricum (Rom. 15:19).
+(g) He went to Greece (Corinth and Cenchrea).  (h)
+He proposed sailing for Syria with the contributions of
+the various churches, and with delegates who carried
+the money; Sopater from Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus
+from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timotheus from
+Lystra, Tychicus and Trophimus from Ephesus (Acts
+20:4; 21:29).  (i) The Jews of Corinth conspired to
+murder Paul on his embarkation, so his friends went by
+ship, and he eluded the conspirators by going by land to
+Philippi.  (j) Then he took ship for Troas, having Luke
+who had been at Philippi for his companion ("We
+sailed").
+
++The Return Journey,+ Troas to Jerusalem (Acts 20:6-21:15).
+
+1.  Troas.  Luke and Paul were five days in reaching
+Troas, from Philippi, where they found a number of the
+brethren who had preceded them (Acts 20:6, compare
+Acts 20:4-6).  Seven days were spent at Troas (Acts
+20:6).  We have here the record of how the disciples
+spent the Sabbath day in breaking bread together and in
+listening to the preaching of Paul.  (Acts 20:7-12).  This
+last day here came near being marred by Eutychus meeting his
+death, when he fell down from the third loft.  But
+Paul was there and Eutychus's life was spared.  The
+meeting did not break up until the next morning, so
+interested were they in talking over "The Way."
+
+2.  Troas to Miletus (Acts 20:13-15).  Paul's
+company went by ship first to Assos, where Paul met them;
+he having covered the distance of about twenty miles on
+foot.  At Assos Paul joined the company on the ship and
+they sailed from Assos to Mitylene.  "And we sailed
+thence," says Luke, "and came the next day over against
+Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried
+at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus."
+
+3.  At Miletus (Acts 20:17-38) Paul sent for the elders
+of the Ephesian church to come to him.  When they
+came he spoke to them in a very touching and tender
+way.  This address has been divided into four parts: (a)
+What was behind Paul; he called them to witness that he
+had been faithful in declaring to them the full gospel of
+Jesus Christ, repentance toward God and faith in the
+Lord Jesus Christ.  (b) What was before Paul; he said
+that in every city the Holy Ghost witnessed that bonds
+and afflictions awaited him.  (c) What was before the
+elders of the Ephesian church; it was theirs to take care
+of the flock over which they presided and "to feed the
+church of God."  (d) Commendation of the elders to
+God in their good work.  (e) Paul's earnest prayer for
+their welfare.  (f) The farewell words.
+
+4.  Miletus to Cæsarea and Jerusalem (Acts 21:1-15)
+by way of Coos, Rhodes, Patara, Tyre, and Cæsarea.
+At Tyre there was a wait of seven days and a change of
+ships; in this city it was testified to Paul that he should
+not go up to Jerusalem.  At the parting, when Paul and
+his company took ship to go to Cæsarea, the disciples of
+Tyre came out to see them off and all kneeled down
+on the shore and prayed.  At Cæsarea where Paul's
+company tarried many days, it was again made known to
+Paul by the Holy Ghost that bonds and imprisonment
+awaited him at Jerusalem, but still he pressed on saying,
+"The will of the Lord be done."  Arriving in Jerusalem
+they were gladly received by the brethren.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What was the method of evangelizing the ancient world?
+How did the three missionary journeys differ from each other?
+What can be said of the chief city in which Paul spent so much
+of the time of this journey?  Time and extent of this journey?
+What Epistles were written?  Give the chief incidents of the
+itinerary; through Galatia and Phrygia; in Ephesus; through
+Macedonia and Greece; the return voyage.
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY VI
+
+JERUSALEM TO ROME
+
+_Acts 21:17-28:31_
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++This Journey+--From Jerusalem to Rome.  The Seven Speeches.
+The Writings.  Time and Extent.  The Historical Connections.
+
++Paul at Jerusalem+--The Return to Jerusalem.  The Meeting
+with James and the Elders of the Church.  The Temple Riot.
+The Speech of Paul to the Rioters.  Before the Jewish
+Council.  Paul Comforted by God.  Conspiracy of Jewish
+Fanatics.
+
++Paul at Cæsarea+--The First Defense, before Jewish Accusers
+and the Roman Governor Felix.  Second Defense, before
+Felix.  Third Defense, before Festus.  Fourth Defense,
+before Festus and King Agrippa II.
+
++The Voyage to Rome+--Cæsarea to Myra.  Myra to Melita.  Melita
+to Rome.
+
++Paul at Rome+--Testifying to the Jews.  Testifying to the
+Gentiles.  Incidental Notices of the Imprisonment.  The Further
+Travels of Paul.
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:2-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY VI
+
+JERUSALEM TO ROME
+
+_Scripture, Acts 21:11-28:31_
+
+THIS JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 21:17-28:31_
+
++From Jerusalem to Rome.+--This portion of the book
+of the Acts comprises more than one quarter of the whole,
+or seven and a half chapters.  There must have been
+some important purpose to be served by thus relating so
+fully the incidents of this period in Paul's life; for Luke
+elsewhere narrates only the incidents of the missionary
+journeys which are of great interest.  It may be that his
+purpose was to show, with the full connecting incidents,
+how clearly and strongly Paul testified, to the Jews in the
+temple (Acts 22:1-23), and before the Roman tribunal
+(Acts 25:13, 14, 26; 26:1-32), that Jesus was the
+Christ.  Jesus himself, before his death, gave the same
+testimony to the Sanhedrin (Matt. 26:63, 64; Mark 14:61,
+62; Luke 22:67-69), and the Roman tribunal (John
+18:33-37).  The testimony of Paul was further carried to
+imperial Rome, the capital of the world (Acts 28:17-24).
+
++The Seven Speeches.+--The last recorded addresses of
+the Great Apostle are a striking feature of this period.
+They show his faith after it had been tried and tested in
+his toilsome years of missionary labors.  They reveal the
+courage and character of the man in that they were given
+when he was in bonds and in imminent peril of his life.
+
+1.  The speech before the Jewish mob in the temple
+(Acts 22:1-29) in which Paul tells the Jews how he was
+changed from a persecutor to a believer in Christ.  He
+relates also the story of his conversion.
+
+2.  The speech before the Jewish council (Acts 22:30;
+23:1-10) in which he creates confusion by raising the
+question of the resurrection.  But the provocation was
+great for the high-priest had commanded that Paul be
+smitten on the mouth when he began to speak.
+
+3.  The speech before Felix, the Roman governor
+(Acts 24:10-22) in which he makes his defense against
+Jewish accusers, and affirms his belief in the new "Way"
+and in the resurrection.
+
+4.  The speech before Felix and Brasilia, his wife,
+(Acts 24:24-27).  Paul, being sent for by Felix to tell
+him of his faith in Christ, reasons "of righteousness,
+temperance, and judgment to come."
+
+5.  The speech before Festus the Roman governor
+(Acts 25:7-11) in which Paul appeals to Cæsar.
+
+6.  The speech before Festus, the Roman governor,
+and King Agrippa and his wife, Bernice, (Acts 25:13;
+26:1-32).  Here Paul again relates the story of his
+conversion and shows that Jesus is the Christ.
+
+7.  The speech before the chief Jews in Rome (Acts
+28:17-31) showing that Jesus is the Christ.
+
++The Writings.+--During the two years' imprisonment
+of Paul in Cæsarea we have no account of any Epistles
+written by him.  But when he arrives in Rome he again
+begins to indite those writings which have made his name
+so famous.  From his prison in Rome he sent out four
+letters which have been called, "The Epistles of the First
+Imprisonment"; Colossians, Philemon, Ephesians, and
+Philippians (See Chapter 9).  For profound expositions
+of the Christian doctrines, lofty ethical teaching, and
+mellowness of feeling they stand unequalled.
+
++Time and Extent.+--Paul arrived in Jerusalem in 58
+A.D.  He was imprisoned two years in Cæsarea, 58 to
+60 A.D.  The voyage to Rome was in the winter of 60
+and 61 A D.  He was imprisoned in Rome two years, 61
+to 63 A.D.  In extent the journey which Paul took from
+Cæsarea to Rome was about 2,300 miles.
+
++The Historical Connections.+--Nero was Emperor of
+Rome (since 54 A.D.).  Felix was Procurator of Judea
+from 51 to 60 A.D., when he was succeeded by Festus.
+We fix the date of Paul's going to Rome by the fact that
+when Festus came in 60 A.D., he made his appeal to
+Cæsar.
+
+
+PAUL AT JERUSALEM
+
++The Return+ to Jerusalem (Acts 21:17-23:23) was at
+the feast of Pentecost when it was crowded with strangers
+from all parts of the world.  Paul had been warned not
+to come back to this city (Acts 21:10-14) and it might
+have been possible for him to have remained away, passing
+the last years of his life in high honor and peace as
+the Great Apostle and Head of the Gentile churches.
+But he seems to have felt it incumbent upon him to return
+to Jerusalem and testify for his faith (Acts 21:14), and to
+carry alms (Acts 24:17).  Paul was now about sixty
+years of age and for more than ten years had been
+engaged in the most arduous missionary labors, enduring
+stonings, beatings, and contumelies of all kinds, for the
+sake of preaching Jesus Christ.  More than twenty years
+had elapsed since his conversion; and before his
+well-known three missionary journeys he had been actively
+engaged in the work which he loved so well.  In his body
+he must have borne the marks of these incessant labors,
+but his spirit was as fresh and undaunted as ever.
+Whatever awaited him in Jerusalem he was ready for it.
+
++The Meeting with James and the Elders of the
+Church+ (Acts 21:17-25) seems to have been a pleasant
+one.  Paul told his story of the wonders wrought in the
+Gentile world, and God was glorified, but there seems to
+have been a certain constraint upon the company.  Paul
+was well known everywhere as an exponent of that liberty
+in Christ by which the Gentiles when they became
+Christians were not obliged to become Jews and obey the laws
+of Moses.  We find the elders, while freely admitting
+the binding nature of the decision of the Jerusalem
+Council upon this matter, advising him to show the
+many thousands of Jews who believed and kept the law,
+that he himself still held to the observance of the law.
+Hence the urgency with which they requested him to
+purify himself in the temple, with certain men who had
+a vow, so that the Jews might see that he was not a
+renegade.  The consequences of this advice soon became
+evident.
+
++The Temple Riot and Paul's Imprisonment+ (Acts
+21:26-39).--When the days of purification for his
+companions were almost completed some Jews of Asia saw
+him and at once raised a great tumult.  It is a wonder
+that he was not seen and recognized earlier.  Doubtless
+the Asian Jews had been restrained in their own cities
+from wreaking their hatred upon Paul to the full, by the
+strong arm of the Roman magistrate.  At once a great
+outcry was raised and Paul would have fared badly if he
+had not been rescued by the Roman soldiers, to be
+imprisoned by them.
+
++The Speech of Paul to the Rioters+ (Acts 21:40-22:23).--He
+requested that he be permitted to speak to
+this angry crowd of fanatic Jews, who were howling for
+his life.  What would he say?  What defense could he
+make?  Listen to him!  He is telling the story of his life
+and conversion, on the way to Damascus.  He is glorifying
+Jesus and urging them to believe in Him.  There is
+not one word about the indignities that have been heaped
+upon himself.  This personal testimony in this city where
+Paul had been the chief persecutor was wonderful.  But
+as the Jews had demanded the life of Christ, when he was
+upon earth and testified to His mission, so now they
+demanded the life of Paul.
+
++Before the Jewish Council+ (Acts 22:24-23:10).--Paul,
+rescued from the clutches of the mob, would have
+been scourged by the Romans had he not declared himself
+a Roman.  On the morrow, taken before the Sanhedrin,
+and seeing no hope of any justice being done him, he sets
+one party of it over against the other by declaring that he
+was a Pharisee and "of the hope of the resurrection of
+the dead I am called in question."  So great was the
+dissension that arose over this matter that Paul was faring
+badly when he was rescued by the chief captain and his
+soldiers.
+
++Paul Comforted by God+ (Acts 23:10).--Paul must
+have been quite worn out with the tumults and mobs of
+the last two days.  The encouragement of God speaking
+to him and telling him to be of good cheer, and that as he
+had testified of Him in Jerusalem, he must also bear
+witness in Rome, put a new heart in him.  It had been
+Paul's great desire to visit Rome and preach Christ in
+that city (Rome 1:11-15; Acts 19:21).
+
++Conspiracy of Jewish Fanatics+ (Acts 23:10-30).--The
+mad hatred of the Jews against Paul is shown by
+more than forty men binding themselves under a curse to
+kill him.  The astonishing thing about this conspiracy is
+that the conspirators showed what they proposed to do to
+the chief priests and elders and asked their aid to bring
+Paul down for another examination that they might kill
+him.  The plot was brought to naught by Paul's nephew,
+who heard of it and told Paul.  This information was at
+once given to the chief captain, who determined to send
+Paul away that night to the Roman governor at Cæsarea.
+It was a large escort, 200 legionaries, 200 light armed
+troops, skirmishers, and 70 cavalry, which was sent out
+with Paul.  This great company of soldiers showed the
+immanent danger in which Paul stood at this time.
+
+
+PAUL AT CÆSAREA
+
+_Scripture, Acts 23:33-27:1_
+
+Paul now comes under Roman jurisdiction and remains
+for two years (Acts 24:27) a prisoner in Cæsarea.  He
+is not kept in close confinement and his friends are
+allowed to see him (Acts 24:23).  Who came to see
+him of these friends and what they talked about Luke
+does not tell us.  Our attention seems to be purposely
+directed to the defense which Paul made of his faith and
+work before the Roman governors, Felix and Festus, and
+the Jewish King Agrippa II.  As Pilate had seen no just
+cause why Christ should be condemned to death, so Felix
+and Festus, when Paul had testified of his faith in Christ
+before them, saw no reason why he should suffer the
+death penalty.
+
++The First Defense; before Jewish Accusers and the
+Roman Governor, Felix+ (Acts 23:33-24:23).--Awaiting
+the coming of his accusers from Jerusalem Paul was
+kept in Herod's judgment hall.  After five days Ananias,
+with the elders, and an orator, named Tertullus, came to
+Cæsarea, and charged Paul with being "a mover of
+sedition among all the Jews throughout the world, and a
+ring-leader of the sect of the Nazarenes"; they also accused
+him of profaning the temple.
+
+Paul being beckoned by the governor to speak replied
+in answer to the charges made against him: (a) That
+Felix, who has been governor so long (since 51 A.D.),
+must know from personal knowledge, that he had not been
+engaged in any sedition and that this charge could not be
+proved against him.  It had only been twelve days since
+he went up to Jerusalem and a number of them had been
+spent in Roman custody.  During this period there had
+been no time to plot against the government.  (b) While
+he worshipped God after the way that they called heresy,
+yet he believed all that was written in the law and the
+prophets.  He had come he said "after many years to
+bring alms to my nation, and offerings."  It was true
+that certain Jews had found him "purified in the temple,
+neither with multitude, nor with tumult."  These ought
+to have been present and to have testified to these things.
+(c) He denied that he had committed any sacrilege.
+When he was seized in the temple he was in the very act
+of performing a portion of the worship prescribed by the
+Mosaic law.  (d) The knowledge of those present "went
+no further than that they had heard him declare his belief
+in the doctrine of the resurrection from the dead" (Acts
+22:30-23:1-6).  Upon the conclusion of Paul's argument,
+Felix adjourned the case until Lysias, the chief
+captain, should come down and give his testimony.
+
+_Second Defense; before Felix and his Wife, Drusilla_
+(Acts 24:24-27).--This was evidently a private
+hearing of Paul of his faith in Christ.  There was ample
+reason for the trembling of Felix when Paul "reasoned
+of righteousness, temperance, and judgment to come."  Felix
+was a notoriously unjust ruler who had taken bribes,
+murdered a high-priest and, relying upon the influence of
+his infamous brother Pallas at Rome, was steeped in
+crimes.  He had induced his wife Drusilla to desert her
+husband to marry him.  Felix showed his character when
+he sent for Paul a number of times and communed with
+him, hoping to receive a bribe.  When recalled to Rome
+in consequence of repeated complaints of his misadministration
+of justice he, "willing to show the Jews a pleasure,
+left Paul bound."
+
++Third Defense; before Festus, the New Governor+
+(Acts 25:1-12).--Festus, Josephus tells us, was one of
+the best procurators of Judea.  He was appointed by
+Nero in the year 60 A.D., and died two years after this.
+He is importuned by "the high-priest and the chief of the
+Jews, as soon as he takes office, to send Paul back to
+Jerusalem (in order that he might be killed on the way
+thither).  Festus replies that they are to come to Cæsarea
+and there make their accusations against Paul.  When
+they are come and Festus sits on the judgment seat they
+make "many and grievous complaints against Paul which
+they could not prove."  Paul's answer is: neither against
+the law of the Jews, neither against the temple, nor yet
+against Cæsar, have I offended in anything at all."  But
+Festus showed, notwithstanding his many good traits, a
+decided leaning toward Paul's accusers.  When therefore
+Festus asked Paul if he would go back to Jerusalem and
+be there judged before the Sanhedrin, Paul recognizes the
+hopelessness of his case and exercised his right as a
+Roman citizen in taking an appeal to the judgment seat
+of Cæsar.  This right of appeal was one of the most
+important prerogatives of the Roman citizen; he had only
+to say the word, "Appello" and proceedings must at once
+be stopped; his case must go to the court of the emperor.
+In exercising this appeal Paul very justly said that if he
+had done anything worthy of death he was willing to die,
+but if the charges made against him by the Jewish
+high-priest and elders were not true he ought not to be
+delivered up to them.
+
++Fourth Defense; before Festus and King Agrippa II.+--In
+Acts 25:13-27 we have an account of the visit of
+Jewish King Agrippa II. to Festus and the statement of
+the latter in regard to the case of Paul.  Festus is at a
+loss what to write about the prisoner, to the imperial
+court (Acts 25:25-27), the accusations of the Jews
+having failed of proof.  To send a prisoner to Cæsar and
+not be able to state clearly what his crime was might
+involve Festus in difficulties.  Agrippa, as a Jew, might
+be able to give some light upon this matter.  The
+question seemed to be in regard to religious freedom.  Rome
+did not allow religious liberty.  The Jewish religion,
+however, was licensed as one of the forms under which men
+were allowed to worship God in the Roman empire.
+Agrippa might be able to solve this question as to whether
+Paul was or was not within his legal rights and the
+Christianity which he professed be as legal as Judaism.
+
+Paul in his argument (Acts 26:1-29) before Festus
+and King Agrippa II., took the ground that Christianity,
+as an outgrowth of Judaism, had a legal status.  Paul
+said that he preached that the Messiah had come in the
+person of Jesus Christ and this was the One whom Moses
+and the prophets had foretold, (a) Paul's introduction
+is very courteous.  He recognizes King Agrippa as well
+versed "in all customs and questions which are among
+the Jews."  (b) He declares his early life to be well known,
+as a Jew, and, of the strictest sect, a Pharisee.  (c) He
+stands accused because he believes that the Messiah, whom
+all Jews are praying may come, has come.  (c) Here, as
+Prof. Lindsay says, in his commentary on the Acts,
+"Agrippa may by look, word, or gesture have suggested,
+A crucified Messiah! and Paul have answered, No, but a
+risen Redeemer!  Is it incredible that God should raise
+the dead?"  Then Paul continues saying, that he himself
+was an enemy of Christ at first.  (d) Paul proceeds with
+his argument, giving his personal testimony, how this
+risen Messiah had appeared to him on the way to
+Damascus and what He had said to him.  (e) Then he shows
+how it had been foretold by the prophets and Moses that
+Christ should suffer "and that He should be the first that
+should rise from the dead, and should show forth light
+unto the people, and to the Gentiles."
+
+The argument is over and after certain remarks, by
+Festus and Agrippa which are characteristic of both men,
+there is a conference and a decision rendered by the
+Roman governor and Jewish King, "That this man doeth
+nothing worthy of death or of bonds."  But the appeal
+to Cæsar cannot be set aside and Paul must go to Rome.
+
+
+THE VOYAGE TO ROME
+
+_Scripture, Acts 21:1-28:31_
+
+Paul now begins his long delayed trip to Rome not,
+however, as he expected a free man, but as a prisoner.
+He comes finally to Rome and there testifies of his faith
+in Christ.  His native force of character and Christian
+graces bring him to the front upon this voyage and in the
+time of shipwreck he takes over the command.
+
+Three ships convey him to Rome, one of which is cast
+away on the island of Melita; if we follow the fortunes
+of these three ships this section of Acts may be divided
+into three parts:
+
++Cæsarea to Myra+ (a city of Lycia) or the fortunes of
+Paul upon the first ship (Acts 27:1-5).  Aristarchus
+and Luke were the companions who embarked with the
+Great Apostle upon a ship of Adramyttium.  Paul was
+in charge of Julius, "a centurion of Augustus's band."  The
+first stop was at Sidon where Paul was given "liberty
+to go unto his friends and refresh himself."  The ship
+then sailed for the city of Myra in Lycia passing to the
+east and north of the island of Cyprus.
+
++Myra to the Island of Melita+, or the fortunes of Paul
+upon the second ship (27:6-28:10).  Arrived at
+the city of Myra the whole company changed ships,
+re-embarking in a large ship which was probably engaged in
+the grain carrying trade between Alexandria in Egypt and
+Rome.  This portion of the voyage was full of difficulties
+from the beginning.  From Myra to Cnidus (a peninsula
+which projected from the Carian coast having Cos on the
+north and Rhodes on the south) the progress against
+baffling winds was slow.  The first stop was made at Fair
+Havens, a place upon the southern coast of Crete (the
+modern Candia).  It was here that Paul foretold the
+serious danger to the ship if the voyage should be continued.
+But the centurion taking the advice of the master and
+owner of the ship, and because the harbour "was not
+commodious to winter in," determined to make an attempt
+to reach Phenice (a harbour west of Crete and upon the
+same side of the island).  The adventures that befell the
+ship's company, and, the misfortune that came to the ship,
+in the terrible fourteen days that followed after the
+departure from Fair Havens are best understood through the
+graphic language of Luke, an eye witness (Acts 27:14-44
+should be read carefully in this connection).  It is in
+this time of trial that Paul steps forth and shows his
+mastery over men.  Comforted himself by "the angel of
+God" he comforts others in declaring that no harm shall
+come to the lives of those in the ship.  In the midst of
+this great storm he alone is calm and able to insist that
+his companions keep up their courage and strength, and
+not to give away to despair.  The island of Melita (the
+modern Malta), where the shipwreck took place, lies
+directly south of Sicily.  The place where the Great
+Apostle was cast ashore is now known as St. Paul's Bay.
+The inhabitants of the island received the ship's company
+"with no little kindness" and Paul engaged here in a
+healing ministry, curing the father of Publius, the chief man
+of the island, of a fever and many others of diseases.  In
+whatever place or circumstances Paul comes he at once
+begins to exercise his Christian gifts.
+
++The Island of Melita to Rome+, or the adventures of
+Paul on the third ship (Acts 28:11-16).  Three months
+were spent at Melita.  Then Paul and the company
+embarked on another Alexandrian grain ship for Puteoli,
+"eight miles southwest of Naples and the principal
+harbour south of Rome in Paul's day."  "It was the port
+at which the Egyptian grain ships usually unloaded."  There
+were two stops made on the way to Puteoli, one at
+Syracuse in Sicily and the other at Rhegium, at the
+southern point of Italy.  At Puteoli Paul found Christian
+brethren with whom he remained for seven days.  The
+Roman Christians came but to meet Paul at Apii Forum,
+forty-three miles, and the Three Taverns, thirty-three
+miles from Rome.  This expression of love and interest
+in him and his welfare greatly cheered the heart of the
+Apostle.
+
+
+PAUL AT ROME
+
++Testifying to the Jews+ (Acts 28:17-27).--After an
+interval of only three days Paul called the chief of the
+Jews together, and explained to them why he had been
+sent to Rome.  He declared that he had no accusation
+to make against his nation to the Roman authorities, but
+that he was a prisoner on account of his advocacy of the
+hope of Israel fulfilled in Jesus Christ.  But the Jews
+replied that they had had no word about Paul from
+Jerusalem.  Desiring to hear more of what Paul had to say
+about the Christians they appointed a day in which they
+would hear Paul at his lodgings.  This hearing was
+evidently very thorough, and the usual division was made of
+believing and unbelieving Jews.
+
++Testifying to the Gentiles+ (Acts 28:28).--Paul
+receiving no sufficient response to his words from the
+Jews now turns his attention to the Gentiles.
+
++The Two Years' Imprisonment+ (Acts 28:30, 31) was
+spent in preaching the gospel of Jesus Christ, in his own
+hired house, and receiving all who came to him.  Although
+Paul was a prisoner he was allowed complete freedom of
+speech.
+
++Incidental Notices of this Imprisonment+ are found in
+the four Epistles which were written from Rome during
+its continuance.  Prof. J. R. Lumby, D.D. (Acts,
+Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges) says: "We know
+from first to last the prisoner's chain hurt Paul (Eph. 3:1;
+4:1; Phil. 1:13, 16; Col. 4:18; Philem. 1, 9, 10), and
+that his cause was at times an object of much anxiety
+(Phil. 2:23, 24).  We also learn from the same letters
+that besides Luke and Aristarchus (Acts 27:2; 28:15) he
+had also the fellowship, for some time at least, of
+Tychicus, who (Eph. 6:21) was the bearer of his letter to
+Ephesus; of Timothy, whom (Phil. 1:1; Col. 1:1;
+Philem. 1) he joins with himself in the greeting to the
+churches of Philippi and Colossæ and also in that to
+Philemon.  In the former of these churches Timothy had
+been a fellow laborer with the Apostle.  Epaphroditus
+came with the Philippian contributions to the aid of the
+imprisoned Apostle (Phil. 4:18).  Onesimus found out
+Paul when in flight from his master he made his way to
+Rome (Col. 4:9; Philem. 10).  Mark, the cousin of
+Barnabas, was also there and another Jewish convert,
+Jesus, called Justus, of whom we only know that the
+Apostle considered him worthy to be called a fellow
+worker unto the kingdom of God (Col. 4:11).  Epaphras
+from the churches of Laodicea and Hieropolis, had come
+to visit Paul, and to bring him greetings doubtless of the
+Christians there, and carry back some words of earnest
+council and advice from the Roman prisoner (Col. 4:12,
+13).  Last of all Demas was there to be mentioned
+as having forsaken the good way through love of this
+present world (Col. 4:14; 2 Tim. 4:10).  More than
+this and the few words in verses thirty and thirty-one, of
+Acts 28, we do not know of this first imprisonment."  His
+spirit however was unsubdued through all his hardships
+and he was ever exhorting the disciples of Christ to
+rejoice in Him (Phil. 2:1, 2; 4:4).
+
++The Further Travels of Paul+ are considered in Study 10.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+How much space does the account of this journey occupy in
+the Acts, and why is so much given to it?  What do the seven
+speeches of Paul signify?  What Epistles did Paul write while at
+Rome?  Give the time and extent of this journey.  Give the
+historical connections.  Why did Paul return to Jerusalem?  Give
+an account of his meeting with James and the elders; the temple
+riot; his speech to the rioters; and his speech before the Jewish
+Council.  How was Paul comforted by God?  What was the
+conspiracy of the Jewish fanatics?  How long did Paul remain a
+prisoner at Cæsarea?  Give an account of his first defense before
+his Jewish accusers, and the Roman governor Felix; his second
+defense before Felix; his third defense before Festus; and his
+fourth defense before Festus and King Agrippa II.  Give an
+account of the voyage to Rome; Cæsarea to Myra; Myra to
+Melita; and Melita to Rome.  What did Paul testify to the Jews
+and Gentiles in Rome?  Where do we find incidental notices of
+this imprisonment?
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY VII
+
+THE FUTURE OF CHRIST'S KINGDOM
+
+FIRST GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+FIRST AND SECOND EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Introduction to the Epistles of Paul+--Epistolary Writings.  Some
+Reasons for Paul's Writings.  Qualifications of Paul.  How
+the Epistles are Best Understood.  Titles and Groups.
+Common Plan.  Supreme Purpose.
+
++The Future of Christ's Kingdom+--The First Group of Epistles.
+The Chief Doctrinal Point.
+
++The First Epistle to the Thessalonians+--The Founding of the
+Church.  Occasion, Time, and Place of Writing.  Contents.
+Analysis.
+
++The Second Epistle to the Thessalonians+--Occasion, Time, and
+Place of Writing.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY VII
+
+THE FUTURE OF CHRIST'S KINGDOM
+
+FIRST GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+THE FIRST AND SECOND EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
+INTRODUCTION TO THE EPISTLES OF PAUL
+
++Epistolary Writings.+--The New Testament is
+composed of twenty-seven books, twenty-one of which are
+Epistles.  Of this latter number thirteen are ascribed to
+Paul.  It is thus seen how largely the New Testament is
+made up of Epistles and how many of these are attributed
+to the Great Apostle.
+
+In the letters of men of great prominence and power
+of any age we get closer to the real condition of the affairs
+of that age than by any other means.  In this way, we
+get information at first hand from the participants in the
+events of which they write.  It is fortunate for us that
+we have this first hand material with which to deal, when
+we come to study the early growth and development of
+Christianity.
+
+By means of the New Testament Epistles (which are
+real letters and written with a definite purpose in view)
+we look directly into the faith, the customs, and practices
+of the early Christian churches.  We see how they were
+organized and how they conducted their services.  We
+see the marvelous changes wrought in the lives and
+characters of the converts.  We note that the triumphs of faith
+were won through a belief in the Divine Son of God and
+the power of the Holy Ghost.  The struggles and difficulties
+of these early Christians in coming out of heathenism
+are depicted in a masterly way.  Paul, in his endeavor
+to guide aright the churches, of which he had been the
+spiritual father, shows what he believes and teaches about
+God, the Holy Ghost, Jesus Christ, sin, redemption, and the
+future state of the soul.  In these letters the incidental
+and indirect references to the doctrines taught, and the
+customs of the early churches, are as valuable as the direct.
+
++Some Reasons for Paul's Writings.+--The Apostle
+was the founder of churches over a large area of territory.
+He soon realized, however, that it was impossible to visit
+them as often as he desired and as frequently as he
+ought.  Many of the converts had come out of heathenism
+and needed doctrinal and ethical instruction in the
+way of Christ.  They also needed encouragement,
+comfort, and sometimes sharp correction for outbreaking sins.
+As means of communication were open and easy along
+the well kept Roman roads, what was more natural than
+that Paul should begin to write letters which were not
+only to be read by the particular churches to which they
+were addressed, but passed on to the other churches.
+
++Qualifications of Paul.+
+
+1.  Intellectual.  He was not only pre-eminent as a
+missionary, but even more remarkable as a writer.  "He
+was the greatest thinker of his age, if not of any age,
+who in the midst of his outward labors was producing
+writings which have ever since been among the mightiest
+intellectual forces of the world and are still growing."
+
+2.  Spiritual.  He had been converted in a wonderful
+way and had received a special revelation from Christ
+(Acts 9:3-15; 1 Cor. 15:3; Gal. 1:11, 12).  He had
+been called to his great work among the Gentiles by Christ
+and the Holy Ghost (Acts 9:15; 13:2).  He was
+absolutely absorbed in the work of Christ and in making
+known His gospel.
+
++How the Epistles are Best Understood.+--Each one
+should be studied in the light of the occasion which called
+it forth and in connection with the church, group of
+churches, or the individual to which it is addressed.
+
++Titles and Groups.+--The thirteen Epistles fall naturally
+into four groups; in each of which is set forth some
+great doctrinal and ethical truth.
+
+First Group, First and Second Thessalonians.  "These
+Epistles are short, simple, and practical.  They may be
+regarded as illustrating Paul's earlier missionary instruction
+to his converts--hence the name 'Missionary Epistles,'
+sometimes applied to them.  They treat of but one
+doctrinal subject--the second coming of Christ."  It should
+be borne in mind, however, that Paul speaks of Jesus
+Christ as "The Lord," "Our Lord," about twenty-five
+times in First Thessalonians; this shows how thoroughly
+he believed in the Deity of Christ.
+
+Second Group, Galatians, First and Second Corinthians
+and Romans.  "This group is the great repertory of
+Paul's doctrinal and ethical teaching.  Galatians and
+Romans deal chiefly with his doctrine of justification by
+faith.  They are designed to disprove the current Jewish
+teaching (which was invading the churches) that men
+might be saved by obedience to the Mosaic law.  On the
+contrary Paul maintained that the sole basis of salvation
+is the grace of God to be appropriated by faith on man's
+part."
+
+Third Group, Colossians, Philemon, Ephesians, and
+Philippians.  "This group is predominantly Christological.
+Errors had invaded the churches addressed, which
+tended to degrade the person and work of Christ, and the
+Apostle writes with a view to showing his pre-eminence
+and saving power, so that the readers may be induced to
+keep their allegiance to Christ and His gospel."
+
+Fourth Group, First Timothy, Titus and Second Timothy.
+"These are called 'The Pastoral Epistles,' and were
+designed to instruct Timothy and Titus as
+superintendents of the churches
+in Ephesus and Crete, and were thus
+semi-official in character.  But they have also a strong
+personal element and a tone of warm sympathy and
+affection."  The above characterization of the four groups of
+these Epistles by Prof. G. B. Stevens is brief and to the
+point.
+
++Common Plan.+--The plan in all of Paul's Epistles,
+with slight variations, is much the same.  The outlines of
+these letters fall uniformly into six divisions.  "First, a
+greeting sometimes very brief, sometimes extending over
+several verses, in which he generally manages with
+consummate skill to strike the keynote of the whole letter.
+Secondly, a thanksgiving to God for the Christian gifts
+and graces of his converts.  Thirdly, a doctrinal part, in
+which he argues out or explains some great topic of
+Christian truth, specially required by the condition of the
+church to which he is writing.  Fourthly, a practical
+section, in which he applies to daily moral duties the great
+doctrines which he has developed.  Fifthly, personal
+messages, salutations, and details.  Sixthly, a brief
+autograph conclusion to ratify the genuineness of the entire
+letter."
+
++The Supreme Purpose+ was to make known the Divine
+Christ as the Savior of all men, both Jew and Gentile
+(1 Cor. 2:1-16; Col. 1:9-29; Phil. 2:9-11; Acts 26:22,
+23; Rom. 3:9-31).
+
+
+THE FUTURE OF CHRIST'S KINGDOM
+
+FIRST GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+THE FIRST AND SECOND EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
++The First Group of Epistles.+--The First and Second
+Epistles to the Thessalonians are the earliest writings of
+Paul of which we have any certain knowledge.  He may
+possibly have written earlier epistles, which are now lost.
+He speaks of writing a salutation "in every epistle"
+(2 Thess. 3:17), "with mine own hand," which may
+imply that he had already written a number of Epistles.
+In regard to later writings he also speaks of an Epistle
+(1 Cor. 5:9) to the Corinthians written to them before
+that now known as First Corinthians and of one written
+to the Laodiceans (Col. 4:16); of these writings we have
+no record save these incidental notices, if these notices
+refer to lost Epistles.
+
++The Chief Doctrinal Point+ considered in this group is
+"The Future of Christ's Kingdom" as it was related to His
+second coming (1 Thess. 4:13-5:9, compare 2 Thess. 2:1-17).
+It was natural that, after so great a manifestation
+of the Divine Christ, the earlier believers in Him
+should make much of the promise that He said He would
+come again, and amid their troubles and difficulties the
+strong tendency would be to think that second coming
+was close at hand.  It is a well known fact however that
+the near approach of a great joy or sorrow unfits men and
+women for the ordinary pursuits of life.  Paul, in his first
+letter to the members of the church of Thessalonica,
+spoke of the second coming of Christ to relieve their
+minds of a worry over those who had died since he had
+preached to them (lest they should not see the Lord when
+He came), and also to encourage them in their faith
+(1 Thess. 4:13-18).  It seems that Paul was taken to mean
+by what he wrote that Christ's coming was near at hand.
+The believers in Christ, in Thessalonica, began to give up
+their ordinary avocations and pursuits in speedy anticipation
+of this great event.  He therefore takes occasion in
+his second letter to the church to correct the impression
+that Christ's coming (2 Thess. 2:1-17) was near at hand.
+He exhorts them to true and faithful living in the sight of
+their Lord Jesus Christ (2 Thess. 3:1-18) as the best way
+to serve their Divine Master.  The principle of the true
+Christian life is here set forth in a masterly way; it holds
+good for all time and all peoples.
+
+
+
+THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
++The Founding of the Church at Thessalonica+ (Acts
+17:1-10).--Paul was on his second missionary journey
+and this church was the second which he organized in
+Europe.  He entered into the synagogue at Thessalonica
+and three Sabbath days reasoned with the Jews out of the
+scriptures, "opening and alleging, that Christ must needs
+have suffered and risen again from the dead; and that this
+Jesus, whom I preach to you, is Christ" (Acts 17:3).  Through
+this preaching a few of the Jews believed "and
+of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief
+women not a few."  It appears from this account that
+the church was mostly made up of Gentiles.  But through
+the opposition of the Jews all the city was set in an uproar
+and Paul was sent away by night to Berea.
+
++Occasion, Time, and Place of Writing.+--Paul left
+Thessalonica unwillingly for he had a great affection for
+his converts in this city.  Twice he endeavored to return,
+but was prevented from doing so (2:17, 18).  When
+he reached Athens (Acts 17:15) he grew so anxious about
+the church at Thessalonica that he sent Timothy back to
+see how it prospered (3:1, 2).  While Timothy was
+gone on his mission Paul went on to Corinth (Acts
+18:1).  Here Timothy found him when he returned with
+his report of the church (Acts 18:5; 1 Thess. 3:6).
+Paul was greatly pleased with what Timothy had to say
+about the converts.  While enduring persecution they
+were standing fast in the Lord and devoted to their faith
+in Christ (3:7-13).  The report which Timothy brought
+was the occasion of the first letter to this church.
+
+The time was, in all probability, in the winter of 52-53
+A.D., and the place of writing was at Corinth, where
+Paul remained for over a year and a half (Acts 18:1, 11, 18).
+
++Contents.+--The first three chapters are of a personal
+character and show how dear to Paul's heart were these
+converts of Thessalonica.  They also show the good
+record made for the short time since they had embraced
+Christianity.  But nothing could be more revolutionary
+in those days than to become a Christian; therefore Paul
+takes occasion to correct social, moral, and doctrinal
+faults and to instruct them more fully in the faith, in
+Christ, which they professed.  In the matter of doctrine
+Paul mentions Christ as "the Lord," "our Lord" about
+twenty-five times, showing his belief in and teaching of
+the Deity of Christ.  In regard to Christ's speedy second
+coming, of which many seem to have had a lively
+expectation so that they were troubled when some died lest
+these had lost their opportunity to see this glorious event,
+Paul writes to reassure them that all believers, those who
+have died and those who are alive at that time, "will enter
+together and share equally in the blessings of Christ's
+heavenly kingdom" (4:13-18).  The Epistle closes with
+exhortations to be joyful, thankful, and prayerful.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-10).  Personal address and
+salutation.  Thanksgiving for their faith, love and hope in
+Jesus Christ and for their conversion.
+
+2.  Narrative (2:1-4:12).  How the gospel was given
+and how it was received at Thessalonica.  An account of
+Paul's care and anxiety for the church.  Paul's prayer for
+their establishment in the faith of Jesus Christ.  Exhortation
+to abstain as followers of Christ from impurity and
+fraud; to follow after holiness and brotherly love.
+
+3.  Doctrinal (4:13-5:11).  The second advent of
+Christ.  The parts which the dead and living will have
+when Christ shall come again.  The uncertainty of the
+time.  The need of constant watchfulness.
+
+4.  Practical (5:12-28).  Rules for the conduct of the
+church, its overseers and members.  Exhortation to be
+joyful, prayerful, and thankful.  Closing prayer that they
+may be preserved blameless unto the coming of the Lord
+Jesus Christ.  Greeting and benediction.
+
+
+THE SECOND EPISTLE TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
++Occasion, Time, and Place of Writing.+--What Paul
+wrote about the second coming of Christ, in the First
+Epistle, seems to have been misunderstood by the church
+at Thessalonica (1:7-3:11).  Then too there was
+probably a spurious epistle (and this may have occasioned
+much of the trouble) in circulation, in which Paul is
+evidently made to declare that the day of Christ is close at
+hand (2:2).  He writes of this false epistle very vigorously
+that they be not troubled in spirit by a letter, "as
+from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand."  Evidently
+some were neglecting their work, becoming impatient at
+the delay in Christ's coming (3:5, 11, 12) and walking
+disorderly.
+
+The Epistle opens, with an expression of thanks for the
+general condition of the church and that it was enduring
+persecutions and tribulations well (1:2-6).  Hence it is
+evident that some but not all of the church members were
+out of accord with an earnest sensible faith in Christ.
+This Epistle reflects certain conditions which Paul had
+to meet in his work and shows how he sought to check
+any defections from right conceptions of true Christian
+doctrine and life.  In the second chapter Paul shows that
+the "day of Christ" may not speedily come, that certain
+other things must come to pass before it is revealed
+(compare Matthew ch. 24), and that the true Christian way is
+to stand fast always in the Lord.  In thus standing fast
+every believer will grow in faith and grace.
+
+The duties taught are "courage and faith under persecution
+and calmness and quiet industry in the presence of
+the greatest expectations."
+
+The time of writing was probably, a few months after
+that of the First Epistle, in 53 A.D.  The place of
+writing was Corinth.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-4).  Salutation.  Thanksgiving
+for the growth of faith in the Thessalonian church.
+
+2.  Doctrinal (1:5-2:17).  The great day of the
+Lord.  The Thessalonians seemingly misunderstood Paul's
+first letter and he now more fully explains the second
+advent of Christ.  It will be a day of terrible retribution
+for the unbeliever but one of glory for all who trust in
+Him.  A warning is given not to think the day near at
+hand.  Certain things must first come to pass; "a falling
+away," "a man of sin," "signs and lying
+wonders."  Thanksgiving that the
+Thessalonians have been chosen to
+salvation through the sanctification of the Spirit.
+
+3.  Conclusion (Ch. 3).  Paul requests prayer for
+himself that "the word of the Lord may have free course
+and be glorified" with him; he also desires that the Lord
+may direct their "hearts into the love of God and into the
+patient waiting for Christ."  Paul gives command to
+discipline the disorderly and that every man earn his own
+living.  Exhortation to be not weary in well doing.
+Salutation and benediction.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What can be said of epistolary writings; their place and
+usefulness?  Give some reasons for Paul's writings.  What were the
+qualifications of Paul?  How are the Epistles best understood?
+What can be said of the four groups and their characteristics?
+What is the common plan?  What is the supreme purpose?  What
+can be said of the first group of Epistles; First and Second
+Thessalonians?  What is the chief doctrinal point?  The First
+Epistle; what can be said of the founding of the church at
+Thessalonica?  What can be said of the occasion, time, and place of
+writing?  What are the contents?  Give the four parts of the
+principal divisions and chief points.  The Second Epistle; what
+can be said of the occasion, time, and place of writing?  Give the
+three parts of the principal divisions and chief points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY VIII
+
+THE OLD FAITHS AND THE NEW
+
+SECOND GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+GALATIANS.  FIRST AND SECOND CORINTHIANS.  ROMANS.
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Problems of Early Christianity+--The Old Faiths and the New.
+The Great Question.  The Jewish Faith.  The Heathen Faith.
+The New Faith in Christ.  Practical Bearing upon Present
+Day Living.  The Epistles of this Group.
+
++The Epistle to the Galatians+--The Galatians.  Time of Writing.
+Occasion and Purpose.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Epistles to the Corinthians+--The Church at Corinth.  The
+City of Corinth.
+
++The First Epistle to the Corinthians+--Occasion and Purpose.
+Place and Time.  The Supremacy of Christ.  Principal
+Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Second Epistle to the Corinthians+--Occasion and Purpose.
+Place and Time.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to the Romans+--The Church at Rome.  Occasion and
+Purpose.  Place and Time.  Central Thought.  Principal
+Divisions and Chief Points.
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY VIII
+
+THE OLD FAITHS AND THE NEW
+
+SECOND GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+GALATIANS.  FIRST AND SECOND CORINTHIANS.  ROMANS.
+
+PROBLEMS OF EARLY CHRISTIANITY
+
++The Old Faiths and the New.+--In this second group
+of Epistles, Galatians, First and Second Corinthians, and
+Romans, we enter upon a period of conflict in which
+Christianity is being defined, and differentiated from
+Judaism and Heathenism.  No great truth ever came into
+the world without a battle for its right to the attention of
+men.
+
+The new faith in Christ made large claims for itself.
+It marked an advance upon Judaism and maintained that
+in Christ was fulfilled all the promises made by the
+prophets of the coming of the Jewish Messiah.  It radically
+antagonized the heathen religions.  It had a double task to win
+men out of Judaism and heathenism.  Only by a careful
+study of these great doctrinal Epistles, and the circumstances
+out of which they arose, can it be seen how really
+great was this task.
+
++The Great Question+ was: "On what terms does God
+save men?  Does He owe salvation to any because of
+what they have done, or does He bestow it as an
+unmerited favor upon condition of trust and self-surrender?"  Paul
+maintained that the sole basis of salvation is the
+grace of God through Jesus Christ to be appropriated by
+faith on the part of man.  This is still the great question.
+
++The Jewish Faith+ had been long in the world.  Its
+prophets had two great themes, the Messiah and the
+Messianic Kingdom.  All Israel, while observing feast and
+fast days, the precepts of the Mosaic law and offering
+sacrifices, looked forward to the coming of the Messiah
+and the establishment of His kingdom upon earth, as the
+supreme fulfillment of its hopes.
+
+It is the contention of Paul in these Epistles that this
+Messiah has come in the person of Jesus Christ and
+fulfilled all the promises made to Israel, and that, through
+faith in Him, believers are released from the observance
+of the precepts of the Mosaic law.
+
+There were two parties of Jews who sought to check
+the advance of the early church, with its all sufficient
+Savior.  First, there were the Jews who denied any and
+every claim of Christ to be the Messiah; of this party
+were the rioters who drove Paul out of city after city and
+sought to kill him in the temple.  Second, there were the
+Jewish Christians who "asserted that their faith was
+Judaism with a new prophet; that the law of Moses and Mosaic
+ceremonial practices were binding on Christians as well as
+on unbelieving Jews; that Gentile believers must first
+become proselytes to Judaism before they could become
+Christians; and lastly that circumcision was the only
+gateway to baptism."  With the first class of Jews it was not
+so difficult to deal, for they were out and out antagonists,
+but the Jewish Christians, (who still clung to the Jewish
+law) were constantly making trouble not only amongst the
+Christian Jews, who had fully come out from under the
+law of Moses and expressed their faith in Christ, but also
+among the Christian Gentiles who had come out of the
+heathen religions.  The masterly arguments of Paul,
+presented in Galatians and Romans, deal chiefly with the
+doctrine of justification by faith in Jesus Christ alone.  In
+Gal. 5:1-4 he calls the return to Jewish belief and
+practice, "falling from grace."
+
++The Heathen Faith.+--The people of the Roman
+empire were idolaters.  Temples for the worship of idols
+occupied prominent positions in every city.  Some of
+them were very beautiful, from an architectural point of
+view.  But the objects of worship, frequently, were of the
+basest sort.  This worship caused a notorious laxness of
+view in regard to the relations between the sexes.  This
+state of things is not overstated by Paul in his epistle to
+the Romans (1:18-23).  It was this condition of idolatrous
+worship which led to the decision of the Jerusalem
+Council in regard to the Gentile converts (Acts 15:29).
+The Christianity which Paul taught called for a pure and
+upright life and a subjugation of human passion.  We see
+the effects of former idolatrous lives manifesting
+themselves in the evils which Paul sought to correct in his
+letters to the Corinthians.  It was no small conflict in
+which the Great Apostle to the Gentiles engaged when he
+sought to cleanse, through Christ, the base idolatrous
+hearts of the men of his times.
+
++The New Faith in Christ.+--Paul stands for spiritual
+freedom in Christ and loyalty to Him as Divine Lord
+without the necessity of observing the minute regulations
+of the Jewish ritual.  He insists upon purity of soul and
+outward life as opposed to the laxness of the idolaters.
+Each individual soul is related to Christ to whom it is
+responsible.
+
++Practical Bearing upon Present Day Living.+--The
+things contended for, the evils scored in these Epistles
+may seem to belong to dead controversies, but they do
+not.  While it is a fact that Christianity has freed itself
+from Judaism and the heathen religions have been
+conquered, the old evils still manifest themselves and the
+same remedies must be applied to them.  Many to-day
+will do works of the law (Gal. 2:16) who have no use for
+Christ, or His church, thinking in this way to buy their
+way to God.  These are the old Judaizers come to life
+again.  They often know nothing and care less for spiritual
+things and heart righteousness.  Sensuality, and all its
+attendant evils, driven from the old heathen temples,
+manifests itself in many ways; it still seeks to array itself
+in beautiful garments that it may lure many to ruin.
+There is need of repeating over again the arguments of
+Paul for a pure life lived in the faith of Jesus Christ, and
+the spiritual upbuilding of the soul through Him.  Paul
+also insists upon good works as the outcome of faith, but
+faith must come first.
+
++The Epistles of this Group were Written+ on the third
+missionary journey.
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE GALATIANS
+
++The Galatians+ to whom this Epistle was addressed;
+who were they?  The name Galatia was used in two ways.
+Geographically to denote the country inhabited by the
+Celtic tribes (who were descended from the Gauls and
+who formerly inhabited the country we now call France).
+Politically it meant the Roman province which also
+included "Psidia, Lycaonia, and part of Phrygia to the south
+of Galatia proper."  It has been a question which of the
+two Paul intended to address in his letter.  There are no
+particular names of churches which are specified.  Many
+scholars think that Paul means to address his Epistle to
+the churches of the Roman province.  In this case the
+letter would be sent to the churches of a wide area, and
+primarily addressed to those founded in the first
+missionary journey at Antioch, Iconium, Derbe, and Lystra
+(Acts 14:1-28).
+
+Luke speaks also of a region lying roundabout Derbe and
+Lystra where the gospel was preached on this first journey
+(Acts 14:6).  The passage in Galatians (2:5) in which
+Paul refers to the Jerusalem Council where he contended
+for the liberty in Christ of the Gentiles would naturally be
+taken to mean these first churches (however wide the
+application) as the Jerusalem Council was held at the close
+of the first missionary journey.  The word Galatia may
+be used in the narrower sense also by Luke in speaking of
+the beginning of Paul's second (Acts 16:6) and third
+(Acts 18:23) missionary journeys.  It would be natural
+for the Judaizers, who sought to turn back the converts
+of Paul to Judaism, to begin with the churches in South
+Galatia first.
+
++Time of Writing.+--The common opinion is that this
+epistle was written at Ephesus, during Paul's long stay
+there on his third missionary journey or between 54 and
+56 A.D.  Some however would place the date earlier.
+
++Occasion and Purpose.+--That which caused Paul to
+write this first of his great doctrinal Epistles was the
+teaching of certain Judaizers who had found their way
+into the churches of Galatia.  They claimed that the
+Jewish law was binding upon believers in Christ, and
+declared that salvation was through works of the law.
+They insisted upon the rite of circumcision.  Paul's
+gospel and authority were disparaged.
+
+Paul wrote this Epistle for the purpose of showing
+that "faith in Christ was the sole and sufficient condition
+of salvation."
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-10) Salutation.  Subject of the
+Epistle; the defection of the Galatian churches.
+
+2.  The divine commission given to Paul as an apostle
+(1:11-2:21).  He makes a statement of his claims and
+gives a sketch of his life.  The gospel he preached came
+not from man but through a revelation of Jesus Christ.
+All this is to show the authenticity of his claims.
+
+3.  Doctrinal.  Justification is by faith (ch. 3-4).
+The Galatian churches had received the Spirit through
+faith and not by law; why should they turn back?  The
+superiority of faith is shown by Abraham's faith.  The
+covenant of the promise of Christ was before the law.
+The law is subordinate to faith, its purpose is to bring
+men to Christ.  There is serious danger in returning to
+the law.
+
+4.  Practical.  Application of the doctrinal teaching
+(ch. 5-6:10).  An exhortation to stand fast in the liberty
+of Christ; this liberty excludes Judaism.  A warning
+against the abuse of Christian liberty.  The works of the
+flesh and the fruits of the Spirit.  Sowing and reaping.
+
+5.  Autograph conclusion (6:11-18).  Summary of
+the Epistle.  The glory of the Apostle is in the cross of
+Christ.  Benediction.
+
+
+THE EPISTLES TO THE CORINTHIANS
+
++The Church at Corinth+ was founded during Paul's
+second missionary journey (Acts 18:1-18).  When the
+Apostle came to Corinth he found a home with Aquila
+and Priscilla and worked with them at his trade as a
+tent-maker.  He preached in Corinth for over a year and a
+half.  Although Paul was the means of converting
+Crispus, the ruler of the synagogue, and his family, he had no
+large success with the Jews and consequently turned to
+the Gentiles.  The Gentiles gladly heard him and there
+was a great ingathering into the church.
+
+Paul's sole purpose was to preach Christ for he says,
+"I determined not to know anything among you, save
+Jesus Christ and Him crucified" (1 Cor. 2:2).
+
++The City of Corinth+ was the largest and most
+important city of Greece.  The commerce of the world flowed
+through its two harbours.  The population consisted of
+Greeks, Jews, Italians, and a mixed multitude; it was
+excitable, pleasure loving, and mercurial.  In this city
+was held a perpetual vanity fair.  The vices of the east
+and west met and clasped hands in the work of human
+degradation.  The Greek goddess Aphrodite had a
+magnificent temple in which a thousand priestesses ministered
+to a base worship.  While it was a center of wealth and
+fashion it was a city of gilded vice.  In the philosophical
+schools there was an endless discussion about words and
+non-essentials and a strong tendency to set intellectual
+above moral distinctions.
+
+
+THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS
+
++Occasion and Purpose.+-It was natural that the
+pressure of heathen customs and practices should be very great
+upon this young church.  It was also to be expected that
+parties and divisions would arise.  The immediate cause
+of this Epistle was that strifes and divisions had arisen in
+the church.  It was the reporting of these matters to
+Paul by those "of the house of Chloe" (1 Cor. 1:11)
+that led him to write in the way in which he did.  To
+settle the strifes of this church and to define the relations
+which Christians should assume towards the political,
+religious, and domestic institutions of the heathen was a
+matter of no little delicacy and difficulty.  The mastery
+of Paul is shown in the laying down of principles, in
+accordance with the gospel of Christ, that were effective
+not only for the Corinthian church but which are applicable
+to-day to all such church difficulties and the conduct
+of Christians towards non-Christians.
+
++A Former Epistle.+--Previous to the one now called
+"The First," had been written to the Corinthians (1
+Cor. 5:9) and "it appears that the church had replied and
+requested further explanation and instruction on certain
+points" (5:11; 7:1; 8:1; 12:1; 16:12).
+
++Place and Time.+--This Epistle was written during
+Paul's long stay in Ephesus (Acts 19:10; 1 Cor. 16:19)
+and the date is in all probability 57 A.D.
+
++The Supremacy of Christ+ over all parties, His love as
+the touchstone of all service, and His resurrection are
+the great subjects of this Epistle.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Salutation and thanksgiving (1:1-9).
+
+2.  Correction of divisions of party spirit (1:10-4:21).
+It having been reported to Paul that four parties
+were striving for mastery in the church and there was
+great contention; he rebukes the party spirit, sets forth
+the principles of his teaching, and declares that Christ
+alone is the center of the Christian system.  Faith stands
+not in the wisdom of men.  The only foundation is in
+Christ.
+
+3.  Correction of moral disorders (ch. 5-7).  In
+consequence of the close contact of the church with
+heathendom grave moral evils found their way into the
+fold.  (a) The case of an incestuous person, Paul writes
+that such a person is to be expelled because the leaven of
+evil separates men from Christ.  (b) The sin of going to
+law in heathen courts.  Christians ought to settle their
+own disputes.  (c) Sins of the body.  No man should
+commit a sin as his body is the temple of the Holy Ghost.
+
+(d) Advice concerning marriage.  The purpose of the
+gospel is not to antagonize but to Christianize the natural
+relations between society and the believer.
+
+4.  Correction of social and ecclesiastical misconceptions
+(ch. 8-14).  (a) The question of eating of meats
+offered in idol worship is decided on the ground of love
+rather than knowledge.  (b) The preacher of the gospel
+has the right to be supported by the church.  (c) The
+true Christian liberty to be observed in the matters of
+eating and drinking.  The proper celebration of the
+Lord's Supper.  (d) The use and abuse of spiritual gifts.
+
+(e) The greatness of love (ch. 13) The touchstone
+of all is love.  (f) The end to be sought in every spiritual
+gift is the edification and upbuilding of the church.
+
+5.  The true doctrine of the resurrection (ch. 15),
+Paul lays great stress upon this doctrine.  "If Christ be
+not risen from the dead, then is our preaching vain and
+your faith is also vain."
+
+6.  Parting directions, exhortations, and salutations
+(ch. 16).
+
+
+THE SECOND EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS
+
++Occasion and Purpose.+--Paul was quite anxious about
+the reception of his first letter by the Corinthian church.
+Not long after its dispatch he sent Titus (2 Cor. 2:13) to
+see how it was received and to note whether the strife of
+parties had ceased, the incestuous person had been dealt
+with, and other matters properly adjusted.  While Titus
+was absent on this mission Paul left Ephesus on account
+of the riot made by Demetrius and his fellows (Acts
+19:23-41; 20:1) and went over into Macedonia (Acts
+20:1).  On the way, at Troas, he expected to meet Titus
+and was greatly disappointed in not seeing him (2
+Cor. 2:12-13).  It is evident that he met Titus in Macedonia
+and received from him the report of the condition of the
+Corinthian church and the manner in which his first letter
+had been received and acted upon (2 Cor. 7:5-16).
+Again it is evident, from the Epistle, that Titus brought
+back the encouraging news to the Apostle that the
+incestuous person had been dealt with and had repented, and
+that, as a whole, the church stood loyally by him, but still
+there were some who were making trouble.  It was this
+report that was the occasion of the Second Epistle.
+Prof. G. B. Stevens says in regard to this letter, It reflects
+the mingled joy and grief of the Apostle.  The earlier
+chapters are predominately cheerful and commendatory,
+the latter mainly sorrowful and severe.  In the light of
+these facts the letter may be described as threefold: First,
+to encourage and instruct the church (1-7).  Second,
+to induce the Corinthians to make a collection for the
+poor Judean churches (8-9).  Third, to defend the
+writer's apostolic authority against the calumnies of his
+enemies (10-13).
+
++Place and Time.+--There are a number of references
+by the Apostle which show that this Epistle was written
+in Macedonia (1:15, 16; 2:12, 13; 8:1; 9:2) and shortly
+after Paul came out of Asia (1:8, compare Acts 20:1,
+2).  The time probably 57 A.D., the same year in which
+the First Epistle was written.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Salutation (1:1, 2)
+
+2.  Paul's principles and ways of working (1:3-7:16).
+In these chapters the Apostle endeavors to
+remove any feeling of bitterness which may have been
+produced in the Corinthian church by his dealing with a
+certain evil in the previous Epistle.  He also vindicates
+his spiritual ministry.  He declares his love for the church
+and its spiritual advancement.  He also declares that he
+has put off his visit to Corinth that he might not come in
+sorrow.  He rejoices in the good news brought by Titus.
+While he is weak in body, the power is of God and the
+ministry is a communication of the Spirit.  He asserts
+that he is sustained by the hope of the future life.  He
+earnestly exhorts the church to receive and live the gospel
+which he preached to them, for separation from the world
+and unity with God.  In chapter seven he rejoices that
+they have received his words so well.
+
+3.  The collection for the poor Christians in Jerusalem
+(8-9).  Paul here speaks of the liberality of the
+Macedonian churches and the work of Titus who is sent to
+forward the contributions.
+
+4.  Paul's vindication of his authority as an apostle
+(10:1-13:10).  He has been attacked in his person,
+character, and teaching by parties in the Corinthian church
+who would overthrow his authority and ruin the church.
+These four chapters are a magnificent setting forth of his
+apostolic claims.  (a) His power and glory are not in his
+bodily presence or his letters but in the spiritual might of
+God.  (b) His preaching is the pure gospel of Christ.
+In bodily labor, trials, and persecutions he has excelled
+them all (ch. 11).  (c) He has the highest qualifications
+(in visions and revelations) but he will glory only in
+his infirmities.  His object is not to boast but to put an
+end to the disorders in the church.  (d) The Apostle
+declares his intention to visit the church.  By the power
+of Christ he will not spare the evil.  His desire is only
+for righteousness.
+
+5.  Farewell greetings and messages (13:11-14).
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS
+
++The Church at Rome.+--When and by whom this
+church was founded it is not known.  It is thought that
+the "strangers of Rome" (Acts 2:10), who were present
+at the day of Pentecost when the great manifestation of
+the Holy Spirit took place, carried back the good news
+and that this was the beginning of the church.  It was
+composed of both Jews and Gentiles for Paul addresses
+both classes (Rom. 1:13; 9:24; 11:13; 2:17; 4:1;
+9:13; 7:1; 9:1-5).  This church seems to have made
+rapid progress (1:8).  Paul was evidently acquainted
+with some of the Roman Christians (16:3-15).
+
++Occasion and Purpose.+--This Epistle grew out of a
+desire on the part of Paul to see Rome (Acts 19:21;
+Rom. 1:11; 15:24-28).  As this would be his first visit
+it was no more than a courteous act that he should write
+to the church of this intention.  Again as the Christians
+in Rome might have heard false and distorted reports of
+the gospel which he preached, Paul takes care to clearly
+and logically set forth the principles and doctrines which
+he was teaching.  This letter then becomes very
+important as the summing up of the experience and teaching of
+many years of service in the cause of Jesus Christ.
+
++Place and Time+.--This Epistle was in all probability
+written from Corinth during Paul's stay there in the
+course of his third missionary journey 58 A.D. (compare
+Acts 19:21; 20:1-3; Rom. 16:23; 1 Cor. 1:14; 2 Tim. 4:20).
+
++Central Thought.+--The theme is justification by faith
+and not by works.  There are four main positions.  First,
+All are guilty before God.  Second, All need a Savior.
+Third, Christ died for all.  Fourth, We are all (through
+faith) one body in Him.  The thought may be put in
+other ways, but all to the same purpose.  The doctrine
+of sin, and the doctrine of grace; or the universality of
+sin and the universality of grace.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+--There are
+two great sections, Doctrinal (ch. 1-11), and Practical,
+(ch. 12-16).
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-15).  Paul's salutation to and
+thanksgiving for (the faith of) the Roman church.
+
+2.  Doctrinal (1:16-11:36).  (a) The great theme
+stated, Justification by Faith.  (b) All have sinned and
+all are guilty, Gentiles without the law and Jews with the
+law have failed to attain righteousness.  (c) Righteousness
+for all comes through faith in Jesus Christ and not
+by law or works; the universality of grace.  Abraham
+was justified by faith (ch. 4).  The blessedness of
+justification by faith in Jesus Christ (ch. 5).  (d)
+Objections against free grace that it will multiply sin or
+discredit the law are taken up and answered.  Thorough
+union with Christ on the part of the believer annihilates
+sin and the law has no more any power.  The believer
+justified by his faith in Christ is dead to the law while
+quickened to a new and holy life by the Spirit.  (e) The
+apparent rejection of Israel is the problem considered in
+chapters 9-11.  The nation sought righteousness through
+the law and not by faith.  (f) Christ is the end of the law
+for righteousness.  (g) The restoration of Israel.
+
+3.  Practical (12-16).  (a) Advice and exhortation.
+The Christian's duty to the church and his conduct outside
+of it; duty to the state and society; duty of toleration and
+supreme trust in Christ.  (b) Salutations.  Paul's
+apology and explanation for addressing the Roman church.
+Greetings to various persons and farewell words.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What can be said of the old faiths and the new?  What was
+the great question?  The Jewish faith; how fulfilled in Christ?
+What can be said of the heathen faith?  What of the new faith in
+Christ?  What is the practical bearing of this group of Epistles
+upon every day life?  When written?  Give some account of the
+Galatians.  When was the Epistle to the Galatians written?
+What was the occasion and purpose?  Give the principal divisions
+and chief points.  What can be said of the Epistles to the
+Corinthians?  When was the church founded?  Give some account
+of the city.  What was the occasion and purpose of writing the
+first Epistle to the Corinthians?  What was the place and time?
+What the thought of Christ.  Give the principal divisions and
+chief points.  What was the occasion and purpose of writing the
+Second Epistle?  Place and time?  Give the principal divisions
+and chief points.  When was the church at Rome founded?
+What was the occasion and purpose of writing the Epistle to the
+Romans?  Time and Place?  Central thought?  Give the principal
+divisions and chief points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY IX
+
+THE SUPREMACY OF CHRIST
+
+THIRD GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+COLOSSIANS.  PHILEMON.  EPHESIANS.  PHILIPPIANS.
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++The Question at Issue+--The Supremacy of Christ.  Reason for
+Raising this Question.  The Answer to the Question.
+Present Day Attention.
+
++The Writing of the Epistles+--The Interest.  The Sending of the
+Epistles.
+
++The Epistle to the Colossians+--The Church at Colossæ.  The
+Occasion.  Central Thought.  Time and Place of Writing.
+Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to Philemon+--Occasion.  Principal Divisions and
+Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to the Ephesians+--The City and the Church.  Title
+and Time of Writing.  Subject.  Principal Divisions and
+Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to the Philippians+--The City and the Church.
+Occasion.  Objects.  Time of Writing.  Principal Divisions and
+Chief Points.
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY IX
+
+THE SUPREMACY OF CHRIST
+
+THIRD GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+COLOSSIANS.  PHILEMON.  EPHESIANS.  PHILIPPIANS.
+
+THE QUESTION AT ISSUE
+
++The Supremacy of Christ.+--These Epistles mark a
+new stage in the writings of Paul.  The great question
+discussed in the second group of Epistles was in regard
+to the terms of salvation.  The question now at issue
+(in Colossians, Ephesians, Philippians) is: What is the
+nature, the rank, the dignity of the Mediator of salvation?
+Is He one of a series of Saviors?  Does He belong to
+some angelic order (Col. 2:18), or, does He stand supreme
+(Col. 2:8, 9, 19) and solitary?  Is He the Head and Chief
+of all creation (Col. 2:19; 1:16).  Other matters are
+discussed in these Epistles, but this is the great doctrinal
+question and burden of the Apostle's thought.
+
++The Reason for the Raising of this Question+ was the
+development of certain false religious beliefs among which
+were, "asceticism, the worship of angels, revelings in
+supposed visions and belief in emanations."  These "degraded
+the object of faith and so destroyed its meaning and
+power."
+
++The Answer to the Question.+--Paul is in no doubt as
+to the supremacy of Christ.  All his argument is to show
+the Deity of Christ.  He holds "aloft the true object of
+faith namely, the supreme Divine Savior Himself, in
+opposition to speculation which would degrade and deny
+to Him the eminence which belongs to Him" (Col. 1:15-20;
+Eph. 1:10, 20-23; 3-9; Philippians 2:5-11).
+
++Present Day Attention+ has been focused upon this
+matter of the supremacy of Christ.  Was he human or
+divine?  The arguments of Paul still hold good for a stout
+belief in the Divine Christ.  The writings of the Great
+Apostle are all characterized by his grasp of fundamental
+things; they serve their purpose for the modern church
+in bringing it back to Jesus Christ as the only Savior, as
+they also in times past corrected the errors of the early
+church.
+
+
+THE WRITING OF THE EPISTLES
+
++The Interest+ in these Epistles is heightened by the
+fact that they were written during Paul's first Roman
+imprisonment of which Luke gives all too brief an account
+(Acts 28:30,31).  They have been called from this fact,
+"The Epistles of the First Imprisonment."  It is a
+marvel that Paul with his surroundings could have written in
+such a masterly way and handled such lofty themes in a
+manner which has commanded the attention of the
+thinking world ever since his day and age.
+
++The Sending of the Epistles+--Colossians, Philemon,
+and Ephesians were evidently dispatched from Rome by
+the same messenger, Tychicus (Col. 4:7, 9; Eph. 6:21).
+Philippians was sent by the hand of Epaphroditus
+(Phil. 2:25; 4:18).
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE COLOSSIANS
+
+The Church at Colossæ--The city of Colossæ was
+situated about 110 miles east of Ephesus where Paul
+spent so long a time during his third missionary journey
+(Acts 19:10).  We have no record of any visit of Paul to
+this city or how the church was founded (Col. 2:1).
+It is supposed that Ephaphras might have organized this
+church (Col. 1:7).
+
++The Occasion+ (and purpose) of this Epistle was
+evidently the coming of Epaphras to Rome to consult Paul
+about the affairs of this church (1:7, 8).
+
+In chapter 2:8-23 we have some account of the things
+which were troubling this Christian community and
+drawing them away from faith in Jesus Christ as their Savior.
+False teachers had appeared at Colossæ who were
+confusing the minds of the Christian converts.  The
+starting point of the error of teaching was the old oriental
+dogma that matter is evil and the source of evil (2:8),
+that as God is good the world could not have come directly
+from God.  To bridge the chasm between God and the
+matter of the world a long chain of intermediate beings
+was conceived to exist.  This doctrine played havoc with
+the simplest moral conceptions for if matter is evil, and
+its source, then man's sin is not in his will, but in his
+body.  Redemption from sin can come only through
+asceticism and the mortification of the flesh.
+
+The result of all this was a lowering of the dignity of
+Christ, taking away His saving power and the "substitution
+of various ascetic abstinences and ritualistic practices
+(2:20) for trust in Him, the worship of angels (2:18),
+and a reveling in dreams and visions."  "This was kindred
+to a type of speculation which later became rife under
+the name of Gnosticism."
+
+To these ideas Paul opposed the true doctrine of the
+Headship of Christ (2:19) and that He is the only link
+between God and the universe (1:15-17).  "By Him
+were all things created (1:16) that are in heaven and that
+are in earth."  Christ is the only Mediator (1:13, 14).
+In this faith there is no place for ascetic mortification.
+Evil is in our unwillingness to live the life in Christ.  In
+Christ we are dead to sin and risen with Him to a life
+of holiness (2:20-23; 3:1-4).  Christ is not only our
+Redeemer (1:14) and the Head of the church, but the
+source of creation and its Lord (1:16, 17).  We have
+a similar error (against which Paul warns) taught to-day
+by the speculative thinker, who fills the world with forces
+which leave no room for the working of a personal will.
+
++Central Thought+--Jesus Christ the sole Savior of
+men and Mediator between God and men (1:13-14), the
+Creator (1:16; 2:9) and Head of the church (1:18).
+Exhortation to follow Christ (3:1-4).
+
++Time and Place.+--This Epistle was written at Rome
+and sent by the messenger, Tychicus, (4:7, 8, 18) to the
+church at Colossæ about 63 A.D.
+
+Paul also directed that it be read to the church at
+Laodicea (4:16).
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-12) Salutation.  Thanksgiving
+for their faith and prayer for their increase and knowledge
+of the will of God.
+
+2.  Doctrinal.  "The sole Headship of Christ"
+(1:13-3:4).  (a) Christ the Mediator.  There is redemption
+for us through His blood.  (b) Christ, the image of
+the invisible God, Creator and Preserver of all things.
+(c) He is the Head of the church, reconciliation is only
+through Him.  The Colossians were reconciled to God
+through the mediation of Christ.  It is the earnest desire
+of Paul that the church at Colossæ should remain rooted
+in the faith which it had been taught.  (d) Warning
+against wrong speculation; lest any man "through
+philosophy or vain deceit" obscure or cause the Colossians
+to deny the true Godhead of Christ (2:8-15).  (e)
+Renewed warnings against errors in worship; Jewish
+observances, ordinances and asceticisms, and the
+adoration of angels.  (f) In Christ we are dead to the
+rudiments of the world and risen into communion with God
+in Christ.
+
+3.  Practical (3:5-4:6).  (a) Exhortations to cast
+out all sins of the unregenerate nature and to put on the
+new man in Christ.  Then Christ will be all and in all.
+(b) All family and social duties are to be performed as in
+the sight of Christ.  (c) Renewed exhortations to prayer
+and watchfulness.
+
+4.  Conclusion (4:7-18).  (a) The mission of
+Tychicus and Onesimus, the greetings of the companions of
+Paul and his expressed desire that the churches of Colossæ
+and Laodicea exchange Epistles.  (b) The Salutation.
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO PHILEMON
+
++Occasion.+--This is the only purely personal letter of
+Paul that we possess.  It is placed in this group because
+it was sent with the Epistle to the Colossians and by the
+same messenger, Tychicus (Col. 4:7-9).  Philemon was
+a member (with his wife Apphia) of the church at
+Colossæ (Philemon 2).  Onesimus was a runaway slave,
+belonging to Philemon, who had found his way to Rome
+and been converted by Paul (Philemon 10), who returned
+him, with this letter, to his master (Col. 4:9; Philemon
+10-12).
+
+In this letter we have a picture of the Apostle's
+kindness of heart and a carrying out of the principles which
+Paul had advocated in his First Epistle to the Corinthians
+(7:20-24), "Let every man abide in the same calling
+wherein he was called."  We find also this same principle
+set forth, in another way, in his letter to the Colossians
+upon the "Supremacy of Christ."  These principles will
+make all men brethren in Christ and every man will strive
+to serve Christ in his own place, whatever that place is.
+Paul exhorts Philemon, along this very line, to receive
+Onesimus not as a servant but as a brother beloved
+(Philemon 16).
+
+The practical teaching of this letter upon the relations
+between masters and servants and employers and employees
+is very pertinent to the present times.  The true
+solution of all labor troubles is that men should regard
+each other as brethren under the leadership of Jesus Christ.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Salutation and Thanksgiving (1-7).
+
+2.  Statement of the object of the letter (8-21).  As
+a favor for love's sake Philemon is asked to receive back
+Onesimus no longer a runaway slave but Paul's spiritual
+child.  Emphasis is laid upon the fact that he is now a
+Christian brother and should be received as such.
+
+3.  Conclusion (22-25).  (a) In expectation of a
+speedy release from imprisonment the Apostle asks that
+a lodging be secured for him (22 v.).  (b) Salutation
+and benediction (23-25).
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE EPHESIANS
+
++The City of Ephesus and the Church.+--This city
+was, next to Rome, the most important visited by Paul.
+It was the capital of Asia Minor and a great commercial
+center.  It was the seat of the worship of the goddess
+Diana.
+
+Paul first visited the city when he was returning from
+his second missionary tour, but, while asked to prolong
+his stay, he remained only for a short time (Acts 18:19-21).
+During his third missionary journey he again visited
+the city and remained for three years (Acts 20:31,
+compare 19:10, 22).  His success in Ephesus was very great
+(Acts 19:18-20, 26) and extended beyond the city.  The
+letters to the churches at Colossæ (Col. 1:2) and Laodicea
+(this letter is lost) (Col. 4:16) show his care for the
+churches that were adjacent to Ephesus and of which we
+have no account of his visiting.
+
++Title and Time of Writing.+--Many scholars think
+that this Epistle was a circular letter written for the
+edification of the churches of Asia Minor and sent to the
+church of the capital city.  This opinion is strengthened
+by the lack of local allusions and the naming of friends,
+as in other epistles.  The inscription "at Ephesus" is
+wanting in two of the more important manuscripts.  "On
+this view it may be supposed that a space was left in the
+salutation in which could be inserted the name of the
+particular place where the letter was being read, that the letter
+finally fell wholly into the keeping of the Ephesian church,
+and that the space was at length permanently filled by the
+phrase 'at Ephesus.'"
+
+The time and place of writing was at Rome about 63
+A.D.  This Epistle was sent by the messenger, Tychicus,
+(Eph. 6:21) who also carried the letters to the church at
+Colossæ and to Philemon (Col. 4:7-9).
+
++Subject.+--As in Colossians, the subject is the
+Headship of Christ (3:9-11); His person and work.  God's
+eternal purpose is disclosed.  Christ is given sway over
+all things "both which are in heaven and which are on
+earth" (1:10, 2l).  The unity of the church in Christ
+is set forth; the unity of the Gentile and Jewish branches
+in Him; the unity of all the individual members in Him.
+This union is spiritual and not mechanical; it is holy and
+pure; therefore sin is excluded.  Paul looks upon this as
+the mystery of the ages, now revealed to him.  There is
+one great kingdom, the risen and glorified Christ is the
+Head of this kingdom (1:19-23).  Redemption and
+reception into this kingdom is through Jesus Christ (1-7).
+
+Paul in this epistle rises above the controversies of the
+hour and sees in clear vision the eternal realities and the
+great plan of God for the saving of men.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-23).  (a) Salutation.  (b)
+Thanksgiving and Thesis (1:3-14).  Unity in Christ.
+He who is the Head of the church is the Center of the
+universe (1:10).  The eternal purpose of God in
+Salvation is now made known.  Before the foundation of the
+world, man and the redeemed church of Christ were in
+the thought of God.  Christ in whom we have redemption
+looked forward to His mission from eternity.  "Creation,
+nature, and redemption are all parts of one system"; in
+the reconciliation of the cross all orders of beings are
+concerned.  "That in the dispensation of the fulness of times
+He might gather together in one all things in Christ, both
+which are in heaven and which are on earth; even in
+Him" (1:10).  (c) Prayer.  A petition that the
+understanding of believers may be illuminated; that they may
+know the hope of their calling and the riches of their
+heritage, which comes through unity with their risen and
+ascended Lord.
+
+2.  Doctrinal.  Unity in Christ (ch. 2-3).  (a) The
+calling of the Gentiles out of "trespasses and sins" into
+a new life in Christ.  (b) Jews and Gentiles are
+reconciled and brought together in one body by the cross; "no
+more strangers and foreigners but fellow citizens with the
+saints, and of the household of God."  All built upon
+the foundation of Jesus Christ, through the Spirit.  (c)
+The mystery of the universal call was made known to
+Paul by a new revelation.  Prayer for a more full
+comprehension of this unity.
+
+3.  Practical.  The new life in unity with Christ
+(4:1-6:17).  (a) Exhortation to walk worthy of this new
+life.  (b) Exhortation to gain the victory over sin "in
+virtue of the sense of unity with man in Christ."  (c)
+Social duties.  The regeneration and consecration in this
+new life of the relations of husbands and wives, children
+and parents, and slaves and masters, (d) Final entreaty,
+in the battle against the powers of evil, to put "on the
+whole armour of God."
+
+4.  Conclusion (6:18-24).  (a) Personal.  Paul requests
+special prayer for himself in captivity.  Tychicus
+is commended.  (b) Farewell and blessing.
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE PHILIPPIANS
+
+The City of Philippi and the Church.--This city is
+notable from the fact that it was the first, in Europe, in
+which the gospel tidings were made known.  Accounts
+of how Paul came to visit Macedonia and to begin the
+work in Philippi are given in Acts (16:10, 12-40).
+Going out of the city as he did by the river side, where
+prayer was wont to be made, and talking to a number of
+women about the "New Way" would not seem to be a
+very favorable beginning for a movement which was to
+produce such exceedingly large results.  But Paul was so
+full of zeal for Christ that he seized every opportunity,
+no matter how small, to make Him known.  This church
+afterwards was a great comfort to the Apostle.  This
+letter shows how he loved it and how he exhorted them to
+rejoice in the Lord (4:4).
+
++Occasion.+--Paul was in prison in Rome.  The
+Philippian converts were greatly concerned about him,
+therefore they sent Epaphroditus with gifts and offerings to
+him (4:18).  This was not the first time that they had
+taken thought of and remembered their founder, in a
+similar way (4:15, 16).  The Apostle was very grateful for
+their care (4:10-14).  While in Rome, Epaphroditus
+was taken very sick and came near death (2:25-28).
+As soon as he had recovered from his sickness Paul sent
+him back to Philippi (2:28), with this letter.  The
+reference to Cæsar's household shows how strong a hold
+Christianity was getting in Rome (4:22; 1:12-14), and
+that there was great boldness in proclaiming the gospel.
+
++Objects.+--It is an Epistle of thanks to the Philippians
+for their kindness (4:10-18) in remembering the Apostle
+with substantial gifts in his work and for their fellowship
+(1:5) in the gospel.
+
+Another object is to give them friendly advices and
+warnings (2:12-24; 3:2-3, 17-21).  Paul does not
+forget, in this connection, to remind them of Him to
+whom they owe a whole-hearted allegiance, their Lord
+and Master, Jesus Christ (4:1).
+
+The great doctrinal object, the Supremacy of Christ,
+is also set forth as is markedly manifest in the Epistles of
+Colossians and Ephesians.  The whole Christian creed,
+"the incarnation, passion, and exaltation of Christ" is
+expressed in the second chapter (2:5-11), "That at the
+name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven,
+and things in earth and things under the earth; and that
+every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord to
+the glory of God the Father."  The great end to be
+attained is likeness to Christ (2:5).
+
++Time of Writing.+--This epistle is generally regarded
+as the latest of the letters written during the first
+imprisonment in Rome, and in the same year with those to the
+churches at Colossæ, and Ephesus.  It was probably sent
+to Philippi shortly after the other Epistles (Colossians,
+Philemon, and Ephesians) had been dispatched to Asia
+Minor.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+--This epistle
+is divided into two parts.
+
+First part (1:1-3:1).
+
+I.  Introduction (1:1-2:4).  (a) Greeting.  (b) Paul's
+thanksgiving, joy in the fellowship, and prayer for the
+Philippians.  (c) An account of the rapid spread of the
+gospel in Rome and the apostle's rejoicing that Christ is
+preached.  (d) Exhortation to unity in Christ.
+
+2.  Doctrinal (2:5-12).  In this short passage we
+have the Christian creed in brief form.  "The Godhead
+of Christ and His Manhood--His Pre-existence and His
+Incarnation--His Passion and His Exaltation."
+
+3.  Conclusion of the first part (2:13-3:1).  (a)
+Renewed exhortation to an upright and blameless Christian
+life.  (b) The return of Epaphroditus.  (c) Farewell
+message.
+
+Second part (3:2-4:23).  This section seems to
+have been added after the letter had been finished.
+
+1.  Warnings (3:2-21).  (a) Against Judaic errors.
+Paul could boast that he had been a good Jew and
+scrupulously kept the law, yet he renounced all that he might
+win Christ.  True righteousness can come only through
+faith in Christ.  (b) Against a false idea of the liberty of
+the gospel; whereby men, claiming to be Christians,
+walked in evil ways.
+
+2.  Final exhortations (4:1-9) to steadfastness, unity,
+joy, and the following of all good in Christ.  Acknowledgment
+of gifts and benedictions (4:10-23).
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What is the question at issue in this group of Epistles?  What
+the reason for raising this question?  What answer is given?
+What attention is now paid to this question?  When were these
+Epistles written?  How were they sent?  What can be said of the
+Epistles to the Colossians?  The church at Colossæ, how was it
+organized?  What was the occasion of this Epistle?  What the
+central thought?  What the time and place of writing?  Give the
+principal divisions and chief points.  What was the occasion of
+the Epistle to Philemon?  Give the principal divisions and chief
+points.  What can be said of the Epistle to the Ephesians?  Give
+an account of the founding of this church.  What can be said of
+the title and time of writing?  What is the subject?  Give the
+principal divisions and chief points.  What can be said of the
+Epistle to the Philippians?  How was this church organized?
+What was the occasion of the Epistle?  What the objects?  Give
+the time of writing.  Give the principal divisions and chief points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY X
+
+PASTORAL AND PERSONAL
+
+FOURTH GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+FIRST TIMOTHY.  TITUS.  SECOND TIMOTHY.
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++The Place of the Epistles+--When Written.
+
++Paul's Fourth Missionary Journey+--Notices and Time.  The First Trip
+Eastward.  The Trip Westward to Spain.  The Second Trip Eastward.  The
+Second Imprisonment of Paul.
+
++The Questions Discussed+--The Personal Element.  The Doctrinal Part.
+The Practical Teaching.  The Special Theme.
+
++Paul's Last Declaration of His Faith.+
+
++The First Epistle to Timothy+--Timothy.  Time and Place.  Purpose.
+Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to Titus+--Titus.  Purpose.  Time and Place.  Principal
+Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Second Epistle to Timothy+--The Last Words of Paul.  Time and
+Place of Writing.  Purpose.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY X
+
+PASTORAL AND PERSONAL
+
+FOURTH GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+FIRST TIMOTHY.  TITUS.  SECOND TIMOTHY.
+
+THE PLACE OF THE EPISTLES
+
++When Written.+--It is generally agreed among scholars that no place
+can be found for the writing of First Timothy, Titus, and Second
+Timothy in the period covered by Luke in his narrative in Acts.
+
+Agreeing with the tradition of the church, however, the opinion of many
+eminent scholars is that Paul was released from the first Roman
+imprisonment (Acts 28:16, 30), that he again took up his missionary
+work, and at the end of a few years of such work, he was a second time
+imprisoned and suffered martyrdom under the Roman Emperor Nero.
+
+It was during this period between the first and second imprisonments
+that First Timothy and Titus were written.  Second Timothy was written
+during the second imprisonment at Rome, and at the time when Paul was
+expecting his sentence of death.  Eusebius (H. E. 2:22-2) says, that
+"at the end of the two years of imprisonment, according to tradition,
+Paul went forth again upon the ministry of preaching; and in a second
+visit to the city ended his life by martyrdom under Nero, and that
+during his imprisonment he wrote the Second Epistle to Timothy."
+
+
+PAUL'S FOURTH MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
++Notices and Time.+--From the notices given in the Epistles and other
+sources the probable course of the missionary travels of Paul from
+63-67 A.D. has been reconstructed.
+
++The First Trip Eastward.+--When Paul wrote to the church at Philippi
+(2:24) and to Philemon at Colossæ (22 v.) he evidently expected to be
+released from his imprisonment very soon and to see his beloved
+Philippian church and Philemon.  He was so sure of speedily visiting
+Colossæ that he asked that a lodging be prepared for him.  With Paul to
+plan was to act and it is quite possible that he undertook this trip
+immediately upon his release from prison.  He probably also visited
+Ephesus and a number of other cities.
+
++The Trip Westward to Spain.+--In the Epistle to the Romans Paul
+declared his intention to visit Spain (Rom. 15:24, 28).  It is probable
+that he, upon his return from the visit to Asia Minor, remained for a
+very short time in Rome and then made a voyage to Spain.
+
+The tradition of the early church is very pronounced upon this voyage
+to Spain.  Clement of Rome (Cor. 5) speaks of Paul "having reached the
+furtherest bound of the west."  This could hardly mean anything but
+Spain.  The Muratorian Fragment names "the departure of Paul from the
+city to Spain."
+
++The Second Trip Eastward.+--We can now, from notices in First and
+Second Timothy and Titus, quite closely follow Paul in his travels.
+From Spain he probably went by various stages to Ephesus, where as he
+tells us (1 Tim. 1:3) he left Timothy in charge when he went into
+Macedonia.  From Macedonia he probably wrote his first letter to
+Timothy (1:3).  From Macedonia he went to Troas and from Troas to
+Miletus (2 Tim. 4:13).  On account of sickness Trophimus was left at
+Miletus (2 Tim. 4:20).  He next probably visited Crete, where he left
+Titus (Titus 1:5).  From Crete it is thought that Paul went to Corinth
+(2 Tim. 4:20) where he left Erastus and in all probability wrote to
+Titus (1:5).  In the letter to Titus Paul speaks of being at Nicopolis
+and of his intention to spend the winter in that city (Titus 3:12).
+But these notices of places are by no means exhaustive.  They show,
+however, how wide were Paul's last travels.
+
++The Second Imprisonment of Paul.+--It is by no means unlikely that the
+enemies of Paul, of whom we hear so much in the first three missionary
+journeys, were stirred to renewed activity by again seeing him at
+liberty and conducting an active missionary campaign.  But with a
+prisoner on parole from the Imperial Court the local magistrates could
+do nothing.  But a new element came in.  The great fire, which
+destroyed so large a part of the city of Rome on the 18th of July, 64
+A.D., was used by the Emperor Nero as an excuse for starting a great
+persecution against the Christians.  This was done to divert the odium
+of the starting of the fire from himself, for he had sung and danced
+the "Mime of the Burning of Troy" from a turret of his palace during
+this great conflagration.  It was some time before this persecution was
+extended to the provinces and Paul's enemies saw their opportunity to
+accuse him to the Imperial Court, where under the circumstances they
+would then find a ready hearing.  Paul was probably rearrested at
+Nicopolis where he intended to winter (Titus 3:12) and hurried off to
+Rome.  This time he endured no light imprisonment.  Onesiphorus had
+difficulty in finding him (2 Tim. 1:16, 17) and he was closely confined
+in a common criminal dungeon (2 Tim. 2:9).  From this dungeon he wrote
+the Second Epistle to Timothy and from thence he went to his death.
+
+
+THE QUESTIONS DISCUSSED
+
++The Personal Element+ in these epistles is quite large both in respect
+to Timothy and Titus and Paul himself, but it is quite evident that
+this element is not the chief cause for the writing.
+
++The Doctrinal Part.+--Paul is here as strenuous for the need of
+repentance, the atonement through Jesus Christ and His sole sufficiency
+as Mediator, Savior, and Lord of all (1 Tim. 1:15-17; Titus 2:13;
+3:4-7), as in his other Epistles.  There are also enemies of the truth
+who are to be opposed (2 Tim. 3).  It is quite evident from what Paul
+says in the second chapter and elsewhere in Titus and Second Timothy
+that the Colossian heresy is already bearing its evil fruit and is
+likely in the future to do great injury to the churches.
+
++The Practical Teaching+ about the necessity of developing and
+conserving the Church's system of government occupies, however, the
+chief place.  "The two notes which are struck again and again are:
+First, 'Hold fast the tradition, the deposit of faith.'  Second,
+'Preserve order in the church.'  In short this group of Epistles
+constitutes Paul's last will and testament in which he gives his final
+instructions for the maintenance and continuity of the faith."
+
+The church of Jesus Christ must have form and order.  The truth must
+have a proper shelter.  Churches must have and observe certain
+regulations.  There must be proper officers.
+
+The gospel is applied to outward conduct.  Great stress is laid upon
+the character of church officers (1 Tim. 3:1-13; Titus 1:5-7).  Pastors
+are directed how they should bear themselves toward church members and
+what they should teach (1 Tim. 5; Titus 2).  The conduct of the Church
+in the presence of the heathen world and its magistrates is set forth
+(Titus 3).  Instruction is given in regard to public worship (1 Tim.
+2).  The most effective barrier against all forms of evil, it is
+declared, is a diligent study of the Scriptures and a fervent preaching
+of the word (2 Tim. 3:13-4:5).
+
++The Special Theme+ then is, "The constitution, methods, and conduct of
+the early churches."  (1 Tim. 2:1, 2, 8, 9-12; 3:1-13; Titus 1:5-14;
+2:1-10; 3:1, 2, 8-11, 13, 14; 2 Tim. 2:2, 14-18; 3:6-9).
+
+
+PAUL'S LAST DECLARATION OF HIS FAITH
+
+The famous passage in 2 Timothy (4:6-8) shows how the Great Apostle
+went triumphantly to his death.  It is a declaration of the sustaining
+power of his faith in the Savior whom he had everywhere proclaimed.
+
+"I am now ready to be offered and the time of my departure is at hand.
+I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the
+faith: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness,
+which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day; and not
+to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing."
+
+
+THE FIRST EPISTLE TO TIMOTHY
+
++Timothy+ was one of the close companions of Paul.  His father was a
+Greek and his mother a Jewess, by the name of Eunice, (2 Tim. 1:5; Acts
+16:1).  He was a native of Lystra, Paul took him as his companion in
+travel and addressed two Epistles to him; he was sent on a number of
+important missions.  Timothy is mentioned twenty-four times by name in
+the Acts and Epistles; from these notices we can construct his
+itinerary with Paul and see how beloved and how trusted he was by the
+Great Apostle.  During Paul's last journey he left him in charge of the
+affairs of the church at Ephesus (1 Tim. 1:3).  When Paul was
+apprehended a second time and lying in a dungeon at Rome, in
+expectation of death, he wrote Timothy the last letter (2 Timothy) he
+ever penned, and besought him to come to him as speedily as possible (2
+Tim. 4:9).
+
++Time and Place of Writing.+--Paul in all probability wrote the First
+Epistle to Timothy from Macedonia (1 Tim. 1:3) in the year 66 A.D.
+
++The Purpose+ "involved is through the instruction and exhortation of
+Timothy, to purify, strengthen, and elevate the Christian life of the
+church in Ephesus."  This teaching is put in such a way that it is
+applicable to every Christian minister and church.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Greeting (1:1, 2).
+
+2.  The True teaching of the gospel (ch. 1).  Timothy is warned against
+false teachers and reminded of the aim and end of life in Christ.
+
+3.  The order and regulation of public worship (ch. 2).  (a) Prayer,
+for those in authority and for all men.  (b) Instruction.  There is one
+God and one Mediator (Christ) between God and man.  (c) Conduct of men
+and women in the church assemblies.
+
+4.  Qualifications of the church officers (ch. 3).  (a) The ideal
+minister.  (b) The ideal deacon and the ministering women.  (c)
+Conclusion of chapter.  Paul declares his intention to visit Timothy.
+An ascription of praise.
+
+5.  The government of the Christian church and community (ch. 4-6).  In
+these three chapters Timothy is charged by Paul to keep before him a
+high view of the church and its grand destiny.  (a) Timothy, as a
+teacher, is reminded of his commission to put the church on guard
+against errors of doctrine and life (ch. 4).  (b) Timothy is shown how
+he should bear rule and conduct himself towards the elders and women of
+his congregation.  Paul adds instructions in regard to a man's care for
+his family, support of the ministry, discipline of offenders, etc. (ch.
+5).  (c) Relations of masters and servants.  Right attitude of
+believers in Christ toward riches.  The chief thing is to follow after
+righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness, and to fight
+the good fight of faith (6:1-19).  (d) Closing charge to Timothy with
+benediction (6:20, 21).
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO TITUS
+
++Titus+ was a beloved disciple of Paul.  He was a Gentile and was taken
+by Paul to Jerusalem and was made a test case of the freedom of the
+gospel and was not compelled to be circumcised (Gal. 2:1-5).  He is
+mentioned by name, by Paul, twelve times in four of the Epistles (2
+Cor. 2:13; 7:6, 13, 14; 8:6, 16, 23; 12:18; Gal. 2:1, 3; 2 Tim. 4:10;
+Titus 1:4).  The early church tradition is that Titus was descended
+from the royal family of Crete.  He was an able and capable missionary.
+We have no account of his conversion.  He might have come first in
+contact with Paul and been converted when the Great Apostle visited
+Crete on his way to Rome as a prisoner (Acts 27:7-13).  Some time was
+spent at this island by Paul's company (Acts 27:9).  Paul again visited
+Crete after his first Roman imprisonment and when he went away he left
+Titus in charge of affairs (Titus 1:5), "To set in order things that
+are wanting and to ordain elders in every city."  This message of Paul
+to Titus not only shows the confidence which Paul reposed in him, but
+also how widespread Christianity was in Crete.  After Titus had
+completed his special work in Crete he was to rejoin Paul at Nicopolis
+(Titus 3:12).
+
++The Purpose+ of this letter is to show Titus what he is to do, in his
+work with the churches, and how to do it.
+
++Time and Place of Writing.+--It is thought that this Epistle was
+written from Corinth in 66 A.D.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Greeting and subject of the Epistle (1:1-5).  Titus is left in
+Crete to accomplish certain things (1:5) after which he is to rejoin
+Paul (3:12).
+
+2.  The kind of officers to be appointed in the Cretan churches
+(1:5-16).  Special moral and spiritual fitness is set forth as
+necessary in view of the peculiar character of the Cretans and certain
+forms of doctrinal error.
+
+3.  The instruction to be given to the Cretans (2:1-3:11).  (a) "The
+things which become sound doctrine."  (b) Practical teaching for the
+proper regulation of the conduct of all classes.  (c) The foundation of
+the instruction rests upon Christ.  (d) Proper attitude of the
+Christian community toward the Pagan world; magistrates and those who
+have not yet believed in Christ.  Kindness and gentleness and the
+avoidance of foolish questions best reveal the spirit of Christ by
+those who profess His name.  (e) Parting requests and benediction
+(3:12-15).
+
+
+THE SECOND EPISTLE TO TIMOTHY
+
++The Last Words of Paul.+--This Epistle is of special interest as it
+contains the last recorded words of Paul to his faithful disciple,
+Timothy.  The Great Apostle is writing from a strict prison confinement
+(1:16, 17; 2:9).  He has had a first preliminary trial (4:16) and this
+was of such a dread nature that none of his friends dare to stand with
+him, yet he rejoices in his Lord that He stood by him and strengthened
+him.  He feels however that his end is near and gives a magnificent
+testimony of his faith (4:6-8).  He urges Timothy to come to him in
+Rome and bring Mark with him (4:9, 11).
+
++Time and Place of Writing.+--It was written by Paul in prison at Rome
+67 A.D.
+
++The Purpose.+--Paul shows here his care for the churches, their
+upbuilding in the faith and their proper regulation of the things that
+pertain to worship and organization.  Timothy, as a preacher of the
+Word, has his personal responsibility, for the upbuilding of the
+churches, presented to him.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Greeting and thanksgiving (1:1-5).
+
+2.  The Christian conduct of Timothy (1:6-2:14).  Paul exhorts Timothy
+not to allow himself to be daunted by fear of opposition or suffering
+in doing his work for Christ.  He encourages him by, (a) The great
+revelation and power of the gospel.  (b) His own work.  (c) The sure
+hope of a great reward.
+
+3.  Timothy as a preacher of the Word (2:15-4:5).  Paul exhorts
+Timothy, (a) To study to show himself a workman.  (b) In the perilous
+times that are coming to feed on the Word of God and preach it in
+season and out of season.
+
+4.  Last words of Paul (4:6-22).  The Apostle now turns to himself and
+speaks of his coming martyrdom.  He is ready to be offered, he has
+fought a good fight.  He beseeches Timothy to come and see him and
+bring Mark.  He refers to his first hearing when every friend left him
+alone and only the Lord stood by him.  He, after various messages,
+closes with the usual benediction.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What is the place of these Epistles in Paul's life?  What can be said
+of Paul's fourth missionary journey; the first trip eastward, the trip
+westward to Spain, and the second trip eastward?  How did Paul come to
+be imprisoned a second time?  What are the questions discussed in these
+Epistles; the personal element, the doctrinal part, the practical
+teaching, and the special theme?  What is Paul's last declaration of
+faith?  What can be said of the First Epistle to Timothy; Timothy's
+life, time, and place of writing, the purpose, and the principal
+divisions and chief points?  What can be said of the Epistle to Titus;
+the life of Titus, the purpose, time, and place of writing, and the
+principal divisions and chief points?  What can be said of the Second
+Epistle to Timothy; the last words of Paul, time and place of writing,
+and the principal divisions and chief points?
+
+
+
+
+A New Method for Bible Classes
+
+BY HENRY T. SELL
+
+
+Studies In Early Church History.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+Studies in the Life of the Christian.
+  His Faith and His Service.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+Bible Studies in the Life of Paul.
+  Historical and Constructive.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+Bible Studies in the Life of Christ.
+  Historical and Constructive.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net, cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+
+_15th edition, revised and enlarged._
+
+Supplemental Bible Studies.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+
+_5th edition, revised._
+
+Bible Studies by Books.
+  12 mo, paper, 35 cts. net; cloth, 60 cts. net.
+
+Bible Studies by Doctrines.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+Bible Studies by Periods.
+  A Series of Twenty-four Historical Bible
+  Studies, from Genesis to Revelation.
+  12 mo, paper, 35 cts. net; cloth, 60 cts. net.
+
+Fleming H. Revell Company
+
+_Publishers_
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Bible Studies in the Life of Paul, by Henry T. Sell
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLE STUDIES IN THE LIFE OF PAUL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 31350-8.txt or 31350-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/3/5/31350/
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/31350-8.zip b/31350-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc89edb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31350-8.zip
diff --git a/31350-h.zip b/31350-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7745ed3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31350-h.zip
diff --git a/31350-h/31350-h.htm b/31350-h/31350-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1bb2ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31350-h/31350-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5415 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+
+<TITLE>
+The Project Gutenberg E-text of Bible Studies in the Life of Paul,
+by Henry T. Sell
+</TITLE>
+
+<STYLE TYPE="text/css">
+BODY { color: Black;
+       background: White;
+       margin-right: 10%;
+       margin-left: 10%;
+       font-family: "Times New Roman", serif;
+       text-align: justify }
+
+P {text-indent: 4% }
+
+P.noindent {text-indent: 0% }
+
+P.poem {text-indent: 0%;
+        margin-left: 10%; }
+
+P.letter {text-indent: 0%;
+          margin-left: 10% ;
+          margin-right: 10% }
+
+P.footnote {text-indent: 0% ;
+            font-size: 80%;
+            margin-left: 10% ;
+            margin-right: 10% }
+
+P.transnote {text-indent: 0% ;
+             margin-left: 0% ;
+             margin-right: 0% }
+
+P.index {text-indent: -5% ;
+         margin-left: 5% ;
+         margin-top: 0% ;
+         margin-bottom: 0% ;
+         margin-right: 0% }
+
+P.intro {font-size: 90% ;
+         text-indent: -4% ;
+         margin-left: 4% ;
+         margin-right: 0% }
+
+P.catalog { text-indent: -4% ;
+            margin-left: 4% ;
+            margin-right: 0% }
+
+P.quote {text-indent: 4% ;
+         margin-left: 0% ;
+         margin-right: 0% }
+
+P.finis { font-size: larger ;
+          text-align: center ;
+          text-indent: 0% ;
+          margin-left: 0% ;
+          margin-right: 0% }
+
+</STYLE>
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's Bible Studies in the Life of Paul, by Henry T. Sell
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Bible Studies in the Life of Paul
+       Historical and Constructive
+
+Author: Henry T. Sell
+
+Release Date: February 22, 2010 [EBook #31350]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLE STUDIES IN THE LIFE OF PAUL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H1 ALIGN="center">
+BIBLE STUDIES
+</H1>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+IN THE LIFE OF PAUL
+</H2>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+HISTORICAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE
+</H3>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+BY
+</H4>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+REV. HENRY T. SELL, D.D.
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+Author of "Supplemental Bible Studies," "Bible Study by Books,"<BR>
+"Bible Study by Doctrines," "Bible Study by Periods,"<BR>
+and "Bible Studies in the Life of Christ."<BR>
+</H5>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+CHICAGO NEW YORK TORONTO
+<BR>
+FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY
+<BR>
+LONDON &amp; EDINBURGH
+</H3>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+COPYRIGHT, 1904
+<BR>
+BY FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY
+<BR><BR>
+Chicago: 63 Washington Street<BR>
+New York: 158 Fifth Avenue<BR>
+Toronto: 27 Richmond Street, W.<BR>
+London: 21 Paternoster Square<BR>
+Edinburgh: 30 St. Mary Street<BR>
+</H5>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+PREFACE
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The book of Acts shows in a very graphic way the rapid growth and
+marvelous progress of Christianity in the midst of great opposition.
+We see in process of fulfillment the promise of Jesus Christ to his
+disciples that they should receive power after the Holy Ghost had come
+upon them and that they should be witnesses unto Him "both in Jerusalem
+and in all Judea and in Samaria and unto the uttermost part of the
+earth."  Those were earnest times and full of stirring events, when men
+went forth to conquer a hostile world not with swords, but by the
+preaching of a gospel of peace and good will.  As soon as this
+proclamation was made in Judea and Samaria a new instrument was chosen
+by Jesus Christ, in Paul, to carry His message to the uttermost part of
+the earth.  He thus became at once the chief character in the larger
+work of planting and developing churches outside of Palestine.  The
+study of Paul's life shows the difficulties encountered, the doctrines
+taught, and the organization perfected in the early churches.  "We here
+watch the dawn of the gospel which the Savior preached as it broadens
+gradually into the boundless day."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Bible Studies in the Life of Paul is designed to follow the author's
+Bible Studies in the Life of Christ and to show the work of the Great
+Apostle in carrying the gospel to a Gentile world.  The aim is to
+present the work of Paul in a constructive and historical way.  While
+there has been a careful consideration, on the part of the author, of
+disputed questions, only conclusions upon which there is a general
+agreement amongst scholars, and which can be consistently held, are
+presented.  The great main facts of Paul's life and work stand forth
+unchallenged and the emphasis is placed upon them.  This book is
+divided into three parts, Paul's preparation for his work, his
+missionary journeys, and his writings.  This is a text book, and, with
+the analysis of each study and questions, is prepared for the use of
+normal and advanced Sunday-school classes, teachers' meetings, schools,
+colleges, and private study.  This is the sixth book of the kind which
+the author has prepared and sent forth.  The large favor with which the
+other books have been received, and the desire, first of all, of making
+the life and work of Paul even better known, have been the motives
+which have led to its preparation.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+CHICAGO, ILL.
+<BR>
+HENRY T. SELL.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+CONTENTS
+</H2>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+</H3>
+
+<TABLE ALIGN="center" WIDTH="80%">
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%">STUDY</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="90%">&nbsp;</TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">I.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap01">Early Life</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">II.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap02">Conversion</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+</TABLE>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+</h3>
+
+<TABLE ALIGN="center" WIDTH="80%">
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%">III.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="90%">
+<A HREF="#chap03">First Missionary Journey</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">IV.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap04">Second Missionary Journey</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">V.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap05">Third Missionary Journey</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">VI.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap06">Jerusalem to Rome</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+</TABLE>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+</H3>
+
+<TABLE ALIGN="center" WIDTH="80%">
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%">VII.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="90%">
+<A HREF="#chap07">The Future of Christ's Kingdom</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">VIII.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap08">The Old Faiths and the New</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">IX.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap09">The Supremacy of Christ</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">X.&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap10">Pastoral and Personal</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+</TABLE>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap01"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY I
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+EARLY LIFE
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Place of Paul</B>&mdash;The Man.  The Work of the Apostle.  The Leading
+Thought.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Birth</B>&mdash;Place.  Time.  Family.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Training</B>&mdash;Home.  Mental, Moral and Religious.  Industrial.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The World as Paul Saw It</B>&mdash;The World.  Political.  Religious.  The
+Difficulties.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+Bible Studies in the Life of Paul
+</H2>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY I
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+EARLY LIFE
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE PLACE OF PAUL
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Man, Paul,</B> judged by the influence he has exerted in the world,
+is one of the greatest characters in all history.  He is pre-eminent
+not only as a missionary, but as a marvelous thinker and writer.  "He
+was a personality of vast power, force, and individuality."  There are
+some men who seem to be born and prepared to do a large work for the
+world; Paul makes the impression upon those who carefully read the
+record of his life that he stands first in this class of men.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Work of the Apostle.</B>&mdash;As John the Baptist preceded Christ and
+prepared the way for His coming, so Paul succeeded Christ and went
+throughout the heathen world proclaiming that the Christ had come, and
+calling upon all men, Jews and Gentiles, to repent and accept Him as
+their Lord and Savior.  So wide was his work as a missionary of the
+cross, and an interpreter of the Christ, that a certain class of
+critics have sought to make him the creator of Christianity, as we know
+it; a position which Paul would be the first to repudiate.  He sought
+of himself, before he was apprehended by Christ on the way to Damascus,
+to drive Christianity from the face of the earth.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Leading Thought</B> in Paul's mind, after his conversion, was
+personal devotion to Christ; this was the mainspring of every act.  He
+said, "I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless, I live; yet not I, but
+Christ liveth in me": (Gal. 2:20).  "For me to live is Christ" (Phil.
+1:21).  In his letters to the churches which he founded, there are
+found no picturesque descriptions of cities or of scenery; his one
+thought is to make known the Christ.  He says, writing to the
+Corinthian church, "and I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with
+excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of
+God.  For I determined not to know anything among you, save Jesus
+Christ and Him crucified" (1 Cor. 2:1, 2).  In the evangelization of
+the heathen world, for which task he had been set apart by the Holy
+Spirit (Acts 13:2) and which he had accepted with all his heart, it is
+not only his leading, but his only thought to make known Jesus Christ
+as Lord and Savior.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+To miss this supreme purpose of Paul in the study of his life is to
+miss its whole significance (Phil. 2:1-11; Col. 1:12-20).
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+BIRTH
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Place.</B>&mdash;The world is interested in the birthplaces of its great men.
+Some of these birthplaces are in doubt.  There is no doubt about the
+place in which Paul was born.  He says, in making a speech to the Jews,
+"I am verily a man which am a Jew, born in Tarsus, a city in Cilicia"
+(Acts 22:3).  This city was the capital of Cilicia and was situated in
+the southeastern part of Asia Minor.  It was but a few miles from the
+coast and was easily accessible from the Mediterranean sea by a
+navigable river.  A large commerce was controlled by the merchants, on
+sea and on land.  Tarsus, while one of three university centers of the
+period, ranking with Athens and Alexandria, was an exceedingly corrupt
+city.  It was the chief seat of "a special Baal worship of an imposing
+but unspeakably degrading character."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time.</B>&mdash;The date of Paul's birth is nowhere recorded, but from certain
+dates given in the Acts, from which we reckon back, it is thought that
+he was born about the same time as Jesus Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Family.</B>&mdash;We are left, in this matter, without any uncertainty.  Paul
+says, "I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee" (Acts 23:6).  I was
+"circumcised the eighth day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of
+Benjamin, an Hebrew of the Hebrews, as touching the law, a Pharisee"
+(Phil. 3:5).  Paul's father and mother were Jews of the stricter sort.
+The expression which Paul uses, "An Hebrew of the Hebrews" is very
+significant.  The Jews of the Dispersion were known at this time as
+Hebrews and Hellenists.  The Hebrews clung to the Hebrew tongue and
+followed Hebrew customs.  The Hellenists spoke Greek by preference and
+adopted, more or less, Greek views and civilization.  Paul had a
+married sister who lived in Jerusalem (Acts 23:16) and relatives in
+Rome (Rom. 16:7, 11).
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+TRAINING
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Home.</B>&mdash;The instruction received in the home has often more influence
+and is more lasting than any other.  Paul received the usual thorough
+training of the Jew boy accentuated in his case, in all probability, by
+the open iniquity which was daily practised in his native city.  We
+never hear him expressing any regret that he received such thorough
+religious instruction at the hands of his parents.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Mental, Moral, and Religious.</B>&mdash;Good teachers were employed to
+instruct the boy, who was afterwards to make such a mark in the world.
+After going through the school, under the care of the synagogue at
+Tarsus, he was sent to Jerusalem to complete his education.  Paul,
+speaking in this chief Jewish city, says, I was "brought up in this
+city at the feet of Gamaliel, and taught according to the perfect
+manner of the law of the fathers" (Acts 22:3).  It is very evident that
+He had a profound knowledge of the Scriptures from the large use he
+makes of them in his Epistles.  He seems also to have been quite well
+acquainted with Greek philosophy and literature.  He quotes from the
+Greek poets, Aratus, Epimenides, and Menander.  No man ever studied men
+and the motives which actuate them more than he.  His inward life was
+pure (Acts 23:1; 24:16).  Paul differed from Christ in that he was a
+man who sought the cities and drew his illustrations from them, while
+Christ was much in the country and drew his illustrations from country
+life.  But in this study of and work for the city Paul was but carrying
+out the commands of Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Industrial.</B>&mdash;It was required of every Jew father that his boy should
+learn some trade by which he might support himself should necessity
+require it.  It was a common Jewish proverb that "he who taught his son
+no trade taught him to be a thief."  Paul was taught the trade of tent
+making.  "The hair of the Cicilian goats was used to make a cloth which
+was especially adapted for tents for travelers, merchants, and
+soldiers."  He afterwards found this trade very useful in his
+missionary work (Acts 18:3; 20:34; 1 Cor. 4:12; 1 Thess. 2:9; 2 Thess.
+3:8).
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE WORLD AS PAUL SAW IT
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>This World</B> was very different from the world as we see it to-day.
+This makes it difficult for us to appreciate his work at its full
+value.  Now, Christianity is the great religion of the world; then it
+was unknown, outside a very limited circle of believers.  The state and
+society were organized upon a different basis and were in strong
+opposition to the new religion.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Political.</B>&mdash;The world was under the dominion of the Romans.  They, in
+conquering it, broke down the barriers that had separated tribe from
+tribe and nation from nation.  Yet it was a comparatively small world
+for all interests centered about the Mediterranean Sea.  Before the
+Romans the Greeks had been in possession of a part of this world and
+had permeated and penetrated the whole of it, with their art, language,
+and commerce.  With the upheavals of war and the tribulations that had
+befallen the Jews, they were everywhere scattered abroad and had their
+synagogues in most of the cities.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Religious.</B>&mdash;For the Romans, Greeks, and conquered nations and tribes,
+it was an age of scepticism.  While the gods and goddesses in the great
+heathen temples still had their rites and ceremonies observed yet the
+people, to a large degree, had ceased to believe in them.  The Roman
+writers of the period are agreed in the slackening of religious ties
+and of moral restraints.  Yet it was the policy of the state to
+maintain the worship of the gods and goddesses.  Any attack upon them
+or their worship was regarded as an offense against the state.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Difficulties</B> of the situation were threefold: (a) To seek to
+overturn the religion of the state constituted an offense which was
+punishable by stripes and imprisonment; (b) To rebuke men's sins and
+the evils of the times stirred up bitter opposition on their part; (c)
+To proclaim a crucified and risen Christ as the Messiah to the Jews,
+when they expected a great conquering hero, often excited and put them
+in a rage.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+That Paul could preach Christ and establish churches, under all the
+opposition that he encountered, shows how fully and implicitly he
+believed in his Lord.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+What impression has the man, Paul, made upon the world?  What was his
+work as an apostle?  What his leading thought?  Where is the place of
+his birth?  What can be said of his family?  How was he educated and
+trained, in the home, in school, and for a trade?  What was the
+political and religious condition of the world as Paul saw it?  What
+were the three difficulties in the way of his work in preaching Christ?
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap02"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY II
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+CONVERSION
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Paul the Persecutor</B>&mdash;Order of Events.  The Inevitable Conflict.
+Cruelty of the Persecutor.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Conversion</B>&mdash;Cause.  Effects (physical, mental and spiritual, penalty,
+relief to the Christians, triumph of Christ, and estimates of the
+results).
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Period of Waiting</B>&mdash;Retirement of Paul.  Reasons.  The Gospel for the
+Gentiles.  Paul Brought to Antioch.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+</H4>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY II
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+CONVERSION
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PAUL, THE PERSECUTOR
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Order of Events.</B>&mdash;It seems to be quite evident, when Paul finished
+his studies in Jerusalem, that he left the city and engaged in work
+somewhere else, during the years when John the Baptist and Jesus were
+preaching and teaching.  In all probability he did not return until
+after the crucifixion and resurrection of Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Paul first appears in the narrative of the Acts, under the name of
+Saul, at the martyrdom of Stephen, where he takes charge of the clothes
+of the witnesses (Acts 7:58, 59).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+From the Ascension of Christ to the martyrdom of Stephen is an
+important period in the history of the infant church.  On and after the
+day of Pentecost (Acts 2) the apostles and followers of the risen Lord
+assumed a very bold attitude.  They did not hesitate to speak openly in
+the temple (Acts 3:12-16) of the crime of putting "The Prince of Life"
+to death and asserted that He was risen from the dead.  The priests and
+Sadducees strongly objected to this kind of preaching (Acts 4), laid
+hands upon the preachers, and put them in prison.  When they were
+examined the next day before (Acts 4:5-13) the Jewish tribunal, the
+apostles spoke even more boldly of Jesus and his resurrection and
+refused to be silenced (Acts 4:13-20, 33).  Again an attempt was made
+to stop the preaching of the apostles, but they refused to keep still
+(Acts 5:16-33).  A remarkable prison deliverance by the "Angel of the
+Lord" (Acts 5:19, 20) gave them great courage in proclaiming "all the
+words of this life."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At this point Gamaliel (Acts 5:34-42) proposes in the Jewish council a
+new policy, which was to let the followers of Christ alone, arguing
+that then they would speedily give up their preaching.  This policy was
+adopted (Acts 5:40).  But with the election of Stephen as a deacon
+(Acts 6:1-8) the followers of Christ began to multiply with great
+rapidity and it was soon seen that "the let-alone policy" was a mistake
+(Acts 6:9-15).  Persecution again breaks out which results in the death
+of Stephen (Acts 7), the bringing out of Saul as the arch persecutor,
+and the scattering of the church (Acts 8:1-4).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Inevitable Conflict.</B>&mdash;Had the early Christians been content to
+have proclaimed Jesus Christ to be but a great teacher and prophet,
+they would in all probability have become a Jewish sect and been
+speedily lost to sight.  But extraordinary claims were put forth that
+Jesus Christ was the promised Messiah (Acts 2:25-40), the Son of God
+(Acts 3:26), the Forgiver of sins (Acts 2:38; 5:31), that He was risen
+from the dead (Acts 4:33), that obedience to Him was above that to the
+Jewish rulers (Acts 4:18-20), that the Jews had wickedly slain Christ
+(Acts 3:14, 15), and that salvation was only through Him (Acts 4:12).
+Further than this they wrought miracles in the name of Jesus Christ
+(Acts 3:2-8, 16; 2:43; 5:12).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was very soon plainly seen that Christianity could keep no truce,
+and proposed to keep no truce, which called in question or denied the
+supremacy of Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Cruelty of the Persecutor.</B>&mdash;To a man of Paul's temperament and
+zeal there could be no half way measures in a case like this.  He could
+not be content to bide his time.  Either the claims of Christ were true
+or false.  If false, then they were doing harm and His doctrine and
+teaching must be eradicated at any cost.  All the aggressive forces of
+the Jews found a champion in this Saul of Tarsus.  Drastic measures
+were at once inaugurated.  There was to be no more temporizing.  The
+cruelty and thoroughness of the persecutor, in his work, are shown in
+his instituting a house to house canvass seeking for the Christians and
+sparing neither age nor sex (Acts 8:1, 3).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In the first persecutions the Jews had been content to arrest and
+imprison those who publicly preached Christ, but now the policy was
+changed and Christianity was to be exterminated root and branch.  All
+believers in Christ were to be hunted out.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The character of Saul, the arch persecutor, is shown in the
+characterization of him by Luke, when he represented him as breathing
+out, "threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord"
+(Acts 9:1).
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+CONVERSION
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Cause.</B>&mdash;The book of the Acts, opened at one place, shows a fierce
+hater and persecutor of the Christians (8:3), opened at another place
+it shows this same persecutor as an ardent and enthusiastic preacher of
+the faith in Jesus Christ (13:16-39)  We seek for the cause of this
+remarkable change.  Luke tells us that Saul was on his way to Damascus,
+seeking victims for his persecuting zeal, when Jesus suddenly appeared
+to him and Saul was changed from a persecutor to a believer in Christ
+(Acts 9:3-7).  The account is very brief.  For an event which has had
+such tremendous results, the narrator is very reticent; a light from
+heaven, a voice speaking, and a person declaring that He is Jesus.
+Paul gives us two accounts of his conversion and how it took place
+(Acts 22:6-15; 26:12-18).  The men who were with Paul saw a light and
+heard a voice, but not what was said.  It is impossible to describe or
+exaggerate what took place in Paul's mind in those brief moments while
+Jesus talked to him; but his beliefs, and his whole life plan were
+radically changed.  It had been well if no explanation of this
+conversion had been attempted and the great fact had been left to stand
+as it does in the Acts.  Attempts, however, have been made to minimize
+the power of this conversion and the marvelous and sudden change it
+wrought in the character and life of Paul.  Some critics seeking a
+natural, rather than a supernatural, cause have attributed to Paul
+certain compunctions of conscience and misgivings about his persecution
+of the Christians, together with a hot day and a certain temperament,
+which led him to have a subjective experience, which he thought was
+real.  But there is no recorded evidence forthcoming that Paul ever had
+any compunctions of conscience about persecuting the Christians.  Paul
+was an honest man to the very core of his being; in the two accounts he
+gives us of this conversion, and in incidental references to it, he
+never even hints at any such state of mind.  The expression used by
+Jesus, "It is hard for thee to kick against the pricks" (Acts 9-5), of
+which so much has been made, means no more than that Saul's opposition
+and hard work against the Christians (Acts 8:3; 9:1), would be of no
+avail.  In doing what he did Paul thought he was doing God's service.
+Again the language which Paul uses and the references which he makes to
+this appearance of Christ forbid us to think that it was only a mere
+vision of Christ which he saw.  "He ranks it as the last of the
+appearances of the risen Savior to His disciples and places it on the
+same level as the appearances to Peter, to James, to the eleven, and to
+the five hundred" (1 Cor. 15:1-8).  In these appearances Jesus had
+eaten with his disciples and been touched by them (John 20:24-31; Luke
+24:36-43), appearing as a real being, according to the narrative.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It was the appearance to Paul of the risen Lord, which made him a
+Christian, gave him a gospel to preach, and sent him forth as the
+apostle of the Gentiles."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The time of Paul's conversion was about 36 A.D.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Effects.</B>&mdash;There is no question as to the very marked results which
+followed the appearance of the risen Lord to Saul on the way to
+Damascus.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Physical.  He was smitten with blindness (Acts 9:8), and was
+without food for three days (Acts 9:9).  His sight was restored by
+Ananias at the command of the Lord (Acts 9:15-18).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Mental and spiritual.  His whole outlook upon life and its
+significance was changed.  He received baptism and was filled with the
+Holy Spirit (Acts 9:17).  From being a persecutor he became an
+enthusiastic witness for Christ (Acts 9:20-22).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Penalty.  The consequences of his former course of action were
+visited upon him; for the Jews sought to kill him and the disciples of
+Christ were at first afraid of him (Acts 9:23-26).  But Barnabas
+vouched for his sincerity (Acts 9:27).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  The relief to the Christians at Damascus, when Saul was converted,
+was very great.  They had looked forward to his coming with dread.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+5.  The triumph of Christ.  In Paul Christianity won its most efficient
+missionary and, next to Christ, its greatest thinker, preacher, and
+teacher.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+6.  The estimates of the results of this conversion of Saul cannot be
+too large; they are world wide.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PERIOD OF WAITING
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Retirement of Paul.</B>&mdash;From the conversion of Paul (Acts 9:3-7) to his
+call to the missionary work (Acts 13:2) is a period of about ten years.
+During this time we have only incidental notices of him and what he was
+doing.  When we think of it there is nothing strange in this
+retirement.  It is the divine method, as in the case of Moses, when a
+man is to do a very large work for God that he should be well prepared
+for it.  The chief scripture notices of this period of retirement are
+found in Acts 9:19-30; Gal. 1:15-24; (Acts 11:25-30; 12:25).  From
+these notices it is quite plain: (a) That Paul retired into Arabia.
+(b) That he preached in Damascus and Jerusalem, but was compelled to
+flee from both cities on account of the persecutions of the Jews, who
+sought his life.  (c) That he went to Tarsus and "into the regions of
+Syria and Cilicia."  (d) That he came to Antioch, where there was a
+great revival (Acts 11:25-30), at the solicitation of Barnabas.  Luke
+in his account (Acts 9:19-30) does not mention the trip to Arabia
+spoken of by Paul in his epistle to the Galatians (1:15-24).  It must
+be remembered however that each is writing from a different point of
+view.  Luke is a historian recording only the most salient facts and
+passing over the mention of many events.  We see this in the
+compression in eight and a half short chapters of the events of the
+three missionary journeys.  Paul writing to the Galatians is anxious to
+establish the fact that he received his commission, as an apostle, not
+from man, but from Christ himself (Gal. 1:1); hence he enters more into
+details and we get from him the inside view.  The accounts of Luke and
+Paul if read carefully, keeping in mind all the circumstances, are seen
+not to be in any way antagonistic, but to supplement each other.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Reasons.</B>&mdash;Many reasons have been given for the retirement of Paul to
+Arabia, and what seems to be the period of comparative inactivity that
+followed it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Fierce opposition on the part of the Jews whenever Paul attempted
+to preach, as in the cities of Damascus and Jerusalem.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  A preparation of mind and heart for his great work.  As a thinker
+he needed to look upon all sides of the gospel, which he was afterwards
+to preach so effectively to the Gentiles.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  A careful rereading of the Old Testament.  As a Jew he had read the
+Scriptures in one way, now he reread them seeing Christ there.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  System of doctrine.  He may at this time have wrought out that
+magnificent system of Christian doctrine which he afterwards presented
+to the churches in his Epistles.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Gospel for the Gentiles.</B>&mdash;While Paul was waiting for the call to
+his great missionary work there came a new crisis in the history of the
+early church, and a new era was inaugurated.  In the tenth and eleventh
+chapters of the book of Acts Luke tells us of the conversion of the
+Gentile Cornelius, "a centurion of the band called the Italian band"
+(Acts 10:1-8), and of the instructions given to Peter to receive him
+(Acts 10:9-44).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Cornelius was the first Gentile convert and we note here the beginning
+of the preaching of the gospel to the Gentiles, which was to have such
+large results.  "The day of Pentecost, the conversion of Saul of
+Tarsus, the call of Cornelius and the foundation of the Gentile church
+at Antioch are, if we are to pick and choose amid the events related by
+Luke, the turning points of the earliest ecclesiastical history."  How
+great and epoch making was this new departure of preaching the gospel
+to the Gentiles, and receiving them into the church, is shown in the
+eleventh chapter of the Acts (11:1-18) where, when Peter goes up to
+Jerusalem, he is put on the defensive and compelled to explain why he
+received Cornelius into the church.  When however the matter was fully
+explained the early disciples rejoiced over the fact that to the
+Gentiles was granted by God repentance unto life (Acts 11:18).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Paul Brought to Antioch</B> by Barnabas, on account of the revival that
+had broken out in that city, is another step which he takes up to his
+work as the great missionary to the Gentiles (Acts 11:25-26).  It was
+here that the disciples were first called Christians (Acts 11:26).  It
+was from this city that Paul went forth on his missionary journeys and
+it was here that he returned (Acts 13:1-3; 14:26; 15:24-41; 18:22;
+18:23).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Antioch was the capital of the Greek kingdom of Syria, and afterwards
+the residence of the Roman governor of the province.  It was made a
+free city by Pompey the Great, and contained an aqueduct, amphitheater,
+baths, and colonnades.  It was situated on the Orontes about twenty
+miles from the mouth of the river.  Its sea-port was Seleucia.  It was
+intimately connected with apostolic Christianity.  Here the first
+Gentile church was formed" (Acts 11:20, 21).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+Give the order of events which led to the persecution in which Paul was
+so prominent.  Why was the conflict between Christianity and Judaism
+inevitable?  What can be said of the cruelty of Paul, the persecutor?
+Give the cause of Paul's conversion.  What were some of the effects?
+What can be said of the period of waiting; the retirement of Paul?
+What are some of the probable reasons for this retirement?  What can be
+said about the beginning of the gospel to the Gentiles?  By whom was
+Paul brought to Antioch and for what purpose?  In what relation does
+Antioch stand to the missionary journeys of Paul?
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap03"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+</H3>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Acts 13:1-28:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY III
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 13:1-14:26</I>
+</H5>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Introduction to the Three Missionary Journeys</B>&mdash;The call.  The
+Significance.  Extent and Time.  The Record.  Other Long Journeys.
+Method of Work and Support.  The Message.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The First Journey</B>&mdash;Preparation.  Companions.  Paul Comes to the
+Front.  Time and Extent.  Rulers.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Itinerary</B>&mdash;Salamis.  Paphos.  Perga.  Antioch.  Iconium.  Lystra
+and Derbe.  The Return Journey.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Jerusalem Council</B>&mdash;One Problem of the Early Church.  The Decision
+of the Council.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<CENTER>
+<IMG SRC="images/img-029.jpg" ALT="Outline map illustrating the first and second missionary journeys of Paul." BORDER="2" WIDTH="667" HEIGHT="466">
+<H5>
+Outline map illustrating the first and second missionary journeys of Paul.
+</H5>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+</H3>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Acts 13:1-38:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY III
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 13:1-14:26</I>
+</H5>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE MISSIONARY JOURNEYS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+Before taking up the study of the first missionary journey, attention
+is called to certain points which should be considered in regard to all
+three of them (Acts 13:1-21:17).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+We have now arrived at what we might call the watershed of the Acts of
+the Apostles.  Hitherto we have had various scenes, characters,
+personages to consider.  Henceforth Paul, his labors, his disputes, his
+speeches, occupy the entire field, and every other man who is
+introduced into the narrative plays a subordinate part.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Our attention is now turned from the Jewish world, considered so
+largely in the first twelve chapters of the Acts, to the heathen world
+and the struggle which Paul and his fellow laborers had with it, in
+bringing it to Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Call</B> to this work was by the Holy Ghost in the city of Antioch
+(Acts 13:1-4).  Luke says, "As they ministered to the Lord and fasted,
+the Holy Ghost said, separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work
+whereunto I have called them" (Acts 13:2, 4).  Contrast this with the
+beginning of the work in Jerusalem which was also inaugurated by the
+Holy Ghost on the day of Pentecost (Acts 1:14; 2:1-4).  This call was
+in accordance with what Jesus had told his disciples before His
+ascension (Acts 1:8).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The agency of the Holy Ghost in directing and promoting this missionary
+work is very manifest (Acts 13:2, 4, 9, 52; 15:8, 28; 16:6; 19:2, 6;
+20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Significance</B> and importance of these journeys cannot be
+overestimated.  It is probable, when the call came, that Paul had but
+little idea of their magnitude and that in the end they would result in
+changing not only the religion, but the philosophy and civilization of
+the world.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Extent and Time.</B>&mdash;It is estimated that the first journey was 1,400
+miles long, the second 3,200, and the third 3,500, making 8,100 miles
+traveled by Paul.  The time occupied for the three journeys was about
+ten years.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Record</B> of the three missionary journeys, is briefly comprised in
+eight and a half chapters (Acts 13:1-21:17), and it does not profess to
+be a complete one.  Only the most striking incidents and events, and
+probably not all of these, are given.  There were side trips not
+recorded by Luke; Paul speaks of one to Illyricum (Rom. 15:19), and of
+others in which he underwent great perils (2 Cor. 11:24-27).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The purpose of Luke seems to be to show how, in accordance with the
+command and promise of Christ, the knowledge and power of the gospel
+was spread, beginning in Jerusalem, through Judea, and Samaria,
+throughout the heathen world (Acts 1:8); everything seems to be made to
+bend to this purpose.  Certainly there could be no more graphic and
+concise account of these epoch making events than that given us by this
+wonderful narrator.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Other Long Journeys.</B>&mdash;1.  Paul's voyage to Rome as a prisoner.  Luke
+gives a full account of this voyage, its many interesting incidents
+(Acts 27:1-28:16), and of the circumstances which led up to it (Acts
+21:17-27:1).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  There is every reason to believe that Paul was released at the end
+of his two years imprisonment in Rome (Acts 28:30) and that he made an
+Eastern journey as far as Colossæ and a Western journey as far as Spain.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+NOTE.&mdash;These last journeys are considered in chapter ten.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Method of Work and Support.</B>&mdash;Paul and his companion, or company, when
+they entered into a city would first seek for a lodging and then for
+work, going from one tent maker's door to another until finally a place
+was found.  Then upon the following Sabbath they would seek the Jewish
+synagogue and after the reading of the Scriptures, when an opportunity
+was given, Paul would arise and begin to speak, (Acts 13:14-16) leading
+up through the Old Testament message (Acts 13:17-43) to the great topic
+of Jesus Christ as the promised Messiah and closing with an exhortation
+to believe on Him.  Such a speech would naturally excite great interest
+coming from the lips of one, who by his speech and the handling of the
+Old Testament, would be recognized as a cultivated Jewish Rabbi.  Paul
+would be asked to speak again the next Sabbath (Acts 13:44-52), the
+synagogue would be full of people and he would set forth Jesus Christ
+more plainly as the Savior both of Jew and Gentile.  This would
+generally be a signal for the Jews to contradict and oppose Paul, but
+some Jews would believe with a number of Gentiles.  This would be the
+starting point of the Christian church in that community.  The Jews,
+however, who were untouched by what Paul preached, and who looked upon
+him as the destroyer of their religion, would raise a cry against him
+and seek to have him expelled from the city.  This experience was
+frequently repeated.  There were great difficulties also to be
+encountered when the heathen thought that their worship was in danger
+(Acts 19:20-30).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Message</B> which Paul bore to Jew and Gentile was the moving force
+of all his work.  The starting point was the memorable day when Jesus
+Christ appeared to him on his way to Damascus.  Paul believed that he
+received his commission as an apostle directly from Jesus Christ (Gal.
+1:1-24).  The four main positions of Paul, set forth so plainly in his
+Epistle to the Romans, are: (a) All are guilty before God (Jew and
+Gentile).  (b) All need a Savior.  (c) Christ died for all.  (d) We are
+all (through faith) one body in Christ.  Paul leaves us in no doubt as
+to how he regards Jesus Christ.  He is to him the Son of God, through
+whom God created all things and who is the Divine Savior of man (Eph.
+3:9-21; Phil. 2:9-11; Rom. 9:5).  There is no doubt, no hesitation on
+Paul's part in delivering his message.  He is a witness, testifying to
+the glory of his Divine Lord.  He is a messenger who cannot alter or
+tamper with that which has been entrusted to him.  To the rude
+inhabitants of the mountain regions of Asia Minor, to the philosophers
+in Athens, to the Roman governors in Cæsarea, to the dwellers in
+Corinth and in Rome the purport of the Message is always the same.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE FIRST JOURNEY
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 13:1-14:28</I>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+<B>Preparation.</B>&mdash;First, on the part of Paul.  About ten years have
+passed since his conversion.  During this time we have few notices of
+him, but he was undoubtedly making ready for this very important work
+of a missionary.  Second, on the part of the church.  The first step
+had already been taken, in the conversion of Cornelius, in the giving
+of the gospel to the Gentile world.  Third, Paul was brought to Antioch
+by Barnabas to assist the church in the great revival which broke out
+in that second early center of Christian work and teaching (Acts
+11:21-26).  Fourth, the large success of the disciples who went
+throughout Judea and Samaria, preaching the gospel, after the death of
+Stephen (Acts 7:5-8:4; 11:19-21) made possible this new aggressive
+movement to the regions beyond.  Fifth, the Christian prophets and
+teachers at Antioch "ministered to the Lord and fasted."  They desired
+to know the will of the Lord and it was made known to them by the Holy
+Ghost.  "And when they had fasted and prayed, and laid their hands on
+them, they sent them away."  "So they being sent forth by the Holy
+Ghost, departed unto Seleucia (Acts 13:3, 4).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Companions of the Journey</B>, Barnabas and Saul (Acts 13:2) and John
+Mark (Acts 13:5).  Barnabas has been called the discoverer of Saul.  He
+was probably a convert of the day of Pentecost.  He was a land
+proprietor of the island of Cyprus and early showed his zeal for Christ
+by selling his land and devoting the proceeds to the cause in which he
+so heartily believed (Acts 4:36, 37).  He early sought out and
+manifested, in a very practical way, his friendship for Paul (Acts
+9:27; 11:22, 25, 30; 12:25).  John Mark, who started on this journey
+with Barnabas and Saul, was a nephew of Barnabas (Acts 13:5, 13; 12:25;
+Col. 4:10).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Paul Comes to the Front</B> when his company leave Paphos and ever after
+he has the first place (Acts 13: 13).  Here also he is called Paul for
+the first time, a name which he retains.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Extent and Time</B>&mdash;This was the shortest of the three journeys (about
+1,400 miles).  It extended over the island of Cyprus and a part of Asia
+Minor.  In time it occupied about three years, 47-50 A.D.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Rulers</B>&mdash;Claudius was the emperor of Rome, since 41 A.D.  Herod
+Agrippa was king of Chalcis, Ananias was high priest in Jerusalem.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE ITINERARY
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+NOTE.&mdash;The cities, which Paul visited in this and the other journeys,
+should be located upon the map by the student.  It will greatly
+increase the interest to consult some good Bible dictionary and get
+well acquainted also with the history of the places.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Salamis</B>, on the island of Cyprus, was the first place reached, after
+sailing from Seleucia (Acts 13:4, 5) the sea-port of Antioch.  It was
+the natural thing to go first to this island as it had been the home of
+Barnabas and many Jews had settled there; it was about eighty miles to
+the southwest of Seleucia.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Paphos.</B>&mdash;After passing through the island from east to west the
+missionaries came to Paphos.  This city was the seat of the worship of
+Venus, the goddess of love.  This worship was carried on with the most
+degrading of immoralities.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The chief incidents in the ministry here were the smiting of the Jewish
+sorcerer, Elymas, with blindness for his persistent opposition and the
+conversion of the deputy of the country, Sergius Paulus (Acts 13:6-12).
+Saul is filled with an unusual power of the Spirit for his work in this
+city and takes the name of Paul.  It is now no longer Barnabas and
+Saul, but Paul and Barnabas.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Perga in Pamphylia</B>&mdash;(Acts 13:13, 14).  The missionaries take ship
+from Paphos and sail in a north-easterly direction across the
+Mediterranean Sea to this city of Asia Minor.  John Mark, doubtless
+appalled by the difficulties which had already been experienced and now
+that the journey seemed to promise still greater hardships, left the
+company and returned to Jerusalem.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Antioch in Pisidia</B> (Acts 13:14-52) was about ninety miles directly
+north of Perga.  It was a good-sized city with a large Jewish
+population.  Luke's account of this visit is notable in that we have
+the chief points in Paul's speech in the synagogue set down.  This
+address is worth study from the fact that it is the first sermon of
+Paul of which we have any record, and is probably the usual way in
+which he began his work in a great many Jewish synagogues.  Paul is
+asked to speak to the assembled Jews.  He begins upon the common ground
+of the history of Israel.  He declares the promise of a Savior.  This
+Savior is to be of the seed of David.  Then Paul sets forth that Jesus
+is the promised Savior.  He reminds them of the testimony of John and
+of those who had seen Jesus before and after His resurrection.  He
+declares unto them the glad tidings of a Savior.  He warns them of
+their peril in rejecting Jesus Christ.  Paul is invited to speak upon
+the next Sabbath, but there is a division and those who oppose Paul try
+to drive him out of their city which they finally succeed in doing.
+But the Word has fallen into good soil and there is the beginning of a
+Christian church.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Iconium in Lycaonia</B> (Acts 14:1-5) is over one hundred miles distant
+from Antioch.  The missionaries were now in a country of a people with
+strange ways.  They remained here for some time and their ministry was
+attested by "signs and wonders."  But again some of the Jews opposed
+them and stirred up the multitude.  A plan was made by the ringleaders
+of the opposition to stone them, but being made aware of it Paul and
+Barnabas "fled unto Derbe and Lystra."  They had, however, the
+satisfaction of leaving behind "a great multitude of believing Jews and
+Greeks" (Acts 14:1).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Lystra and Derbe in Lycaonia</B> (Acts 14:6-21).&mdash;"And there they
+preached the gospel."  There is no mention of any Jewish synagogue at
+either of these cities.  The inhabitants were worshippers of the
+heathen gods.  The healing of a lame man at Lystra brought Paul and
+Barnabas directly into touch with the heathen priests and populace.
+When they saw this miracle of healing, they thought that the gods had
+come down to earth in the likeness of men.  Barnabas was called Jupiter
+"and Paul Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker."  When Paul and
+Barnabas sought to restrain the priests and people from doing sacrifice
+to them, it is interesting to note what words Paul uses in addressing
+them.  As with the Jews he here seeks first of all a common ground.  He
+says, "We are men of like passions with you and preach unto you that
+you should turn from these vanities unto the living God, which made
+heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all things that are therein; who in
+times past suffered all nations to walk in their own ways.
+Nevertheless He left not Himself without a witness, in that He did
+good, and gave us rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, filling our
+hearts with food and gladness" (Acts 14:15-17).  We find the same
+earnestness the same desire to preach the gospel to the heathen here as
+to the Jews elsewhere.  But the Jews who had made trouble in Antioch
+and Iconium for the missionaries came to Lystra and, forming a plot
+against Paul, persuaded the people and stoned him so that he was drawn
+out of the city, they "supposing he had been dead."  But he was not
+dead, he soon rose up and came back into the city and the next day
+departed with Barnabas to Derbe, where they preached the gospel and
+taught many.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Return Journey</B> is very briefly recorded (Acts 14:21-28).  The
+missionaries returned through the same cities, Lystra, Iconium,
+Antioch, and so back to Perga.  But from the last city they did not
+sail to the island of Cyprus, but took a different course, westerly
+along the coast to Attalia in Pamphylia and from thence they sailed to
+Antioch, the starting point of their trip.  During this return journey
+they proved to their friends and enemies that, in departing from the
+cities where mobs threatened them, it was through no cowardice on their
+part, but for other reasons and for the purpose of preaching the gospel
+in the regions beyond.  They "confirmed the souls of the disciples
+exhorting them to continue in the faith."  They also further perfected
+the organization of the churches, ordaining elders in every church.
+They prayed with and for the disciples and commended them to the Lord.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When the missionaries at last entered the city of Antioch, "they
+rehearsed all that God had done with them, and how He had opened the
+door of faith unto the Gentiles."  There must have been great rejoicing
+over this happy return of Paul and Barnabas.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE JERUSALEM COUNCIL
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Acts 15:1-35</I>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+<B>One Problem of the Early Church</B> was how to reconcile the commandments
+of Moses with the new law of liberty in Jesus Christ.  Ought the
+Gentile Christians to observe the law of Moses?  Ought they to become
+Jews before they became Christians?  Were there to be two churches?
+One for Jewish and another for Gentile Christians?  These questions are
+obsolete now, but then they were burning ones and hotly debated.  Hence
+this Jerusalem Council, where the matter was debated and settled, was
+exceedingly important and fraught with great and grave consequences for
+the future welfare of the church.  Because certain of the Jewish
+brethren came to Antioch and began to teach that it was necessary to
+salvation that a certain Jewish ordinance and the law of Moses be kept,
+it was determined to send Paul and Barnabas to Jerusalem.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+A council of "the apostles and elders came together for to consider of
+this matter" (Acts 15:6).  At this council in Jerusalem, Peter, Paul,
+Barnabas, and James were the chief speakers.  All matters were
+carefully gone over.  Of all the speeches made, Luke records only the
+two made by Peter (Acts 15:7-12) and James (Acts 15:13-2l), which must
+have embodied the sense of the meeting in that both spoke for liberty,
+from the Mosaic yoke, in Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Decision</B> of the council was for the freedom of the Gentile
+Christians and that they should not be obliged to become Jews before
+they became Christians.  Thus was one of the grave crises of the early
+church safely passed.  Paul and Barnabas went back happy in that great
+victory for Gentile Christianity to their brethren at Antioch.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It should be borne in mind, however, that while the question of the
+relation of the Gentile Christians to the law of Moses was decided at
+this council, it was one which came up again and again to hamper and
+bother Paul in his missionary work.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+What is to be considered in the introduction to the three missionary
+journeys?  By whom was the call to this work?  What is the significance
+of the journeys?  The extent and time?  What can be said of the record?
+Were there other long journeys by Paul?  What was the method of work
+and support?  What was the message?  The first journey; what was the
+preparation for it?  Who the companions?  Time and extent?  Rulers?
+Give some of the incidents that took place upon the Itinerary, at
+Salamis, Paphos, Perga, Antioch, Iconium, Lystra, and Derbe?  What can
+be said of the return journey?  Why was the Jerusalem Council
+necessary, and what was decided by it?
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap04"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+</H3>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Acts 13:1-28:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY IV
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 13:36-18:32</I>
+</H5>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Second Missionary Journey</B>&mdash;The Inception.  The Companions.  The Wide
+Scope.  Value to the World.  Time and Rulers.  Epistles to the Churches.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Itinerary</B>&mdash;Through Asia Minor.  In Europe (Philippi.
+Thessalonica.  Berea.  Athens.  Corinth).
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Return Voyage</B>&mdash;Ephesus.  Cæsarea.  Antioch.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+</H3>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 13:1-28:32</I>
+</H5>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY IV
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 15:36-18:22</I>
+</H4>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Inception</B>&mdash;After the Jerusalem Council Paul returned to Antioch
+where he spent some time, "teaching and preaching the Word of the Lord
+with many others also."  "And some days after Paul said unto Barnabas,
+Let us go again and visit our brethren in every city where we have
+preached the Word of the Lord, and see how they do" (Acts 15:35, 36).
+He felt that he must be advancing the work of Jesus Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Companions</B> (Acts 15:37-40).&mdash;Barnabas proposed to take John Mark,
+his nephew, with them on this second journey.  But Paul strenuously
+objected, basing his objection on the ground that this young man had
+deserted them (Acts 13:13) at a very important juncture in the first
+journey.  We are told that the contention was very sharp between
+Barnabas and Paul over this matter.  It was finally settled by Barnabas
+taking John Mark and sailing for the island of Cyprus and Paul choosing
+Silas for his companion.  When Paul came to Derbe and Lystra Timotheus
+was invited to join him, which he did (Acts 16:1-4).  Luke, the author
+of the Acts, goes with this company into Macedonia (Acts 16:10).  We
+can trace Luke's connection with the missionaries by the "we" passages.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+That Paul was afterwards reconciled to Barnabas and John Mark is shown
+by his kindly mention of them in his Epistles (1 Cor. 9:6; Col. 4:10; 2
+Tim 4:11; Philem. 24).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Wide Scope</B> is a marked feature of this journey of about 3,200
+miles.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The first journey was through Cyprus, where Barnabas was well
+acquainted, and through that section of Asia Minor roundabout the
+province of Cilicia, where Paul was practically at home.  Paul was born
+in Tarsus in Cilicia and it was to this region that he went for some
+part of the time between his conversion and his call to the missionary
+work (Acts 9:30; Gal. 1:21).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The second journey carries Paul into entirely, to him, new provinces of
+Asia Minor and into Macedonia and Achaia.  He comes into close contact
+not only with the rough native populations of the Asian provinces but
+with the cultivated philosophers of Greece and the effeminate
+voluptuaries of the heathen temples.  Here are new tests for this
+missionary and the gospel which he preaches, but he meets them all.
+This journey had a large significance for the spread of Christianity.
+Had the gospel failed to meet the wants of all sorts and conditions of
+men, there would have been no further triumphs for it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Value to the World.</B>&mdash;"This journey was not only the greatest which
+Paul achieved but perhaps the most momentous recorded in the annals of
+the human race.  In its issues it far outrivalled the expedition of
+Alexander the Great when he carried the arms and civilization of Greece
+into the heart of Asia, or that of Cæsar when he landed on the shores
+of Britain, or even the voyage of Columbus when he discovered a new
+world."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+To Paul's turning westward, instead of eastward, through the guidance
+of the Spirit, and his entering upon his work in Macedonia (Acts
+16:7-11) Europe to-day owes her advancement and Christian civilization.
+It is stating a sober fact when it is asserted that without
+Christianity Europeans would now be worshipping idols, the same as the
+inhabitants of other sections of the world where the gospel of Christ
+has not been made known.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time and Rulers.</B>&mdash;In time this journey extended over about three
+years, 51-54 A.D.  The rulers were: Claudius, Emperor of Rome (Nero
+became Emperor in 54 A.D.); Herod Agrippa II., King of Chalcis (who
+also gets Batanea and Trachontis); and Gallio, Procurator of Achaia.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Epistles to the Churches.</B>&mdash;Upon this journey Paul makes a new
+departure.  With the multiplication of the churches and the
+impossibility of visiting them often, when occasions demanded it, Paul
+begins the writing of special and circular letters to the churches.
+The two first Epistles, of which we have any record, were those to The
+Thessalonians from Corinth, written probably in the winter of 52-53 A.D.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+NOTE.&mdash;For an account of and an analysis of these Epistles see study 7.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE ITINERARY
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Through Asia Minor</B> (Acts 15:40-16:8).&mdash;It was Paul's custom to
+revisit the churches which he had organized, and to care for them.
+Following out this plan he went through Syria and Cilicia confirming
+the churches, then to Derbe and Lystra, where he found Timotheus who
+joined his company.  After visiting the churches founded on the first
+missionary journey, Paul and his company turned northward and "went
+throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia" (Acts 16:6) though there
+is no record of any church having been founded in these regions.
+"After they were come to Mysia, they assayed to go into Bithynia; but
+the Spirit suffered them not" (Acts 16:7).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It is important to note that the Holy Ghost now forbade Paul, at this
+time, to further preach the word in Asia (Acts 16:7).  Paul and his
+company tried after this to go into Bithynia but they were prevented
+from doing so by the Spirit, and came down to Troas (Acts 16:8-12).  Of
+this long journey through Asia Minor, of its perils and difficulties,
+of the rejoicings of the former Christian converts, when they saw Paul
+again, and of the many interesting facts and incidents we have only a
+glimpse.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>In Europe</B> (Acts 16:9-18:18).&mdash;Paul, following what was to him a clear
+indication of the guidance of the Holy Ghost (Acts 16:6-11), left Troas
+and set out by ship, by way of Samothracia, for Neapolis, which he
+reached on the following day.  There have been many conjectures as to
+what the fortunes of the Christian church would have been had Paul been
+allowed to carry out his intention to visit Bithynia, and to preach the
+gospel in the regions of the east.  Had he done so, however, it is
+quite certain, that the history of the world would have been quite
+different from what it is to-day.  In this invasion of Europe Paul came
+within the charmed circle of what was then the highest civilization.
+The gospel was now to try its strength with the keenest philosophers
+and the most seductive fascinations of immorality, masquerading under
+the guise of religion in the licentious rites of the heathen temples
+and groves.  What could this missionary do?  What could he preach?  If
+philosophy, if art, if beauty could have saved the souls of men then
+they would not have needed the gospel which Paul preached.  But this
+was a gilded age, and the gilding hid the corruption, beneath.  The
+message of Paul to the men in this charmed circle of civilization was
+the same that he had set forth in the rough mountain towns of Asia
+Minor.  Human nature, under a rough or a polished exterior, is the same
+the world over.  Paul was seeking men, to bring them to a knowledge of
+their alienation from God through sin, and to show them the way of
+salvation through repentance and faith in Jesus Christ?  Greece, over
+whom the Romans held sway at this time, had been divided into two
+parts: Achaia on the south and Macedonia on the north.  A great Roman
+road ran from east to west through Macedonia.  It was by this road that
+the missionaries traveled.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Philippi (Acts 16:12-40) will be forever memorable as the first
+city in Europe in which a Christian church was established.  It had the
+character of a Roman rather than a Greek city; both the civil and the
+military authorities being Roman.  It had the rank of a Roman colony.
+Situated as it was on the great Egnatian way travelers and traders
+passed through it, eastward and westward, from all parts of the Roman
+world.  "The Greek character in this northern province of Macedonia was
+more vigorous and much less corrupted than in the more polished society
+of the south.  The churches which Paul established here gave him more
+comfort than any he established elsewhere."  The beginning of the work
+at Philippi was not very promising and to most men would have been very
+discouraging.  Luke tells us that "on the Sabbath we went out of the
+city by a riverside where prayer was wont to be made; and we sat down,
+and spake unto the women which resorted hither."  But there they met
+Lydia, an energetic business woman and a work was begun which has had
+far reaching consequences.  Paul and his company had been but a short
+time in the city when they came in conflict with the Roman authorities.
+A damsel, possessed with a spirit of divination, who brought much gain
+to her masters, testified to Paul and his work; this spirit Paul cast
+out and in consequence the owners of the girl brought the charge
+against Paul and Silas that they were Jews who taught customs not
+lawful for Romans to receive.  Notice, the shrewdness of the trumped-up
+charge against Paul and Silas.  Nothing is said about the real state of
+the case.  In this charge the status of the Jews is shown in this city.
+Paul and Silas are beaten and thrown into prison; their feet are made
+fast in the stocks; their wounds are left unwashed and undressed.  But
+in the earthquake, which opens the prison doors and gives release to
+the prisoners, Paul has an opportunity to preach the gospel to the
+jailer.  How magnificently, forgetting himself, he sets forth the way
+of salvation through Christ!  We turn to the Epistle to the Philippians
+(see Study 9) to see how Paul loved this church, and how this church
+loved him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Thessalonica (Acts 17:1-9).  Thinking it best to leave Philippi,
+Paul and his company passed on their way along the Egnatian road
+through the two beautiful Greek cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia to
+Thessalonica, distant about seventy-three miles from Philippi.
+Thessalonica is one of the few cities which has retained its importance
+up to the present time.  It was founded by Cassander, King of Macedon
+in 315 B.C.  It came under the Roman rule in 168 B.C.  In Paul's time
+it was a great commercial center, the inhabitants being Greeks, Romans,
+and Jews.  Here was a Jewish synagogue and for three Sabbath days Paul
+went into it and reasoned with the assembled Jews about Jesus Christ,
+declaring to them that He was the promised Messiah, and had suffered
+and was risen from the dead.  We have the same results here which
+followed similar preaching elsewhere (1 Thess. 1:8).  Out of the storm
+again emerges a Christian church.  Paul and his company, after the
+usual tumult, pass on to another city but the church remains to send
+its blessed influence through all that region.  The Epistles to the
+Thessalonians (see Study 7) give us some graphic pictures of the
+converts and their ways of working.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Berea (Acts 17:10-14) was a secluded inland city.  It must have
+been somewhat of a surprise to Paul to find the Jews of this place so
+ready to receive the Word of God, which he preached to them in their
+synagogue.  There was great searching of the Scriptures and many
+believed.  A large work was in progress when Jews from Thessalonica,
+hearing of the success of Paul in Berea, came down and stirred up the
+people against him.  It became quite evident now that there was a
+persistent and organized effort being made to drive Paul out of this
+section.  As the opposition seemed to be directed against Paul alone,
+the brethren proposed to send him away, and to have Silas and Timotheus
+remain for a short time.  This plan was carried out.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Athens (Acts 17:15-34) was the most cultivated city of the old
+world; a statue was set upon every corner and an altar in every street.
+"Here the human mind had blazed forth with a splendor it has never
+exhibited elsewhere.  In the golden age of its history Athens possessed
+more men of the very highest genius than have ever lived in any other
+city.  To this day their names invest her with glory.  Yet even in
+Paul's day the living Athens was a thing of the past.  Four hundred
+years had elapsed since its golden age, and in the course of these
+centuries it had experienced a sad decline.  Philosophy had degenerated
+into sophistry, art into dilettanteism, oratory into rhetoric, poetry
+into verse making.  It was a city living on its past."  Paul entered
+into the open places where the people gathered and talked with them.
+So much interest was aroused by what he had to say that he was asked to
+speak to them upon Mars Hill.  Thither they all went.  Paul as his
+custom was sought a common starting point in the altar to the unknown
+God.  So long as he spoke of God and man in general terms he was
+listened to, but when he came to touch their hearts and consciences and
+to apply what he said, speaking of the judgment through Christ and His
+resurrection from the dead, he was left alone.  Paul did not fail, the
+trouble with the Athenians was that they possessed only intellectual
+curiosity; they had no appetite for the truth.  But still some converts
+were made.  "Certain men clave unto him and believed; among whom were
+Dionysius the Areopagite and a woman named Damaris and others with
+them" (Acts 17:34).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+5.  Corinth.  (Acts 18:1-18) was the largest and most important city in
+Greece.  From Athens Paul came to Corinth and remained over a year and
+a half.  We have a graphic picture of this church in the Epistles to
+the Corinthians.  (See Study 8.) Probably no better place than this
+highway of all peoples could have been selected in which to preach the
+gospel.  No one knew better than Paul how to select strategic places.
+A stream of travelers, merchants, scholars, and sailors was constantly
+passing through this great commercial city; what was preached here
+would be carried to the ends of the earth.  It was a city of art and
+culture and yet a place where the vices of the east and west met and
+held high carnival.  Religion itself was put to ignoble uses; a
+thousand priestesses ministered to a base worship in the magnificent
+temple of the goddess Aphrodite.  Greek philosophy showed its decay in
+endless discussions about words and the tendency to set intellectual
+above moral distinctions.  There was a denial of the future life for
+the sake of unlimited enjoyment in the present.  Paul, when he came
+into the city, found a lodging with Aquila and his wife Priscilla, and
+wrought with them at the occupation of tent making.  When Silas and
+Timotheus joined him he openly testified to the Jews that Jesus was the
+Christ.  Crispus, the chief ruler of the synagogue, was converted
+together with many Corinthians.  Paul was comforted at this time by a
+vision of the Lord which bade him to speak and not to hold his peace.
+After a year and a half of earnest preaching an attempt was made by the
+Jews to drive Paul out of the city by bringing accusations against him
+before the Roman proconsul Gallio, but in this they were unsuccessful.
+Paul tarried and worked here until it seemed best for him to turn his
+steps homeward again to Antioch.  The keynote of his preaching in this
+city is given by him in his First Epistle to the Corinthians where he
+says (2:2), "For I determined not to know anything among you save Jesus
+Christ and him crucified."  If this gospel could win converts in
+Corinth, it can win converts anywhere.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Return Voyage</B> (Acts 18:18-22) was by way of Ephesus where he
+entered into the synagogue and reasoned with the Jews.  Leaving Ephesus
+he sailed for Cæsarea where he landed.  After he had gone up and
+saluted the church he went down to Antioch.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+Who proposed the second missionary journey?  Who were the companions?
+What can be said of the wide scope?  What was its value to the world?
+Time and Rulers?  What can be said of the new departure in writing
+Epistles to the churches?  What can be said of the itinerary through
+Asia Minor?  Give the incidents, of preaching the gospel, that occurred
+during the trip in Europe, in the different cities; Philippi,
+Thessalonica, Berea, Athens, and Corinth.  How was the return voyage
+made?
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap05"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+</H3>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 13:1-28:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY V
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 18:23-21:17</I>
+</H5>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Third Missionary Journey</B>&mdash;Method.  The Chief City.  Time and Extent.
+Epistles Written.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Itinerary</B>&mdash;Through Galatia and Phygia.  Ephesus.  Through Macedonia
+and Greece.  The Return Voyage.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<CENTER>
+<IMG SRC="images/img-053.jpg" ALT="Outline map illustrating the third missionary journey of Paul and the voyage to Italy." BORDER="2" WIDTH="666" HEIGHT="468">
+<H5>
+Outline map illustrating the third missionary journey of Paul and the voyage to Italy.
+</H5>
+</CENTER>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+</H3>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Acts 13:1-38:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY V
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 18:23-21:17</I>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+<B>Method.</B>&mdash;A study of the three missionary journeys shows the method of
+evangelization of the ancient world.  The first journey was
+comparatively near home.  The second was a review of the work done in
+the first and a pushing on to new work in Asia Minor and the larger
+conquests in Europe.  In the third we have a review visit to the
+churches of Asia Minor, a long stop at Ephesus, and a review visit to
+the churches of Macedonia and Achaia, which were organized upon the
+second missionary journey.  There was always a method in what Paul did.
+He was not only a missionary preaching and testifying to Jesus Christ,
+but he was an organizer and leader of men.  The churches formed were
+visited again and again; messengers were sent to them to instruct, to
+chide, and to encourage them; circular and special letters from Paul's
+own hand were dispatched to them, when occasion required.  Wherever
+Paul preached, whatever might be the tumults raised, he always won some
+adherents for Jesus Christ, who were brought together and organized
+into a church.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+On this third journey he was already planning to go to Rome (Acts
+19:21) and wrote an epistle to the Romans announcing his coming (Rom.
+1:7, 15).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Chief City</B>, in which Paul spent most of his time (Acts 19:1, 8,
+10), between two and three years upon this journey, was Ephesus in Asia
+Minor.  This city situated midway between the extreme points of his
+former missionary journeys was a place where he could have an
+intelligent oversight over all the work which he had previously
+accomplished.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ephesus has been thus described: "It had been one of the early Greek
+colonies, later the capital of Ionia, and in Paul's day it was by far
+the largest and busiest of all the cities of proconsular Asia.  All the
+roads in Asia Minor centered in Ephesus and from its position it was
+almost as much a meeting place of eastern and western thought as
+Alexandria.  Its religion was oriental.  Its goddess called Artemis or
+Diana, had a Greek name but was the representative of an old Phrygian
+nature worship.  The goddess was an inartistic, many-breasted figure,
+the body carved with strange figures of animals, flowers, and fruits.
+The temple built by Alexander the Great was the most magnificent
+religious edifice in the world.  It was kept by a corporation of
+priests and priestesses, who were supported by the rents of vast
+estates.  For centuries Ephesus was a great center of pilgrimage, and
+pilgrims came from all parts of Asia to visit the famous shrine."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The first great blow which this worship received was given by Paul
+during his two years' stay in Ephesus, and the story told in this
+chapter is the history of the beginning of a decline from which the
+worship of Diana never recovered.  The speech of Demetrius perhaps
+exaggerates the effects of Paul's work, but it should be remembered
+that the gospel took firm hold of proconsular Asia from a very early
+period.  Paul's Epistles tell us of the churches in Ephesus, Laodicea,
+and Colossæ, and the Apocalypse adds churches in Pergamos, Smyrna,
+Thyatira, Sardis, and Philadelphia.  Half a century later, Pliny
+asserted that in this region the temples were deserted, the worship was
+neglected, and the sacrificial victims were unsold."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+During his long stay in Ephesus, Paul doubtless received many
+delegations and visitors from the churches formerly organized by him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The character of the Ephesian Christians can be seen from the Epistle
+addressed to them (See Study 9).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time and Extent.</B>&mdash;About four years, 54-58 A.D., were occupied by Paul
+in going about among the churches and about 3,500 miles were traveled.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Epistles.</B>&mdash;This journey was prolific in masterly writings.  Paul
+wrote the First and Second Epistles to the Corinthians from Ephesus
+about 57 A.D., Galatians from the same city (somewhere between 54 and
+56 A.D.), and Romans at Corinth in 58 A.D.  (See Study 8).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ITINERARY
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Through Galatia and Phrygia</B> (Acts 18:23).&mdash;After Paul had spent some
+time at Antioch, at the close of the second missionary journey, "He
+departed and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order
+strengthening all the disciples."  Thus Luke briefly sums up in a few
+words all the incidents of a journey of hundreds of miles of travel.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Ephesus</B> (Acts 19:1-20:1).&mdash;Evidently with the purpose of showing what
+is new and of chief importance in each journey Luke, as is his habit,
+calls attention to the work of Paul in Ephesus; other parts of this
+journey are passed over with slight mention.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Having gone through the upper coasts, Paul comes to Ephesus.  The chief
+events in this city, during the visit of the Apostle, were:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  The incident of the work of Apollos is given (Acts 18:24-19:1) to
+show how Paul found about twelve disciples of John the Baptist (Acts
+19:7) at Ephesus and instructed them further, baptizing them in the
+name of the Lord Jesus (Acts 19:5, compare Acts 19:1-7).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Three months were spent by Paul (Acts 19:8, 9) with the Jews in
+their synagogue, "disputing and persuading the things pertaining to the
+kingdom of God."  But when certain of them became hardened and it was
+plainly seen that little good was being done he left the synagogue.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  About two years' time was given, after the apostle had separated
+himself and followers from the Jewish synagogue, to teaching in the
+school or lecture room of Tyrannus (Acts 19:9, 10).  The result of this
+preaching and teaching was that a great multitude of men and women was
+brought to a confession of faith in Christ, throughout Asia.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  The mighty growth of the Word of God (Acts 19:20) was attested by
+the miracles which Paul did in the name of Christ (Acts 19:11, 12).  He
+confounded the Jewish exorcists, who attempted to imitate these
+miracles (Acts 19:13-20).  This great work was shown to be a thorough
+one from the fact that many who used curious arts brought their books
+and burned them amounting in value to over $31,000.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+5.  Paul now proposed, thinking the Ephesian church could stand alone
+(Acts 19:21, 22), "after he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia to
+go to Jerusalem, saying, after I have been there, I must also see
+Rome."  In anticipation of this visit he sent Timotheus and Erastus
+into Macedonia, "but he himself stayed in Asia for a season."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+6.  The tumult made by Demetrius (Acts 19:23-40) is a strong proof of
+the large impression made by the gospel of Jesus Christ upon not only
+the city of Ephesus but all Asia Minor.  The burning of the magical
+books had arrested the attention of many people, but when the sale of
+the silver images of the idol, Diana, began to fall off so as to touch
+the trade of the silversmiths they were up in arms at once.  Demetrius
+showed how the power of Christ had prevailed with men when he declared
+that, "Paul hath persuaded and turned away much people, saying that
+there be no gods which are made with hands."  The violence of the men
+who composed the mob showed how deeply Christianity had taken hold upon
+large numbers of people.  Paul, after the uproar had quieted down,
+carried out his intention of departing for Macedonia.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Through Macedonia and Greece</B> (Acts 21:1-6).&mdash;"The order of events
+seems to have been: (a) Timotheus and Erastus were sent to look after
+the church discipline at Corinth (Acts 19:22).  Stephanas and others
+came from Corinth and returned with the First Epistle to the
+Corinthians (1 Cor. 16:17).  (b) Paul meant to visit Corinth (1 Cor.
+4:18, 19); instead he went to Macedonia by Troas (2 Cor. 2:12, 13).
+(c) He waited at Troas for news from Corinth, and his anxiety told on
+his health (2 Cor. 2:12; 1:8; 4:10, 11; 12:7).  (d) In spite of illness
+he pressed on to Macedonia (2 Cor. 2:13), where he met Titus, who
+brought him good news of the state of the Corinthian church (2 Cor.
+7:5-9).  (e) He wrote the Second Epistle to the Corinthians and sent it
+by Titus, and resolved to wait sometime longer before going to Corinth,
+for he wished to take a contribution from the Corinthians to Jerusalem
+(2 Cor. 9:1-5).  (f) In Macedonia he probably visited Berea,
+Thessalonica, and Philippi, with perhaps a journey to Illyricum (Rom.
+15:19).  (g) He went to Greece (Corinth and Cenchrea).  (h) He proposed
+sailing for Syria with the contributions of the various churches, and
+with delegates who carried the money; Sopater from Berea, Aristarchus
+and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timotheus from
+Lystra, Tychicus and Trophimus from Ephesus (Acts 20:4; 21:29).  (i)
+The Jews of Corinth conspired to murder Paul on his embarkation, so his
+friends went by ship, and he eluded the conspirators by going by land
+to Philippi.  (j) Then he took ship for Troas, having Luke who had been
+at Philippi for his companion ("We sailed").
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Return Journey,</B> Troas to Jerusalem (Acts 20:6-21:15).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Troas.  Luke and Paul were five days in reaching Troas, from
+Philippi, where they found a number of the brethren who had preceded
+them (Acts 20:6, compare Acts 20:4-6).  Seven days were spent at Troas
+(Acts 20:6).  We have here the record of how the disciples spent the
+Sabbath day in breaking bread together and in listening to the
+preaching of Paul.  (Acts 20:7-12).  This last day here came near being
+marred by Eutychus meeting his death, when he fell down from the third
+loft.  But Paul was there and Eutychus's life was spared.  The meeting
+did not break up until the next morning, so interested were they in
+talking over "The Way."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Troas to Miletus (Acts 20:13-15).  Paul's company went by ship
+first to Assos, where Paul met them; he having covered the distance of
+about twenty miles on foot.  At Assos Paul joined the company on the
+ship and they sailed from Assos to Mitylene.  "And we sailed thence,"
+says Luke, "and came the next day over against Chios; and the next day
+we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we
+came to Miletus."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  At Miletus (Acts 20:17-38) Paul sent for the elders of the Ephesian
+church to come to him.  When they came he spoke to them in a very
+touching and tender way.  This address has been divided into four
+parts: (a) What was behind Paul; he called them to witness that he had
+been faithful in declaring to them the full gospel of Jesus Christ,
+repentance toward God and faith in the Lord Jesus Christ.  (b) What was
+before Paul; he said that in every city the Holy Ghost witnessed that
+bonds and afflictions awaited him.  (c) What was before the elders of
+the Ephesian church; it was theirs to take care of the flock over which
+they presided and "to feed the church of God."  (d) Commendation of the
+elders to God in their good work.  (e) Paul's earnest prayer for their
+welfare.  (f) The farewell words.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Miletus to Cæsarea and Jerusalem (Acts 21:1-15) by way of Coos,
+Rhodes, Patara, Tyre, and Cæsarea.  At Tyre there was a wait of seven
+days and a change of ships; in this city it was testified to Paul that
+he should not go up to Jerusalem.  At the parting, when Paul and his
+company took ship to go to Cæsarea, the disciples of Tyre came out to
+see them off and all kneeled down on the shore and prayed.  At Cæsarea
+where Paul's company tarried many days, it was again made known to Paul
+by the Holy Ghost that bonds and imprisonment awaited him at Jerusalem,
+but still he pressed on saying, "The will of the Lord be done."
+Arriving in Jerusalem they were gladly received by the brethren.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+What was the method of evangelizing the ancient world?  How did the
+three missionary journeys differ from each other?  What can be said of
+the chief city in which Paul spent so much of the time of this journey?
+Time and extent of this journey?  What Epistles were written?  Give the
+chief incidents of the itinerary; through Galatia and Phrygia; in
+Ephesus; through Macedonia and Greece; the return voyage.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap06"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+</H3>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 13:1-28:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY VI
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+JERUSALEM TO ROME
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Acts 21:17-28:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>This Journey</B>&mdash;From Jerusalem to Rome.  The Seven Speeches.  The
+Writings.  Time and Extent.  The Historical Connections.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Paul at Jerusalem</B>&mdash;The Return to Jerusalem.  The Meeting with James
+and the Elders of the Church.  The Temple Riot.  The Speech of Paul to
+the Rioters.  Before the Jewish Council.  Paul Comforted by God.
+Conspiracy of Jewish Fanatics.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Paul at Cæsarea</B>&mdash;The First Defense, before Jewish Accusers and the
+Roman Governor Felix.  Second Defense, before Felix.  Third Defense,
+before Festus.  Fourth Defense, before Festus and King Agrippa II.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Voyage to Rome</B>&mdash;Cæsarea to Myra.  Myra to Melita.  Melita to Rome.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Paul at Rome</B>&mdash;Testifying to the Jews.  Testifying to the Gentiles.
+Incidental Notices of the Imprisonment.  The Further Travels of Paul.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+</H3>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 13:2-28:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY VI
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+JERUSALEM TO ROME
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 21:11-28:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THIS JOURNEY
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 21:17-28:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+<B>From Jerusalem to Rome.</B>&mdash;This portion of the book of the Acts
+comprises more than one quarter of the whole, or seven and a half
+chapters.  There must have been some important purpose to be served by
+thus relating so fully the incidents of this period in Paul's life; for
+Luke elsewhere narrates only the incidents of the missionary journeys
+which are of great interest.  It may be that his purpose was to show,
+with the full connecting incidents, how clearly and strongly Paul
+testified, to the Jews in the temple (Acts 22:1-23), and before the
+Roman tribunal (Acts 25:13, 14, 26; 26:1-32), that Jesus was the
+Christ.  Jesus himself, before his death, gave the same testimony to
+the Sanhedrin (Matt. 26:63, 64; Mark 14:61, 62; Luke 22:67-69), and the
+Roman tribunal (John 18:33-37).  The testimony of Paul was further
+carried to imperial Rome, the capital of the world (Acts 28:17-24).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Seven Speeches.</B>&mdash;The last recorded addresses of the Great Apostle
+are a striking feature of this period.  They show his faith after it
+had been tried and tested in his toilsome years of missionary labors.
+They reveal the courage and character of the man in that they were
+given when he was in bonds and in imminent peril of his life.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  The speech before the Jewish mob in the temple (Acts 22:1-29) in
+which Paul tells the Jews how he was changed from a persecutor to a
+believer in Christ.  He relates also the story of his conversion.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  The speech before the Jewish council (Acts 22:30; 23:1-10) in which
+he creates confusion by raising the question of the resurrection.  But
+the provocation was great for the high-priest had commanded that Paul
+be smitten on the mouth when he began to speak.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  The speech before Felix, the Roman governor (Acts 24:10-22) in
+which he makes his defense against Jewish accusers, and affirms his
+belief in the new "Way" and in the resurrection.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  The speech before Felix and Brasilia, his wife, (Acts 24:24-27).
+Paul, being sent for by Felix to tell him of his faith in Christ,
+reasons "of righteousness, temperance, and judgment to come."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+5.  The speech before Festus the Roman governor (Acts 25:7-11) in which
+Paul appeals to Cæsar.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+6.  The speech before Festus, the Roman governor, and King Agrippa and
+his wife, Bernice, (Acts 25:13; 26:1-32).  Here Paul again relates the
+story of his conversion and shows that Jesus is the Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+7.  The speech before the chief Jews in Rome (Acts 28:17-31) showing
+that Jesus is the Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Writings.</B>&mdash;During the two years' imprisonment of Paul in Cæsarea
+we have no account of any Epistles written by him.  But when he arrives
+in Rome he again begins to indite those writings which have made his
+name so famous.  From his prison in Rome he sent out four letters which
+have been called, "The Epistles of the First Imprisonment"; Colossians,
+Philemon, Ephesians, and Philippians (See Chapter 9).  For profound
+expositions of the Christian doctrines, lofty ethical teaching, and
+mellowness of feeling they stand unequalled.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time and Extent.</B>&mdash;Paul arrived in Jerusalem in 58 A.D.  He was
+imprisoned two years in Cæsarea, 58 to 60 A.D.  The voyage to Rome was
+in the winter of 60 and 61 A D.  He was imprisoned in Rome two years,
+61 to 63 A.D.  In extent the journey which Paul took from Cæsarea to
+Rome was about 2,300 miles.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Historical Connections.</B>&mdash;Nero was Emperor of Rome (since 54
+A.D.).  Felix was Procurator of Judea from 51 to 60 A.D., when he was
+succeeded by Festus.  We fix the date of Paul's going to Rome by the
+fact that when Festus came in 60 A.D., he made his appeal to Cæsar.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PAUL AT JERUSALEM
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Return</B> to Jerusalem (Acts 21:17-23:23) was at the feast of
+Pentecost when it was crowded with strangers from all parts of the
+world.  Paul had been warned not to come back to this city (Acts
+21:10-14) and it might have been possible for him to have remained
+away, passing the last years of his life in high honor and peace as the
+Great Apostle and Head of the Gentile churches.  But he seems to have
+felt it incumbent upon him to return to Jerusalem and testify for his
+faith (Acts 21:14), and to carry alms (Acts 24:17).  Paul was now about
+sixty years of age and for more than ten years had been engaged in the
+most arduous missionary labors, enduring stonings, beatings, and
+contumelies of all kinds, for the sake of preaching Jesus Christ.  More
+than twenty years had elapsed since his conversion; and before his
+well-known three missionary journeys he had been actively engaged in
+the work which he loved so well.  In his body he must have borne the
+marks of these incessant labors, but his spirit was as fresh and
+undaunted as ever.  Whatever awaited him in Jerusalem he was ready for
+it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Meeting with James and the Elders of the Church</B> (Acts 21:17-25)
+seems to have been a pleasant one.  Paul told his story of the wonders
+wrought in the Gentile world, and God was glorified, but there seems to
+have been a certain constraint upon the company.  Paul was well known
+everywhere as an exponent of that liberty in Christ by which the
+Gentiles when they became Christians were not obliged to become Jews
+and obey the laws of Moses.  We find the elders, while freely admitting
+the binding nature of the decision of the Jerusalem Council upon this
+matter, advising him to show the many thousands of Jews who believed
+and kept the law, that he himself still held to the observance of the
+law.  Hence the urgency with which they requested him to purify himself
+in the temple, with certain men who had a vow, so that the Jews might
+see that he was not a renegade.  The consequences of this advice soon
+became evident.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Temple Riot and Paul's Imprisonment</B> (Acts 21:26-39).&mdash;When the
+days of purification for his companions were almost completed some Jews
+of Asia saw him and at once raised a great tumult.  It is a wonder that
+he was not seen and recognized earlier.  Doubtless the Asian Jews had
+been restrained in their own cities from wreaking their hatred upon
+Paul to the full, by the strong arm of the Roman magistrate.  At once a
+great outcry was raised and Paul would have fared badly if he had not
+been rescued by the Roman soldiers, to be imprisoned by them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Speech of Paul to the Rioters</B> (Acts 21:40-22:23).&mdash;He requested
+that he be permitted to speak to this angry crowd of fanatic Jews, who
+were howling for his life.  What would he say?  What defense could he
+make?  Listen to him!  He is telling the story of his life and
+conversion, on the way to Damascus.  He is glorifying Jesus and urging
+them to believe in Him.  There is not one word about the indignities
+that have been heaped upon himself.  This personal testimony in this
+city where Paul had been the chief persecutor was wonderful.  But as
+the Jews had demanded the life of Christ, when he was upon earth and
+testified to His mission, so now they demanded the life of Paul.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Before the Jewish Council</B> (Acts 22:24-23:10).&mdash;Paul, rescued from the
+clutches of the mob, would have been scourged by the Romans had he not
+declared himself a Roman.  On the morrow, taken before the Sanhedrin,
+and seeing no hope of any justice being done him, he sets one party of
+it over against the other by declaring that he was a Pharisee and "of
+the hope of the resurrection of the dead I am called in question."  So
+great was the dissension that arose over this matter that Paul was
+faring badly when he was rescued by the chief captain and his soldiers.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Paul Comforted by God</B> (Acts 23:10).&mdash;Paul must have been quite worn
+out with the tumults and mobs of the last two days.  The encouragement
+of God speaking to him and telling him to be of good cheer, and that as
+he had testified of Him in Jerusalem, he must also bear witness in
+Rome, put a new heart in him.  It had been Paul's great desire to visit
+Rome and preach Christ in that city (Rome 1:11-15; Acts 19:21).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Conspiracy of Jewish Fanatics</B> (Acts 23:10-30).&mdash;The mad hatred of the
+Jews against Paul is shown by more than forty men binding themselves
+under a curse to kill him.  The astonishing thing about this conspiracy
+is that the conspirators showed what they proposed to do to the chief
+priests and elders and asked their aid to bring Paul down for another
+examination that they might kill him.  The plot was brought to naught
+by Paul's nephew, who heard of it and told Paul.  This information was
+at once given to the chief captain, who determined to send Paul away
+that night to the Roman governor at Cæsarea.  It was a large escort,
+200 legionaries, 200 light armed troops, skirmishers, and 70 cavalry,
+which was sent out with Paul.  This great company of soldiers showed
+the immanent danger in which Paul stood at this time.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PAUL AT CÆSAREA
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 23:33-27:1</I>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Paul now comes under Roman jurisdiction and remains for two years (Acts
+24:27) a prisoner in Cæsarea.  He is not kept in close confinement and
+his friends are allowed to see him (Acts 24:23).  Who came to see him
+of these friends and what they talked about Luke does not tell us.  Our
+attention seems to be purposely directed to the defense which Paul made
+of his faith and work before the Roman governors, Felix and Festus, and
+the Jewish King Agrippa II.  As Pilate had seen no just cause why
+Christ should be condemned to death, so Felix and Festus, when Paul had
+testified of his faith in Christ before them, saw no reason why he
+should suffer the death penalty.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The First Defense; before Jewish Accusers and the Roman Governor,
+Felix</B> (Acts 23:33-24:23).&mdash;Awaiting the coming of his accusers from
+Jerusalem Paul was kept in Herod's judgment hall.  After five days
+Ananias, with the elders, and an orator, named Tertullus, came to
+Cæsarea, and charged Paul with being "a mover of sedition among all the
+Jews throughout the world, and a ring-leader of the sect of the
+Nazarenes"; they also accused him of profaning the temple.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Paul being beckoned by the governor to speak replied in answer to the
+charges made against him: (a) That Felix, who has been governor so long
+(since 51 A.D.), must know from personal knowledge, that he had not
+been engaged in any sedition and that this charge could not be proved
+against him.  It had only been twelve days since he went up to
+Jerusalem and a number of them had been spent in Roman custody.  During
+this period there had been no time to plot against the government.  (b)
+While he worshipped God after the way that they called heresy, yet he
+believed all that was written in the law and the prophets.  He had come
+he said "after many years to bring alms to my nation, and offerings."
+It was true that certain Jews had found him "purified in the temple,
+neither with multitude, nor with tumult."  These ought to have been
+present and to have testified to these things.  (c) He denied that he
+had committed any sacrilege.  When he was seized in the temple he was
+in the very act of performing a portion of the worship prescribed by
+the Mosaic law.  (d) The knowledge of those present "went no further
+than that they had heard him declare his belief in the doctrine of the
+resurrection from the dead" (Acts 22:30-23:1-6).  Upon the conclusion
+of Paul's argument, Felix adjourned the case until Lysias, the chief
+captain, should come down and give his testimony.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<I>Second Defense; before Felix and his Wife, Drusilla</I> (Acts
+24:24-27).&mdash;This was evidently a private hearing of Paul of his faith
+in Christ.  There was ample reason for the trembling of Felix when Paul
+"reasoned of righteousness, temperance, and judgment to come."  Felix
+was a notoriously unjust ruler who had taken bribes, murdered a
+high-priest and, relying upon the influence of his infamous brother
+Pallas at Rome, was steeped in crimes.  He had induced his wife
+Drusilla to desert her husband to marry him.  Felix showed his
+character when he sent for Paul a number of times and communed with
+him, hoping to receive a bribe.  When recalled to Rome in consequence
+of repeated complaints of his misadministration of justice he, "willing
+to show the Jews a pleasure, left Paul bound."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Third Defense; before Festus, the New Governor</B> (Acts
+25:1-12).&mdash;Festus, Josephus tells us, was one of the best procurators
+of Judea.  He was appointed by Nero in the year 60 A.D., and died two
+years after this.  He is importuned by "the high-priest and the chief
+of the Jews, as soon as he takes office, to send Paul back to Jerusalem
+(in order that he might be killed on the way thither).  Festus replies
+that they are to come to Cæsarea and there make their accusations
+against Paul.  When they are come and Festus sits on the judgment seat
+they make "many and grievous complaints against Paul which they could
+not prove."  Paul's answer is: neither against the law of the Jews,
+neither against the temple, nor yet against Cæsar, have I offended in
+anything at all."  But Festus showed, notwithstanding his many good
+traits, a decided leaning toward Paul's accusers.  When therefore
+Festus asked Paul if he would go back to Jerusalem and be there judged
+before the Sanhedrin, Paul recognizes the hopelessness of his case and
+exercised his right as a Roman citizen in taking an appeal to the
+judgment seat of Cæsar.  This right of appeal was one of the most
+important prerogatives of the Roman citizen; he had only to say the
+word, "Appello" and proceedings must at once be stopped; his case must
+go to the court of the emperor.  In exercising this appeal Paul very
+justly said that if he had done anything worthy of death he was willing
+to die, but if the charges made against him by the Jewish high-priest
+and elders were not true he ought not to be delivered up to them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Fourth Defense; before Festus and King Agrippa II.</B>&mdash;In Acts 25:13-27
+we have an account of the visit of Jewish King Agrippa II. to Festus
+and the statement of the latter in regard to the case of Paul.  Festus
+is at a loss what to write about the prisoner, to the imperial court
+(Acts 25:25-27), the accusations of the Jews having failed of proof.
+To send a prisoner to Cæsar and not be able to state clearly what his
+crime was might involve Festus in difficulties.  Agrippa, as a Jew,
+might be able to give some light upon this matter.  The question seemed
+to be in regard to religious freedom.  Rome did not allow religious
+liberty.  The Jewish religion, however, was licensed as one of the
+forms under which men were allowed to worship God in the Roman empire.
+Agrippa might be able to solve this question as to whether Paul was or
+was not within his legal rights and the Christianity which he professed
+be as legal as Judaism.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Paul in his argument (Acts 26:1-29) before Festus and King Agrippa II.,
+took the ground that Christianity, as an outgrowth of Judaism, had a
+legal status.  Paul said that he preached that the Messiah had come in
+the person of Jesus Christ and this was the One whom Moses and the
+prophets had foretold, (a) Paul's introduction is very courteous.  He
+recognizes King Agrippa as well versed "in all customs and questions
+which are among the Jews."  (b) He declares his early life to be well
+known, as a Jew, and, of the strictest sect, a Pharisee.  (c) He stands
+accused because he believes that the Messiah, whom all Jews are praying
+may come, has come.  (c) Here, as Prof. Lindsay says, in his commentary
+on the Acts, "Agrippa may by look, word, or gesture have suggested, A
+crucified Messiah! and Paul have answered, No, but a risen Redeemer!
+Is it incredible that God should raise the dead?"  Then Paul continues
+saying, that he himself was an enemy of Christ at first.  (d) Paul
+proceeds with his argument, giving his personal testimony, how this
+risen Messiah had appeared to him on the way to Damascus and what He
+had said to him.  (e) Then he shows how it had been foretold by the
+prophets and Moses that Christ should suffer "and that He should be the
+first that should rise from the dead, and should show forth light unto
+the people, and to the Gentiles."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The argument is over and after certain remarks, by Festus and Agrippa
+which are characteristic of both men, there is a conference and a
+decision rendered by the Roman governor and Jewish King, "That this man
+doeth nothing worthy of death or of bonds."  But the appeal to Cæsar
+cannot be set aside and Paul must go to Rome.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE VOYAGE TO ROME
+</H4>
+
+<H5 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Scripture, Acts 21:1-28:31</I>
+</H5>
+
+<P>
+Paul now begins his long delayed trip to Rome not, however, as he
+expected a free man, but as a prisoner.  He comes finally to Rome and
+there testifies of his faith in Christ.  His native force of character
+and Christian graces bring him to the front upon this voyage and in the
+time of shipwreck he takes over the command.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Three ships convey him to Rome, one of which is cast away on the island
+of Melita; if we follow the fortunes of these three ships this section
+of Acts may be divided into three parts:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Cæsarea to Myra</B> (a city of Lycia) or the fortunes of Paul upon the
+first ship (Acts 27:1-5).  Aristarchus and Luke were the companions who
+embarked with the Great Apostle upon a ship of Adramyttium.  Paul was
+in charge of Julius, "a centurion of Augustus's band."  The first stop
+was at Sidon where Paul was given "liberty to go unto his friends and
+refresh himself."  The ship then sailed for the city of Myra in Lycia
+passing to the east and north of the island of Cyprus.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Myra to the Island of Melita</B>, or the fortunes of Paul upon the second
+ship (27:6-28:10).  Arrived at the city of Myra the whole company
+changed ships, re-embarking in a large ship which was probably engaged
+in the grain carrying trade between Alexandria in Egypt and Rome.  This
+portion of the voyage was full of difficulties from the beginning.
+From Myra to Cnidus (a peninsula which projected from the Carian coast
+having Cos on the north and Rhodes on the south) the progress against
+baffling winds was slow.  The first stop was made at Fair Havens, a
+place upon the southern coast of Crete (the modern Candia).  It was
+here that Paul foretold the serious danger to the ship if the voyage
+should be continued.  But the centurion taking the advice of the master
+and owner of the ship, and because the harbour "was not commodious to
+winter in," determined to make an attempt to reach Phenice (a harbour
+west of Crete and upon the same side of the island).  The adventures
+that befell the ship's company, and, the misfortune that came to the
+ship, in the terrible fourteen days that followed after the departure
+from Fair Havens are best understood through the graphic language of
+Luke, an eye witness (Acts 27:14-44 should be read carefully in this
+connection).  It is in this time of trial that Paul steps forth and
+shows his mastery over men.  Comforted himself by "the angel of God" he
+comforts others in declaring that no harm shall come to the lives of
+those in the ship.  In the midst of this great storm he alone is calm
+and able to insist that his companions keep up their courage and
+strength, and not to give away to despair.  The island of Melita (the
+modern Malta), where the shipwreck took place, lies directly south of
+Sicily.  The place where the Great Apostle was cast ashore is now known
+as St. Paul's Bay.  The inhabitants of the island received the ship's
+company "with no little kindness" and Paul engaged here in a healing
+ministry, curing the father of Publius, the chief man of the island, of
+a fever and many others of diseases.  In whatever place or
+circumstances Paul comes he at once begins to exercise his Christian
+gifts.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Island of Melita to Rome</B>, or the adventures of Paul on the third
+ship (Acts 28:11-16).  Three months were spent at Melita.  Then Paul
+and the company embarked on another Alexandrian grain ship for Puteoli,
+"eight miles southwest of Naples and the principal harbour south of
+Rome in Paul's day."  "It was the port at which the Egyptian grain
+ships usually unloaded."  There were two stops made on the way to
+Puteoli, one at Syracuse in Sicily and the other at Rhegium, at the
+southern point of Italy.  At Puteoli Paul found Christian brethren with
+whom he remained for seven days.  The Roman Christians came but to meet
+Paul at Apii Forum, forty-three miles, and the Three Taverns,
+thirty-three miles from Rome.  This expression of love and interest in
+him and his welfare greatly cheered the heart of the Apostle.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PAUL AT ROME
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Testifying to the Jews</B> (Acts 28:17-27).&mdash;After an interval of only
+three days Paul called the chief of the Jews together, and explained to
+them why he had been sent to Rome.  He declared that he had no
+accusation to make against his nation to the Roman authorities, but
+that he was a prisoner on account of his advocacy of the hope of Israel
+fulfilled in Jesus Christ.  But the Jews replied that they had had no
+word about Paul from Jerusalem.  Desiring to hear more of what Paul had
+to say about the Christians they appointed a day in which they would
+hear Paul at his lodgings.  This hearing was evidently very thorough,
+and the usual division was made of believing and unbelieving Jews.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Testifying to the Gentiles</B> (Acts 28:28).&mdash;Paul receiving no
+sufficient response to his words from the Jews now turns his attention
+to the Gentiles.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Two Years' Imprisonment</B> (Acts 28:30, 31) was spent in preaching
+the gospel of Jesus Christ, in his own hired house, and receiving all
+who came to him.  Although Paul was a prisoner he was allowed complete
+freedom of speech.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Incidental Notices of this Imprisonment</B> are found in the four
+Epistles which were written from Rome during its continuance.  Prof. J.
+R. Lumby, D.D. (Acts, Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges) says:
+"We know from first to last the prisoner's chain hurt Paul (Eph. 3:1;
+4:1; Phil. 1:13, 16; Col. 4:18; Philem. 1, 9, 10), and that his cause
+was at times an object of much anxiety (Phil. 2:23, 24).  We also learn
+from the same letters that besides Luke and Aristarchus (Acts 27:2;
+28:15) he had also the fellowship, for some time at least, of Tychicus,
+who (Eph. 6:21) was the bearer of his letter to Ephesus; of Timothy,
+whom (Phil. 1:1; Col. 1:1; Philem. 1) he joins with himself in the
+greeting to the churches of Philippi and Colossæ and also in that to
+Philemon.  In the former of these churches Timothy had been a fellow
+laborer with the Apostle.  Epaphroditus came with the Philippian
+contributions to the aid of the imprisoned Apostle (Phil. 4:18).
+Onesimus found out Paul when in flight from his master he made his way
+to Rome (Col. 4:9; Philem. 10).  Mark, the cousin of Barnabas, was also
+there and another Jewish convert, Jesus, called Justus, of whom we only
+know that the Apostle considered him worthy to be called a fellow
+worker unto the kingdom of God (Col. 4:11).  Epaphras from the churches
+of Laodicea and Hieropolis, had come to visit Paul, and to bring him
+greetings doubtless of the Christians there, and carry back some words
+of earnest council and advice from the Roman prisoner (Col. 4:12, 13).
+Last of all Demas was there to be mentioned as having forsaken the good
+way through love of this present world (Col. 4:14; 2 Tim. 4:10).  More
+than this and the few words in verses thirty and thirty-one, of Acts
+28, we do not know of this first imprisonment."  His spirit however was
+unsubdued through all his hardships and he was ever exhorting the
+disciples of Christ to rejoice in Him (Phil. 2:1, 2; 4:4).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Further Travels of Paul</B> are considered in Study 10.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+How much space does the account of this journey occupy in the Acts, and
+why is so much given to it?  What do the seven speeches of Paul
+signify?  What Epistles did Paul write while at Rome?  Give the time
+and extent of this journey.  Give the historical connections.  Why did
+Paul return to Jerusalem?  Give an account of his meeting with James
+and the elders; the temple riot; his speech to the rioters; and his
+speech before the Jewish Council.  How was Paul comforted by God?  What
+was the conspiracy of the Jewish fanatics?  How long did Paul remain a
+prisoner at Cæsarea?  Give an account of his first defense before his
+Jewish accusers, and the Roman governor Felix; his second defense
+before Felix; his third defense before Festus; and his fourth defense
+before Festus and King Agrippa II.  Give an account of the voyage to
+Rome; Cæsarea to Myra; Myra to Melita; and Melita to Rome.  What did
+Paul testify to the Jews and Gentiles in Rome?  Where do we find
+incidental notices of this imprisonment?
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap07"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY VII
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE FUTURE OF CHRIST'S KINGDOM
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FIRST GROUP OF EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FIRST AND SECOND EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Introduction to the Epistles of Paul</B>&mdash;Epistolary Writings.  Some
+Reasons for Paul's Writings.  Qualifications of Paul.  How the Epistles
+are Best Understood.  Titles and Groups.  Common Plan.  Supreme Purpose.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Future of Christ's Kingdom</B>&mdash;The First Group of Epistles.  The
+Chief Doctrinal Point.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The First Epistle to the Thessalonians</B>&mdash;The Founding of the Church.
+Occasion, Time, and Place of Writing.  Contents.  Analysis.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Second Epistle to the Thessalonians</B>&mdash;Occasion, Time, and Place of
+Writing.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY VII
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE FUTURE OF CHRIST'S KINGDOM
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FIRST GROUP OF EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE FIRST AND SECOND EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+INTRODUCTION TO THE EPISTLES OF PAUL
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Epistolary Writings.</B>&mdash;The New Testament is composed of twenty-seven
+books, twenty-one of which are Epistles.  Of this latter number
+thirteen are ascribed to Paul.  It is thus seen how largely the New
+Testament is made up of Epistles and how many of these are attributed
+to the Great Apostle.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In the letters of men of great prominence and power of any age we get
+closer to the real condition of the affairs of that age than by any
+other means.  In this way, we get information at first hand from the
+participants in the events of which they write.  It is fortunate for us
+that we have this first hand material with which to deal, when we come
+to study the early growth and development of Christianity.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+By means of the New Testament Epistles (which are real letters and
+written with a definite purpose in view) we look directly into the
+faith, the customs, and practices of the early Christian churches.  We
+see how they were organized and how they conducted their services.  We
+see the marvelous changes wrought in the lives and characters of the
+converts.  We note that the triumphs of faith were won through a belief
+in the Divine Son of God and the power of the Holy Ghost.  The
+struggles and difficulties of these early Christians in coming out of
+heathenism are depicted in a masterly way.  Paul, in his endeavor to
+guide aright the churches, of which he had been the spiritual father,
+shows what he believes and teaches about God, the Holy Ghost, Jesus
+Christ, sin, redemption, and the future state of the soul.  In these
+letters the incidental and indirect references to the doctrines taught,
+and the customs of the early churches, are as valuable as the direct.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Some Reasons for Paul's Writings.</B>&mdash;The Apostle was the founder of
+churches over a large area of territory.  He soon realized, however,
+that it was impossible to visit them as often as he desired and as
+frequently as he ought.  Many of the converts had come out of
+heathenism and needed doctrinal and ethical instruction in the way of
+Christ.  They also needed encouragement, comfort, and sometimes sharp
+correction for outbreaking sins.  As means of communication were open
+and easy along the well kept Roman roads, what was more natural than
+that Paul should begin to write letters which were not only to be read
+by the particular churches to which they were addressed, but passed on
+to the other churches.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Qualifications of Paul.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Intellectual.  He was not only pre-eminent as a missionary, but
+even more remarkable as a writer.  "He was the greatest thinker of his
+age, if not of any age, who in the midst of his outward labors was
+producing writings which have ever since been among the mightiest
+intellectual forces of the world and are still growing."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Spiritual.  He had been converted in a wonderful way and had
+received a special revelation from Christ (Acts 9:3-15; 1 Cor. 15:3;
+Gal. 1:11, 12).  He had been called to his great work among the
+Gentiles by Christ and the Holy Ghost (Acts 9:15; 13:2).  He was
+absolutely absorbed in the work of Christ and in making known His
+gospel.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>How the Epistles are Best Understood.</B>&mdash;Each one should be studied in
+the light of the occasion which called it forth and in connection with
+the church, group of churches, or the individual to which it is
+addressed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Titles and Groups.</B>&mdash;The thirteen Epistles fall naturally into four
+groups; in each of which is set forth some great doctrinal and ethical
+truth.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+First Group, First and Second Thessalonians.  "These Epistles are
+short, simple, and practical.  They may be regarded as illustrating
+Paul's earlier missionary instruction to his converts&mdash;hence the name
+'Missionary Epistles,' sometimes applied to them.  They treat of but
+one doctrinal subject&mdash;the second coming of Christ."  It should be
+borne in mind, however, that Paul speaks of Jesus Christ as "The Lord,"
+"Our Lord," about twenty-five times in First Thessalonians; this shows
+how thoroughly he believed in the Deity of Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Second Group, Galatians, First and Second Corinthians and Romans.
+"This group is the great repertory of Paul's doctrinal and ethical
+teaching.  Galatians and Romans deal chiefly with his doctrine of
+justification by faith.  They are designed to disprove the current
+Jewish teaching (which was invading the churches) that men might be
+saved by obedience to the Mosaic law.  On the contrary Paul maintained
+that the sole basis of salvation is the grace of God to be appropriated
+by faith on man's part."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Third Group, Colossians, Philemon, Ephesians, and Philippians.  "This
+group is predominantly Christological.  Errors had invaded the churches
+addressed, which tended to degrade the person and work of Christ, and
+the Apostle writes with a view to showing his pre-eminence and saving
+power, so that the readers may be induced to keep their allegiance to
+Christ and His gospel."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Fourth Group, First Timothy, Titus and Second Timothy.  "These are
+called 'The Pastoral Epistles,' and were designed to instruct Timothy
+and Titus as superintendents of the churches in Ephesus and Crete, and
+were thus semi-official in character.  But they have also a strong
+personal element and a tone of warm sympathy and affection."  The above
+characterization of the four groups of these Epistles by Prof. G. B.
+Stevens is brief and to the point.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Common Plan.</B>&mdash;The plan in all of Paul's Epistles, with slight
+variations, is much the same.  The outlines of these letters fall
+uniformly into six divisions.  "First, a greeting sometimes very brief,
+sometimes extending over several verses, in which he generally manages
+with consummate skill to strike the keynote of the whole letter.
+Secondly, a thanksgiving to God for the Christian gifts and graces of
+his converts.  Thirdly, a doctrinal part, in which he argues out or
+explains some great topic of Christian truth, specially required by the
+condition of the church to which he is writing.  Fourthly, a practical
+section, in which he applies to daily moral duties the great doctrines
+which he has developed.  Fifthly, personal messages, salutations, and
+details.  Sixthly, a brief autograph conclusion to ratify the
+genuineness of the entire letter."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Supreme Purpose</B> was to make known the Divine Christ as the Savior
+of all men, both Jew and Gentile (1 Cor. 2:1-16; Col. 1:9-29; Phil.
+2:9-11; Acts 26:22, 23; Rom. 3:9-31).
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE FUTURE OF CHRIST'S KINGDOM
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FIRST GROUP OF EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE FIRST AND SECOND EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The First Group of Epistles.</B>&mdash;The First and Second Epistles to the
+Thessalonians are the earliest writings of Paul of which we have any
+certain knowledge.  He may possibly have written earlier epistles,
+which are now lost.  He speaks of writing a salutation "in every
+epistle" (2 Thess. 3:17), "with mine own hand," which may imply that he
+had already written a number of Epistles.  In regard to later writings
+he also speaks of an Epistle (1 Cor. 5:9) to the Corinthians written to
+them before that now known as First Corinthians and of one written to
+the Laodiceans (Col. 4:16); of these writings we have no record save
+these incidental notices, if these notices refer to lost Epistles.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Chief Doctrinal Point</B> considered in this group is "The Future of
+Christ's Kingdom" as it was related to His second coming (1 Thess.
+4:13-5:9, compare 2 Thess. 2:1-17).  It was natural that, after so
+great a manifestation of the Divine Christ, the earlier believers in
+Him should make much of the promise that He said He would come again,
+and amid their troubles and difficulties the strong tendency would be
+to think that second coming was close at hand.  It is a well known fact
+however that the near approach of a great joy or sorrow unfits men and
+women for the ordinary pursuits of life.  Paul, in his first letter to
+the members of the church of Thessalonica, spoke of the second coming
+of Christ to relieve their minds of a worry over those who had died
+since he had preached to them (lest they should not see the Lord when
+He came), and also to encourage them in their faith (1 Thess. 4:13-18).
+It seems that Paul was taken to mean by what he wrote that Christ's
+coming was near at hand.  The believers in Christ, in Thessalonica,
+began to give up their ordinary avocations and pursuits in speedy
+anticipation of this great event.  He therefore takes occasion in his
+second letter to the church to correct the impression that Christ's
+coming (2 Thess. 2:1-17) was near at hand.  He exhorts them to true and
+faithful living in the sight of their Lord Jesus Christ (2 Thess.
+3:1-18) as the best way to serve their Divine Master.  The principle of
+the true Christian life is here set forth in a masterly way; it holds
+good for all time and all peoples.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE THESSALONIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Founding of the Church at Thessalonica</B> (Acts 17:1-10).&mdash;Paul was
+on his second missionary journey and this church was the second which
+he organized in Europe.  He entered into the synagogue at Thessalonica
+and three Sabbath days reasoned with the Jews out of the scriptures,
+"opening and alleging, that Christ must needs have suffered and risen
+again from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom I preach to you, is
+Christ" (Acts 17:3).  Through this preaching a few of the Jews believed
+"and of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief women not
+a few."  It appears from this account that the church was mostly made
+up of Gentiles.  But through the opposition of the Jews all the city
+was set in an uproar and Paul was sent away by night to Berea.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Occasion, Time, and Place of Writing.</B>&mdash;Paul left Thessalonica
+unwillingly for he had a great affection for his converts in this city.
+Twice he endeavored to return, but was prevented from doing so (2:17,
+18).  When he reached Athens (Acts 17:15) he grew so anxious about the
+church at Thessalonica that he sent Timothy back to see how it
+prospered (3:1, 2).  While Timothy was gone on his mission Paul went on
+to Corinth (Acts 18:1).  Here Timothy found him when he returned with
+his report of the church (Acts 18:5; 1 Thess. 3:6).  Paul was greatly
+pleased with what Timothy had to say about the converts.  While
+enduring persecution they were standing fast in the Lord and devoted to
+their faith in Christ (3:7-13).  The report which Timothy brought was
+the occasion of the first letter to this church.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The time was, in all probability, in the winter of 52-53 A.D., and the
+place of writing was at Corinth, where Paul remained for over a year
+and a half (Acts 18:1, 11, 18).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Contents.</B>&mdash;The first three chapters are of a personal character and
+show how dear to Paul's heart were these converts of Thessalonica.
+They also show the good record made for the short time since they had
+embraced Christianity.  But nothing could be more revolutionary in
+those days than to become a Christian; therefore Paul takes occasion to
+correct social, moral, and doctrinal faults and to instruct them more
+fully in the faith, in Christ, which they professed.  In the matter of
+doctrine Paul mentions Christ as "the Lord," "our Lord" about
+twenty-five times, showing his belief in and teaching of the Deity of
+Christ.  In regard to Christ's speedy second coming, of which many seem
+to have had a lively expectation so that they were troubled when some
+died lest these had lost their opportunity to see this glorious event,
+Paul writes to reassure them that all believers, those who have died
+and those who are alive at that time, "will enter together and share
+equally in the blessings of Christ's heavenly kingdom" (4:13-18).  The
+Epistle closes with exhortations to be joyful, thankful, and prayerful.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Introduction (1:1-10).  Personal address and salutation.
+Thanksgiving for their faith, love and hope in Jesus Christ and for
+their conversion.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Narrative (2:1-4:12).  How the gospel was given and how it was
+received at Thessalonica.  An account of Paul's care and anxiety for
+the church.  Paul's prayer for their establishment in the faith of
+Jesus Christ.  Exhortation to abstain as followers of Christ from
+impurity and fraud; to follow after holiness and brotherly love.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Doctrinal (4:13-5:11).  The second advent of Christ.  The parts
+which the dead and living will have when Christ shall come again.  The
+uncertainty of the time.  The need of constant watchfulness.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Practical (5:12-28).  Rules for the conduct of the church, its
+overseers and members.  Exhortation to be joyful, prayerful, and
+thankful.  Closing prayer that they may be preserved blameless unto the
+coming of the Lord Jesus Christ.  Greeting and benediction.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE SECOND EPISTLE TO THE THESSALONIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Occasion, Time, and Place of Writing.</B>&mdash;What Paul wrote about the
+second coming of Christ, in the First Epistle, seems to have been
+misunderstood by the church at Thessalonica (1:7-3:11).  Then too there
+was probably a spurious epistle (and this may have occasioned much of
+the trouble) in circulation, in which Paul is evidently made to declare
+that the day of Christ is close at hand (2:2).  He writes of this false
+epistle very vigorously that they be not troubled in spirit by a
+letter, "as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand."  Evidently
+some were neglecting their work, becoming impatient at the delay in
+Christ's coming (3:5, 11, 12) and walking disorderly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Epistle opens, with an expression of thanks for the general
+condition of the church and that it was enduring persecutions and
+tribulations well (1:2-6).  Hence it is evident that some but not all
+of the church members were out of accord with an earnest sensible faith
+in Christ.  This Epistle reflects certain conditions which Paul had to
+meet in his work and shows how he sought to check any defections from
+right conceptions of true Christian doctrine and life.  In the second
+chapter Paul shows that the "day of Christ" may not speedily come, that
+certain other things must come to pass before it is revealed (compare
+Matthew ch. 24), and that the true Christian way is to stand fast
+always in the Lord.  In thus standing fast every believer will grow in
+faith and grace.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The duties taught are "courage and faith under persecution and calmness
+and quiet industry in the presence of the greatest expectations."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The time of writing was probably, a few months after that of the First
+Epistle, in 53 A.D.  The place of writing was Corinth.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Introduction (1:1-4).  Salutation.  Thanksgiving for the growth of
+faith in the Thessalonian church.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Doctrinal (1:5-2:17).  The great day of the Lord.  The
+Thessalonians seemingly misunderstood Paul's first letter and he now
+more fully explains the second advent of Christ.  It will be a day of
+terrible retribution for the unbeliever but one of glory for all who
+trust in Him.  A warning is given not to think the day near at hand.
+Certain things must first come to pass; "a falling away," "a man of
+sin," "signs and lying wonders."  Thanksgiving that the Thessalonians
+have been chosen to salvation through the sanctification of the Spirit.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Conclusion (Ch. 3).  Paul requests prayer for himself that "the
+word of the Lord may have free course and be glorified" with him; he
+also desires that the Lord may direct their "hearts into the love of
+God and into the patient waiting for Christ."  Paul gives command to
+discipline the disorderly and that every man earn his own living.
+Exhortation to be not weary in well doing.  Salutation and benediction.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+What can be said of epistolary writings; their place and usefulness?
+Give some reasons for Paul's writings.  What were the qualifications of
+Paul?  How are the Epistles best understood?  What can be said of the
+four groups and their characteristics?  What is the common plan?  What
+is the supreme purpose?  What can be said of the first group of
+Epistles; First and Second Thessalonians?  What is the chief doctrinal
+point?  The First Epistle; what can be said of the founding of the
+church at Thessalonica?  What can be said of the occasion, time, and
+place of writing?  What are the contents?  Give the four parts of the
+principal divisions and chief points.  The Second Epistle; what can be
+said of the occasion, time, and place of writing?  Give the three parts
+of the principal divisions and chief points.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap08"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY VIII
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE OLD FAITHS AND THE NEW
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+SECOND GROUP OF EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+GALATIANS.  FIRST AND SECOND CORINTHIANS.  ROMANS.
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Problems of Early Christianity</B>&mdash;The Old Faiths and the New.  The
+Great Question.  The Jewish Faith.  The Heathen Faith.  The New Faith
+in Christ.  Practical Bearing upon Present Day Living.  The Epistles of
+this Group.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Epistle to the Galatians</B>&mdash;The Galatians.  Time of Writing.
+Occasion and Purpose.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Epistles to the Corinthians</B>&mdash;The Church at Corinth.  The City of
+Corinth.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The First Epistle to the Corinthians</B>&mdash;Occasion and Purpose.  Place
+and Time.  The Supremacy of Christ.  Principal Divisions and Chief
+Points.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Second Epistle to the Corinthians</B>&mdash;Occasion and Purpose.  Place
+and Time.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Epistle to the Romans</B>&mdash;The Church at Rome.  Occasion and Purpose.
+Place and Time.  Central Thought.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY VIII
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE OLD FAITHS AND THE NEW
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+SECOND GROUP OF EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+GALATIANS.  FIRST AND SECOND CORINTHIANS.  ROMANS.
+</H4>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PROBLEMS OF EARLY CHRISTIANITY
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Old Faiths and the New.</B>&mdash;In this second group of Epistles,
+Galatians, First and Second Corinthians, and Romans, we enter upon a
+period of conflict in which Christianity is being defined, and
+differentiated from Judaism and Heathenism.  No great truth ever came
+into the world without a battle for its right to the attention of men.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The new faith in Christ made large claims for itself.  It marked an
+advance upon Judaism and maintained that in Christ was fulfilled all
+the promises made by the prophets of the coming of the Jewish Messiah.
+It radically antagonized the heathen religions.  It had a double task
+to win men out of Judaism and heathenism.  Only by a careful study of
+these great doctrinal Epistles, and the circumstances out of which they
+arose, can it be seen how really great was this task.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Great Question</B> was: "On what terms does God save men?  Does He
+owe salvation to any because of what they have done, or does He bestow
+it as an unmerited favor upon condition of trust and self-surrender?"
+Paul maintained that the sole basis of salvation is the grace of God
+through Jesus Christ to be appropriated by faith on the part of man.
+This is still the great question.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Jewish Faith</B> had been long in the world.  Its prophets had two
+great themes, the Messiah and the Messianic Kingdom.  All Israel, while
+observing feast and fast days, the precepts of the Mosaic law and
+offering sacrifices, looked forward to the coming of the Messiah and
+the establishment of His kingdom upon earth, as the supreme fulfillment
+of its hopes.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It is the contention of Paul in these Epistles that this Messiah has
+come in the person of Jesus Christ and fulfilled all the promises made
+to Israel, and that, through faith in Him, believers are released from
+the observance of the precepts of the Mosaic law.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There were two parties of Jews who sought to check the advance of the
+early church, with its all sufficient Savior.  First, there were the
+Jews who denied any and every claim of Christ to be the Messiah; of
+this party were the rioters who drove Paul out of city after city and
+sought to kill him in the temple.  Second, there were the Jewish
+Christians who "asserted that their faith was Judaism with a new
+prophet; that the law of Moses and Mosaic ceremonial practices were
+binding on Christians as well as on unbelieving Jews; that Gentile
+believers must first become proselytes to Judaism before they could
+become Christians; and lastly that circumcision was the only gateway to
+baptism."  With the first class of Jews it was not so difficult to
+deal, for they were out and out antagonists, but the Jewish Christians,
+(who still clung to the Jewish law) were constantly making trouble not
+only amongst the Christian Jews, who had fully come out from under the
+law of Moses and expressed their faith in Christ, but also among the
+Christian Gentiles who had come out of the heathen religions.  The
+masterly arguments of Paul, presented in Galatians and Romans, deal
+chiefly with the doctrine of justification by faith in Jesus Christ
+alone.  In Gal. 5:1-4 he calls the return to Jewish belief and
+practice, "falling from grace."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Heathen Faith.</B>&mdash;The people of the Roman empire were idolaters.
+Temples for the worship of idols occupied prominent positions in every
+city.  Some of them were very beautiful, from an architectural point of
+view.  But the objects of worship, frequently, were of the basest sort.
+This worship caused a notorious laxness of view in regard to the
+relations between the sexes.  This state of things is not overstated by
+Paul in his epistle to the Romans (1:18-23).  It was this condition of
+idolatrous worship which led to the decision of the Jerusalem Council
+in regard to the Gentile converts (Acts 15:29).  The Christianity which
+Paul taught called for a pure and upright life and a subjugation of
+human passion.  We see the effects of former idolatrous lives
+manifesting themselves in the evils which Paul sought to correct in his
+letters to the Corinthians.  It was no small conflict in which the
+Great Apostle to the Gentiles engaged when he sought to cleanse,
+through Christ, the base idolatrous hearts of the men of his times.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The New Faith in Christ.</B>&mdash;Paul stands for spiritual freedom in Christ
+and loyalty to Him as Divine Lord without the necessity of observing
+the minute regulations of the Jewish ritual.  He insists upon purity of
+soul and outward life as opposed to the laxness of the idolaters.  Each
+individual soul is related to Christ to whom it is responsible.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Practical Bearing upon Present Day Living.</B>&mdash;The things contended for,
+the evils scored in these Epistles may seem to belong to dead
+controversies, but they do not.  While it is a fact that Christianity
+has freed itself from Judaism and the heathen religions have been
+conquered, the old evils still manifest themselves and the same
+remedies must be applied to them.  Many to-day will do works of the law
+(Gal. 2:16) who have no use for Christ, or His church, thinking in this
+way to buy their way to God.  These are the old Judaizers come to life
+again.  They often know nothing and care less for spiritual things and
+heart righteousness.  Sensuality, and all its attendant evils, driven
+from the old heathen temples, manifests itself in many ways; it still
+seeks to array itself in beautiful garments that it may lure many to
+ruin.  There is need of repeating over again the arguments of Paul for
+a pure life lived in the faith of Jesus Christ, and the spiritual
+upbuilding of the soul through Him.  Paul also insists upon good works
+as the outcome of faith, but faith must come first.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Epistles of this Group were Written</B> on the third missionary
+journey.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE EPISTLE TO THE GALATIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Galatians</B> to whom this Epistle was addressed; who were they?  The
+name Galatia was used in two ways.  Geographically to denote the
+country inhabited by the Celtic tribes (who were descended from the
+Gauls and who formerly inhabited the country we now call France).
+Politically it meant the Roman province which also included "Psidia,
+Lycaonia, and part of Phrygia to the south of Galatia proper."  It has
+been a question which of the two Paul intended to address in his
+letter.  There are no particular names of churches which are specified.
+Many scholars think that Paul means to address his Epistle to the
+churches of the Roman province.  In this case the letter would be sent
+to the churches of a wide area, and primarily addressed to those
+founded in the first missionary journey at Antioch, Iconium, Derbe, and
+Lystra (Acts 14:1-28).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Luke speaks also of a region lying roundabout Derbe and Lystra where
+the gospel was preached on this first journey (Acts 14:6).  The passage
+in Galatians (2:5) in which Paul refers to the Jerusalem Council where
+he contended for the liberty in Christ of the Gentiles would naturally
+be taken to mean these first churches (however wide the application) as
+the Jerusalem Council was held at the close of the first missionary
+journey.  The word Galatia may be used in the narrower sense also by
+Luke in speaking of the beginning of Paul's second (Acts 16:6) and
+third (Acts 18:23) missionary journeys.  It would be natural for the
+Judaizers, who sought to turn back the converts of Paul to Judaism, to
+begin with the churches in South Galatia first.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time of Writing.</B>&mdash;The common opinion is that this epistle was written
+at Ephesus, during Paul's long stay there on his third missionary
+journey or between 54 and 56 A.D.  Some however would place the date
+earlier.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Occasion and Purpose.</B>&mdash;That which caused Paul to write this first of
+his great doctrinal Epistles was the teaching of certain Judaizers who
+had found their way into the churches of Galatia.  They claimed that
+the Jewish law was binding upon believers in Christ, and declared that
+salvation was through works of the law.  They insisted upon the rite of
+circumcision.  Paul's gospel and authority were disparaged.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Paul wrote this Epistle for the purpose of showing that "faith in
+Christ was the sole and sufficient condition of salvation."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Introduction (1:1-10) Salutation.  Subject of the Epistle; the
+defection of the Galatian churches.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  The divine commission given to Paul as an apostle (1:11-2:21).  He
+makes a statement of his claims and gives a sketch of his life.  The
+gospel he preached came not from man but through a revelation of Jesus
+Christ.  All this is to show the authenticity of his claims.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Doctrinal.  Justification is by faith (ch. 3-4).  The Galatian
+churches had received the Spirit through faith and not by law; why
+should they turn back?  The superiority of faith is shown by Abraham's
+faith.  The covenant of the promise of Christ was before the law.  The
+law is subordinate to faith, its purpose is to bring men to Christ.
+There is serious danger in returning to the law.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Practical.  Application of the doctrinal teaching (ch. 5-6:10).  An
+exhortation to stand fast in the liberty of Christ; this liberty
+excludes Judaism.  A warning against the abuse of Christian liberty.
+The works of the flesh and the fruits of the Spirit.  Sowing and
+reaping.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+5.  Autograph conclusion (6:11-18).  Summary of the Epistle.  The glory
+of the Apostle is in the cross of Christ.  Benediction.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE EPISTLES TO THE CORINTHIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Church at Corinth</B> was founded during Paul's second missionary
+journey (Acts 18:1-18).  When the Apostle came to Corinth he found a
+home with Aquila and Priscilla and worked with them at his trade as a
+tent-maker.  He preached in Corinth for over a year and a half.
+Although Paul was the means of converting Crispus, the ruler of the
+synagogue, and his family, he had no large success with the Jews and
+consequently turned to the Gentiles.  The Gentiles gladly heard him and
+there was a great ingathering into the church.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Paul's sole purpose was to preach Christ for he says, "I determined not
+to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ and Him crucified" (1
+Cor. 2:2).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The City of Corinth</B> was the largest and most important city of
+Greece.  The commerce of the world flowed through its two harbours.
+The population consisted of Greeks, Jews, Italians, and a mixed
+multitude; it was excitable, pleasure loving, and mercurial.  In this
+city was held a perpetual vanity fair.  The vices of the east and west
+met and clasped hands in the work of human degradation.  The Greek
+goddess Aphrodite had a magnificent temple in which a thousand
+priestesses ministered to a base worship.  While it was a center of
+wealth and fashion it was a city of gilded vice.  In the philosophical
+schools there was an endless discussion about words and non-essentials
+and a strong tendency to set intellectual above moral distinctions.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Occasion and Purpose.</B>-It was natural that the pressure of heathen
+customs and practices should be very great upon this young church.  It
+was also to be expected that parties and divisions would arise.  The
+immediate cause of this Epistle was that strifes and divisions had
+arisen in the church.  It was the reporting of these matters to Paul by
+those "of the house of Chloe" (1 Cor. 1:11) that led him to write in
+the way in which he did.  To settle the strifes of this church and to
+define the relations which Christians should assume towards the
+political, religious, and domestic institutions of the heathen was a
+matter of no little delicacy and difficulty.  The mastery of Paul is
+shown in the laying down of principles, in accordance with the gospel
+of Christ, that were effective not only for the Corinthian church but
+which are applicable to-day to all such church difficulties and the
+conduct of Christians towards non-Christians.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>A Former Epistle.</B>&mdash;Previous to the one now called "The First," had
+been written to the Corinthians (1 Cor. 5:9) and "it appears that the
+church had replied and requested further explanation and instruction on
+certain points" (5:11; 7:1; 8:1; 12:1; 16:12).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Place and Time.</B>&mdash;This Epistle was written during Paul's long stay in
+Ephesus (Acts 19:10; 1 Cor. 16:19) and the date is in all probability
+57 A.D.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Supremacy of Christ</B> over all parties, His love as the touchstone
+of all service, and His resurrection are the great subjects of this
+Epistle.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Salutation and thanksgiving (1:1-9).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Correction of divisions of party spirit (1:10-4:21).  It having
+been reported to Paul that four parties were striving for mastery in
+the church and there was great contention; he rebukes the party spirit,
+sets forth the principles of his teaching, and declares that Christ
+alone is the center of the Christian system.  Faith stands not in the
+wisdom of men.  The only foundation is in Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Correction of moral disorders (ch. 5-7).  In consequence of the
+close contact of the church with heathendom grave moral evils found
+their way into the fold.  (a) The case of an incestuous person, Paul
+writes that such a person is to be expelled because the leaven of evil
+separates men from Christ.  (b) The sin of going to law in heathen
+courts.  Christians ought to settle their own disputes.  (c) Sins of
+the body.  No man should commit a sin as his body is the temple of the
+Holy Ghost.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+(d) Advice concerning marriage.  The purpose of the gospel is not to
+antagonize but to Christianize the natural relations between society
+and the believer.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Correction of social and ecclesiastical misconceptions (ch. 8-14).
+(a) The question of eating of meats offered in idol worship is decided
+on the ground of love rather than knowledge.  (b) The preacher of the
+gospel has the right to be supported by the church.  (c) The true
+Christian liberty to be observed in the matters of eating and drinking.
+The proper celebration of the Lord's Supper.  (d) The use and abuse of
+spiritual gifts.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+(e) The greatness of love (ch. 13) The touchstone of all is love.  (f)
+The end to be sought in every spiritual gift is the edification and
+upbuilding of the church.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+5.  The true doctrine of the resurrection (ch. 15), Paul lays great
+stress upon this doctrine.  "If Christ be not risen from the dead, then
+is our preaching vain and your faith is also vain."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+6.  Parting directions, exhortations, and salutations (ch. 16).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE SECOND EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Occasion and Purpose.</B>&mdash;Paul was quite anxious about the reception of
+his first letter by the Corinthian church.  Not long after its dispatch
+he sent Titus (2 Cor. 2:13) to see how it was received and to note
+whether the strife of parties had ceased, the incestuous person had
+been dealt with, and other matters properly adjusted.  While Titus was
+absent on this mission Paul left Ephesus on account of the riot made by
+Demetrius and his fellows (Acts 19:23-41; 20:1) and went over into
+Macedonia (Acts 20:1).  On the way, at Troas, he expected to meet Titus
+and was greatly disappointed in not seeing him (2 Cor. 2:12-13).  It is
+evident that he met Titus in Macedonia and received from him the report
+of the condition of the Corinthian church and the manner in which his
+first letter had been received and acted upon (2 Cor. 7:5-16).  Again
+it is evident, from the Epistle, that Titus brought back the
+encouraging news to the Apostle that the incestuous person had been
+dealt with and had repented, and that, as a whole, the church stood
+loyally by him, but still there were some who were making trouble.  It
+was this report that was the occasion of the Second Epistle.  Prof. G.
+B. Stevens says in regard to this letter, It reflects the mingled joy
+and grief of the Apostle.  The earlier chapters are predominately
+cheerful and commendatory, the latter mainly sorrowful and severe.  In
+the light of these facts the letter may be described as threefold:
+First, to encourage and instruct the church (1-7).  Second, to induce
+the Corinthians to make a collection for the poor Judean churches
+(8-9).  Third, to defend the writer's apostolic authority against the
+calumnies of his enemies (10-13).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Place and Time.</B>&mdash;There are a number of references by the Apostle
+which show that this Epistle was written in Macedonia (1:15, 16; 2:12,
+13; 8:1; 9:2) and shortly after Paul came out of Asia (1:8, compare
+Acts 20:1, 2).  The time probably 57 A.D., the same year in which the
+First Epistle was written.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Salutation (1:1, 2)
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Paul's principles and ways of working (1:3-7:16).  In these
+chapters the Apostle endeavors to remove any feeling of bitterness
+which may have been produced in the Corinthian church by his dealing
+with a certain evil in the previous Epistle.  He also vindicates his
+spiritual ministry.  He declares his love for the church and its
+spiritual advancement.  He also declares that he has put off his visit
+to Corinth that he might not come in sorrow.  He rejoices in the good
+news brought by Titus.  While he is weak in body, the power is of God
+and the ministry is a communication of the Spirit.  He asserts that he
+is sustained by the hope of the future life.  He earnestly exhorts the
+church to receive and live the gospel which he preached to them, for
+separation from the world and unity with God.  In chapter seven he
+rejoices that they have received his words so well.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  The collection for the poor Christians in Jerusalem (8-9).  Paul
+here speaks of the liberality of the Macedonian churches and the work
+of Titus who is sent to forward the contributions.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Paul's vindication of his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10).  He
+has been attacked in his person, character, and teaching by parties in
+the Corinthian church who would overthrow his authority and ruin the
+church.  These four chapters are a magnificent setting forth of his
+apostolic claims.  (a) His power and glory are not in his bodily
+presence or his letters but in the spiritual might of God.  (b) His
+preaching is the pure gospel of Christ.  In bodily labor, trials, and
+persecutions he has excelled them all (ch. 11).  (c) He has the highest
+qualifications (in visions and revelations) but he will glory only in
+his infirmities.  His object is not to boast but to put an end to the
+disorders in the church.  (d) The Apostle declares his intention to
+visit the church.  By the power of Christ he will not spare the evil.
+His desire is only for righteousness.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+5.  Farewell greetings and messages (13:11-14).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Church at Rome.</B>&mdash;When and by whom this church was founded it is
+not known.  It is thought that the "strangers of Rome" (Acts 2:10), who
+were present at the day of Pentecost when the great manifestation of
+the Holy Spirit took place, carried back the good news and that this
+was the beginning of the church.  It was composed of both Jews and
+Gentiles for Paul addresses both classes (Rom. 1:13; 9:24; 11:13; 2:17;
+4:1; 9:13; 7:1; 9:1-5).  This church seems to have made rapid progress
+(1:8).  Paul was evidently acquainted with some of the Roman Christians
+(16:3-15).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Occasion and Purpose.</B>&mdash;This Epistle grew out of a desire on the part
+of Paul to see Rome (Acts 19:21; Rom. 1:11; 15:24-28).  As this would
+be his first visit it was no more than a courteous act that he should
+write to the church of this intention.  Again as the Christians in Rome
+might have heard false and distorted reports of the gospel which he
+preached, Paul takes care to clearly and logically set forth the
+principles and doctrines which he was teaching.  This letter then
+becomes very important as the summing up of the experience and teaching
+of many years of service in the cause of Jesus Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Place and Time</B>.&mdash;This Epistle was in all probability written from
+Corinth during Paul's stay there in the course of his third missionary
+journey 58 A.D. (compare Acts 19:21; 20:1-3; Rom. 16:23; 1 Cor. 1:14; 2
+Tim. 4:20).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Central Thought.</B>&mdash;The theme is justification by faith and not by
+works.  There are four main positions.  First, All are guilty before
+God.  Second, All need a Savior.  Third, Christ died for all.  Fourth,
+We are all (through faith) one body in Him.  The thought may be put in
+other ways, but all to the same purpose.  The doctrine of sin, and the
+doctrine of grace; or the universality of sin and the universality of
+grace.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>&mdash;There are two great sections,
+Doctrinal (ch. 1-11), and Practical, (ch. 12-16).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Introduction (1:1-15).  Paul's salutation to and thanksgiving for
+(the faith of) the Roman church.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Doctrinal (1:16-11:36).  (a) The great theme stated, Justification
+by Faith.  (b) All have sinned and all are guilty, Gentiles without the
+law and Jews with the law have failed to attain righteousness.  (c)
+Righteousness for all comes through faith in Jesus Christ and not by
+law or works; the universality of grace.  Abraham was justified by
+faith (ch. 4).  The blessedness of justification by faith in Jesus
+Christ (ch. 5).  (d) Objections against free grace that it will
+multiply sin or discredit the law are taken up and answered.  Thorough
+union with Christ on the part of the believer annihilates sin and the
+law has no more any power.  The believer justified by his faith in
+Christ is dead to the law while quickened to a new and holy life by the
+Spirit.  (e) The apparent rejection of Israel is the problem considered
+in chapters 9-11.  The nation sought righteousness through the law and
+not by faith.  (f) Christ is the end of the law for righteousness.  (g)
+The restoration of Israel.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Practical (12-16).  (a) Advice and exhortation.  The Christian's
+duty to the church and his conduct outside of it; duty to the state and
+society; duty of toleration and supreme trust in Christ.  (b)
+Salutations.  Paul's apology and explanation for addressing the Roman
+church.  Greetings to various persons and farewell words.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+What can be said of the old faiths and the new?  What was the great
+question?  The Jewish faith; how fulfilled in Christ?  What can be said
+of the heathen faith?  What of the new faith in Christ?  What is the
+practical bearing of this group of Epistles upon every day life?  When
+written?  Give some account of the Galatians.  When was the Epistle to
+the Galatians written?  What was the occasion and purpose?  Give the
+principal divisions and chief points.  What can be said of the Epistles
+to the Corinthians?  When was the church founded?  Give some account of
+the city.  What was the occasion and purpose of writing the first
+Epistle to the Corinthians?  What was the place and time?  What the
+thought of Christ.  Give the principal divisions and chief points.
+What was the occasion and purpose of writing the Second Epistle?  Place
+and time?  Give the principal divisions and chief points.  When was the
+church at Rome founded?  What was the occasion and purpose of writing
+the Epistle to the Romans?  Time and Place?  Central thought?  Give the
+principal divisions and chief points.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap09"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY IX
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE SUPREMACY OF CHRIST
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THIRD GROUP OF EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+COLOSSIANS.  PHILEMON.  EPHESIANS.  PHILIPPIANS.
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Question at Issue</B>&mdash;The Supremacy of Christ.  Reason for Raising
+this Question.  The Answer to the Question.  Present Day Attention.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Writing of the Epistles</B>&mdash;The Interest.  The Sending of the
+Epistles.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Epistle to the Colossians</B>&mdash;The Church at Colossæ.  The Occasion.
+Central Thought.  Time and Place of Writing.  Principal Divisions and
+Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Epistle to Philemon</B>&mdash;Occasion.  Principal Divisions and Chief
+Points.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Epistle to the Ephesians</B>&mdash;The City and the Church.  Title and
+Time of Writing.  Subject.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Epistle to the Philippians</B>&mdash;The City and the Church.  Occasion.
+Objects.  Time of Writing.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY IX
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE SUPREMACY OF CHRIST
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THIRD GROUP OF EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+COLOSSIANS.  PHILEMON.  EPHESIANS.  PHILIPPIANS.
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE QUESTION AT ISSUE
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Supremacy of Christ.</B>&mdash;These Epistles mark a new stage in the
+writings of Paul.  The great question discussed in the second group of
+Epistles was in regard to the terms of salvation.  The question now at
+issue (in Colossians, Ephesians, Philippians) is: What is the nature,
+the rank, the dignity of the Mediator of salvation?  Is He one of a
+series of Saviors?  Does He belong to some angelic order (Col. 2:18),
+or, does He stand supreme (Col. 2:8, 9, 19) and solitary?  Is He the
+Head and Chief of all creation (Col. 2:19; 1:16).  Other matters are
+discussed in these Epistles, but this is the great doctrinal question
+and burden of the Apostle's thought.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Reason for the Raising of this Question</B> was the development of
+certain false religious beliefs among which were, "asceticism, the
+worship of angels, revelings in supposed visions and belief in
+emanations."  These "degraded the object of faith and so destroyed its
+meaning and power."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Answer to the Question.</B>&mdash;Paul is in no doubt as to the supremacy
+of Christ.  All his argument is to show the Deity of Christ.  He holds
+"aloft the true object of faith namely, the supreme Divine Savior
+Himself, in opposition to speculation which would degrade and deny to
+Him the eminence which belongs to Him" (Col. 1:15-20; Eph. 1:10, 20-23;
+3-9; Philippians 2:5-11).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Present Day Attention</B> has been focused upon this matter of the
+supremacy of Christ.  Was he human or divine?  The arguments of Paul
+still hold good for a stout belief in the Divine Christ.  The writings
+of the Great Apostle are all characterized by his grasp of fundamental
+things; they serve their purpose for the modern church in bringing it
+back to Jesus Christ as the only Savior, as they also in times past
+corrected the errors of the early church.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE WRITING OF THE EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Interest</B> in these Epistles is heightened by the fact that they
+were written during Paul's first Roman imprisonment of which Luke gives
+all too brief an account (Acts 28:30,31).  They have been called from
+this fact, "The Epistles of the First Imprisonment."  It is a marvel
+that Paul with his surroundings could have written in such a masterly
+way and handled such lofty themes in a manner which has commanded the
+attention of the thinking world ever since his day and age.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Sending of the Epistles</B>&mdash;Colossians, Philemon, and Ephesians were
+evidently dispatched from Rome by the same messenger, Tychicus (Col.
+4:7, 9; Eph. 6:21).  Philippians was sent by the hand of Epaphroditus
+(Phil. 2:25; 4:18).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE EPISTLE TO THE COLOSSIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+The Church at Colossæ&mdash;The city of Colossæ was situated about 110 miles
+east of Ephesus where Paul spent so long a time during his third
+missionary journey (Acts 19:10).  We have no record of any visit of
+Paul to this city or how the church was founded (Col. 2:1).  It is
+supposed that Ephaphras might have organized this church (Col. 1:7).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Occasion</B> (and purpose) of this Epistle was evidently the coming
+of Epaphras to Rome to consult Paul about the affairs of this church
+(1:7, 8).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In chapter 2:8-23 we have some account of the things which were
+troubling this Christian community and drawing them away from faith in
+Jesus Christ as their Savior.  False teachers had appeared at Colossæ
+who were confusing the minds of the Christian converts.  The starting
+point of the error of teaching was the old oriental dogma that matter
+is evil and the source of evil (2:8), that as God is good the world
+could not have come directly from God.  To bridge the chasm between God
+and the matter of the world a long chain of intermediate beings was
+conceived to exist.  This doctrine played havoc with the simplest moral
+conceptions for if matter is evil, and its source, then man's sin is
+not in his will, but in his body.  Redemption from sin can come only
+through asceticism and the mortification of the flesh.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The result of all this was a lowering of the dignity of Christ, taking
+away His saving power and the "substitution of various ascetic
+abstinences and ritualistic practices (2:20) for trust in Him, the
+worship of angels (2:18), and a reveling in dreams and visions."  "This
+was kindred to a type of speculation which later became rife under the
+name of Gnosticism."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+To these ideas Paul opposed the true doctrine of the Headship of Christ
+(2:19) and that He is the only link between God and the universe
+(1:15-17).  "By Him were all things created (1:16) that are in heaven
+and that are in earth."  Christ is the only Mediator (1:13, 14).  In
+this faith there is no place for ascetic mortification.  Evil is in our
+unwillingness to live the life in Christ.  In Christ we are dead to sin
+and risen with Him to a life of holiness (2:20-23; 3:1-4).  Christ is
+not only our Redeemer (1:14) and the Head of the church, but the source
+of creation and its Lord (1:16, 17).  We have a similar error (against
+which Paul warns) taught to-day by the speculative thinker, who fills
+the world with forces which leave no room for the working of a personal
+will.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Central Thought</B>&mdash;Jesus Christ the sole Savior of men and Mediator
+between God and men (1:13-14), the Creator (1:16; 2:9) and Head of the
+church (1:18).  Exhortation to follow Christ (3:1-4).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time and Place.</B>&mdash;This Epistle was written at Rome and sent by the
+messenger, Tychicus, (4:7, 8, 18) to the church at Colossæ about 63 A.D.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Paul also directed that it be read to the church at Laodicea (4:16).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Introduction (1:1-12) Salutation.  Thanksgiving for their faith and
+prayer for their increase and knowledge of the will of God.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Doctrinal.  "The sole Headship of Christ" (1:13-3:4).  (a) Christ
+the Mediator.  There is redemption for us through His blood.  (b)
+Christ, the image of the invisible God, Creator and Preserver of all
+things.  (c) He is the Head of the church, reconciliation is only
+through Him.  The Colossians were reconciled to God through the
+mediation of Christ.  It is the earnest desire of Paul that the church
+at Colossæ should remain rooted in the faith which it had been taught.
+(d) Warning against wrong speculation; lest any man "through philosophy
+or vain deceit" obscure or cause the Colossians to deny the true
+Godhead of Christ (2:8-15).  (e) Renewed warnings against errors in
+worship; Jewish observances, ordinances and asceticisms, and the
+adoration of angels.  (f) In Christ we are dead to the rudiments of the
+world and risen into communion with God in Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Practical (3:5-4:6).  (a) Exhortations to cast out all sins of the
+unregenerate nature and to put on the new man in Christ.  Then Christ
+will be all and in all.  (b) All family and social duties are to be
+performed as in the sight of Christ.  (c) Renewed exhortations to
+prayer and watchfulness.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Conclusion (4:7-18).  (a) The mission of Tychicus and Onesimus, the
+greetings of the companions of Paul and his expressed desire that the
+churches of Colossæ and Laodicea exchange Epistles.  (b) The Salutation.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE EPISTLE TO PHILEMON
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Occasion.</B>&mdash;This is the only purely personal letter of Paul that we
+possess.  It is placed in this group because it was sent with the
+Epistle to the Colossians and by the same messenger, Tychicus (Col.
+4:7-9).  Philemon was a member (with his wife Apphia) of the church at
+Colossæ (Philemon 2).  Onesimus was a runaway slave, belonging to
+Philemon, who had found his way to Rome and been converted by Paul
+(Philemon 10), who returned him, with this letter, to his master (Col.
+4:9; Philemon 10-12).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In this letter we have a picture of the Apostle's kindness of heart and
+a carrying out of the principles which Paul had advocated in his First
+Epistle to the Corinthians (7:20-24), "Let every man abide in the same
+calling wherein he was called."  We find also this same principle set
+forth, in another way, in his letter to the Colossians upon the
+"Supremacy of Christ."  These principles will make all men brethren in
+Christ and every man will strive to serve Christ in his own place,
+whatever that place is.  Paul exhorts Philemon, along this very line,
+to receive Onesimus not as a servant but as a brother beloved (Philemon
+16).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The practical teaching of this letter upon the relations between
+masters and servants and employers and employees is very pertinent to
+the present times.  The true solution of all labor troubles is that men
+should regard each other as brethren under the leadership of Jesus
+Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Salutation and Thanksgiving (1-7).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Statement of the object of the letter (8-21).  As a favor for
+love's sake Philemon is asked to receive back Onesimus no longer a
+runaway slave but Paul's spiritual child.  Emphasis is laid upon the
+fact that he is now a Christian brother and should be received as such.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Conclusion (22-25).  (a) In expectation of a speedy release from
+imprisonment the Apostle asks that a lodging be secured for him (22
+v.).  (b) Salutation and benediction (23-25).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE EPISTLE TO THE EPHESIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The City of Ephesus and the Church.</B>&mdash;This city was, next to Rome, the
+most important visited by Paul.  It was the capital of Asia Minor and a
+great commercial center.  It was the seat of the worship of the goddess
+Diana.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Paul first visited the city when he was returning from his second
+missionary tour, but, while asked to prolong his stay, he remained only
+for a short time (Acts 18:19-21).  During his third missionary journey
+he again visited the city and remained for three years (Acts 20:31,
+compare 19:10, 22).  His success in Ephesus was very great (Acts
+19:18-20, 26) and extended beyond the city.  The letters to the
+churches at Colossæ (Col. 1:2) and Laodicea (this letter is lost) (Col.
+4:16) show his care for the churches that were adjacent to Ephesus and
+of which we have no account of his visiting.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Title and Time of Writing.</B>&mdash;Many scholars think that this Epistle was
+a circular letter written for the edification of the churches of Asia
+Minor and sent to the church of the capital city.  This opinion is
+strengthened by the lack of local allusions and the naming of friends,
+as in other epistles.  The inscription "at Ephesus" is wanting in two
+of the more important manuscripts.  "On this view it may be supposed
+that a space was left in the salutation in which could be inserted the
+name of the particular place where the letter was being read, that the
+letter finally fell wholly into the keeping of the Ephesian church, and
+that the space was at length permanently filled by the phrase 'at
+Ephesus.'"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The time and place of writing was at Rome about 63 A.D.  This Epistle
+was sent by the messenger, Tychicus, (Eph. 6:21) who also carried the
+letters to the church at Colossæ and to Philemon (Col. 4:7-9).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Subject.</B>&mdash;As in Colossians, the subject is the Headship of Christ
+(3:9-11); His person and work.  God's eternal purpose is disclosed.
+Christ is given sway over all things "both which are in heaven and
+which are on earth" (1:10, 2l).  The unity of the church in Christ is
+set forth; the unity of the Gentile and Jewish branches in Him; the
+unity of all the individual members in Him.  This union is spiritual
+and not mechanical; it is holy and pure; therefore sin is excluded.
+Paul looks upon this as the mystery of the ages, now revealed to him.
+There is one great kingdom, the risen and glorified Christ is the Head
+of this kingdom (1:19-23).  Redemption and reception into this kingdom
+is through Jesus Christ (1-7).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Paul in this epistle rises above the controversies of the hour and sees
+in clear vision the eternal realities and the great plan of God for the
+saving of men.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Introduction (1:1-23).  (a) Salutation.  (b) Thanksgiving and
+Thesis (1:3-14).  Unity in Christ.  He who is the Head of the church is
+the Center of the universe (1:10).  The eternal purpose of God in
+Salvation is now made known.  Before the foundation of the world, man
+and the redeemed church of Christ were in the thought of God.  Christ
+in whom we have redemption looked forward to His mission from eternity.
+"Creation, nature, and redemption are all parts of one system"; in the
+reconciliation of the cross all orders of beings are concerned.  "That
+in the dispensation of the fulness of times He might gather together in
+one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven and which are on
+earth; even in Him" (1:10).  (c) Prayer.  A petition that the
+understanding of believers may be illuminated; that they may know the
+hope of their calling and the riches of their heritage, which comes
+through unity with their risen and ascended Lord.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Doctrinal.  Unity in Christ (ch. 2-3).  (a) The calling of the
+Gentiles out of "trespasses and sins" into a new life in Christ.  (b)
+Jews and Gentiles are reconciled and brought together in one body by
+the cross; "no more strangers and foreigners but fellow citizens with
+the saints, and of the household of God."  All built upon the
+foundation of Jesus Christ, through the Spirit.  (c) The mystery of the
+universal call was made known to Paul by a new revelation.  Prayer for
+a more full comprehension of this unity.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Practical.  The new life in unity with Christ (4:1-6:17).  (a)
+Exhortation to walk worthy of this new life.  (b) Exhortation to gain
+the victory over sin "in virtue of the sense of unity with man in
+Christ."  (c) Social duties.  The regeneration and consecration in this
+new life of the relations of husbands and wives, children and parents,
+and slaves and masters, (d) Final entreaty, in the battle against the
+powers of evil, to put "on the whole armour of God."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Conclusion (6:18-24).  (a) Personal.  Paul requests special prayer
+for himself in captivity.  Tychicus is commended.  (b) Farewell and
+blessing.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE EPISTLE TO THE PHILIPPIANS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+The City of Philippi and the Church.&mdash;This city is notable from the
+fact that it was the first, in Europe, in which the gospel tidings were
+made known.  Accounts of how Paul came to visit Macedonia and to begin
+the work in Philippi are given in Acts (16:10, 12-40).  Going out of
+the city as he did by the river side, where prayer was wont to be made,
+and talking to a number of women about the "New Way" would not seem to
+be a very favorable beginning for a movement which was to produce such
+exceedingly large results.  But Paul was so full of zeal for Christ
+that he seized every opportunity, no matter how small, to make Him
+known.  This church afterwards was a great comfort to the Apostle.
+This letter shows how he loved it and how he exhorted them to rejoice
+in the Lord (4:4).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Occasion.</B>&mdash;Paul was in prison in Rome.  The Philippian converts were
+greatly concerned about him, therefore they sent Epaphroditus with
+gifts and offerings to him (4:18).  This was not the first time that
+they had taken thought of and remembered their founder, in a similar
+way (4:15, 16).  The Apostle was very grateful for their care
+(4:10-14).  While in Rome, Epaphroditus was taken very sick and came
+near death (2:25-28).  As soon as he had recovered from his sickness
+Paul sent him back to Philippi (2:28), with this letter.  The reference
+to Cæsar's household shows how strong a hold Christianity was getting
+in Rome (4:22; 1:12-14), and that there was great boldness in
+proclaiming the gospel.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Objects.</B>&mdash;It is an Epistle of thanks to the Philippians for their
+kindness (4:10-18) in remembering the Apostle with substantial gifts in
+his work and for their fellowship (1:5) in the gospel.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Another object is to give them friendly advices and warnings (2:12-24;
+3:2-3, 17-21).  Paul does not forget, in this connection, to remind
+them of Him to whom they owe a whole-hearted allegiance, their Lord and
+Master, Jesus Christ (4:1).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The great doctrinal object, the Supremacy of Christ, is also set forth
+as is markedly manifest in the Epistles of Colossians and Ephesians.
+The whole Christian creed, "the incarnation, passion, and exaltation of
+Christ" is expressed in the second chapter (2:5-11), "That at the name
+of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in
+earth and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess
+that Jesus Christ is Lord to the glory of God the Father."  The great
+end to be attained is likeness to Christ (2:5).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time of Writing.</B>&mdash;This epistle is generally regarded as the latest of
+the letters written during the first imprisonment in Rome, and in the
+same year with those to the churches at Colossæ, and Ephesus.  It was
+probably sent to Philippi shortly after the other Epistles (Colossians,
+Philemon, and Ephesians) had been dispatched to Asia Minor.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>&mdash;This epistle is divided into
+two parts.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+First part (1:1-3:1).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+I.  Introduction (1:1-2:4).  (a) Greeting.  (b) Paul's thanksgiving,
+joy in the fellowship, and prayer for the Philippians.  (c) An account
+of the rapid spread of the gospel in Rome and the apostle's rejoicing
+that Christ is preached.  (d) Exhortation to unity in Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Doctrinal (2:5-12).  In this short passage we have the Christian
+creed in brief form.  "The Godhead of Christ and His Manhood&mdash;His
+Pre-existence and His Incarnation&mdash;His Passion and His Exaltation."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Conclusion of the first part (2:13-3:1).  (a) Renewed exhortation
+to an upright and blameless Christian life.  (b) The return of
+Epaphroditus.  (c) Farewell message.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Second part (3:2-4:23).  This section seems to have been added after
+the letter had been finished.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Warnings (3:2-21).  (a) Against Judaic errors.  Paul could boast
+that he had been a good Jew and scrupulously kept the law, yet he
+renounced all that he might win Christ.  True righteousness can come
+only through faith in Christ.  (b) Against a false idea of the liberty
+of the gospel; whereby men, claiming to be Christians, walked in evil
+ways.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  Final exhortations (4:1-9) to steadfastness, unity, joy, and the
+following of all good in Christ.  Acknowledgment of gifts and
+benedictions (4:10-23).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+What is the question at issue in this group of Epistles?  What the
+reason for raising this question?  What answer is given?  What
+attention is now paid to this question?  When were these Epistles
+written?  How were they sent?  What can be said of the Epistles to the
+Colossians?  The church at Colossæ, how was it organized?  What was the
+occasion of this Epistle?  What the central thought?  What the time and
+place of writing?  Give the principal divisions and chief points.  What
+was the occasion of the Epistle to Philemon?  Give the principal
+divisions and chief points.  What can be said of the Epistle to the
+Ephesians?  Give an account of the founding of this church.  What can
+be said of the title and time of writing?  What is the subject?  Give
+the principal divisions and chief points.  What can be said of the
+Epistle to the Philippians?  How was this church organized?  What was
+the occasion of the Epistle?  What the objects?  Give the time of
+writing.  Give the principal divisions and chief points.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap10"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY X
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PASTORAL AND PERSONAL
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FOURTH GROUP OF EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FIRST TIMOTHY.  TITUS.  SECOND TIMOTHY.
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+ANALYSIS
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Place of the Epistles</B>&mdash;When Written.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Paul's Fourth Missionary Journey</B>&mdash;Notices and Time.  The First Trip
+Eastward.  The Trip Westward to Spain.  The Second Trip Eastward.  The
+Second Imprisonment of Paul.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Questions Discussed</B>&mdash;The Personal Element.  The Doctrinal Part.
+The Practical Teaching.  The Special Theme.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>Paul's Last Declaration of His Faith.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The First Epistle to Timothy</B>&mdash;Timothy.  Time and Place.  Purpose.
+Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Epistle to Titus</B>&mdash;Titus.  Purpose.  Time and Place.  Principal
+Divisions and Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="intro">
+<B>The Second Epistle to Timothy</B>&mdash;The Last Words of Paul.  Time and
+Place of Writing.  Purpose.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+</H3>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+STUDY X
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PASTORAL AND PERSONAL
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FOURTH GROUP OF EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+FIRST TIMOTHY.  TITUS.  SECOND TIMOTHY.
+</H4>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE PLACE OF THE EPISTLES
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>When Written.</B>&mdash;It is generally agreed among scholars that no place
+can be found for the writing of First Timothy, Titus, and Second
+Timothy in the period covered by Luke in his narrative in Acts.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Agreeing with the tradition of the church, however, the opinion of many
+eminent scholars is that Paul was released from the first Roman
+imprisonment (Acts 28:16, 30), that he again took up his missionary
+work, and at the end of a few years of such work, he was a second time
+imprisoned and suffered martyrdom under the Roman Emperor Nero.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was during this period between the first and second imprisonments
+that First Timothy and Titus were written.  Second Timothy was written
+during the second imprisonment at Rome, and at the time when Paul was
+expecting his sentence of death.  Eusebius (H. E. 2:22-2) says, that
+"at the end of the two years of imprisonment, according to tradition,
+Paul went forth again upon the ministry of preaching; and in a second
+visit to the city ended his life by martyrdom under Nero, and that
+during his imprisonment he wrote the Second Epistle to Timothy."
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PAUL'S FOURTH MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Notices and Time.</B>&mdash;From the notices given in the Epistles and other
+sources the probable course of the missionary travels of Paul from
+63-67 A.D. has been reconstructed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The First Trip Eastward.</B>&mdash;When Paul wrote to the church at Philippi
+(2:24) and to Philemon at Colossæ (22 v.) he evidently expected to be
+released from his imprisonment very soon and to see his beloved
+Philippian church and Philemon.  He was so sure of speedily visiting
+Colossæ that he asked that a lodging be prepared for him.  With Paul to
+plan was to act and it is quite possible that he undertook this trip
+immediately upon his release from prison.  He probably also visited
+Ephesus and a number of other cities.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Trip Westward to Spain.</B>&mdash;In the Epistle to the Romans Paul
+declared his intention to visit Spain (Rom. 15:24, 28).  It is probable
+that he, upon his return from the visit to Asia Minor, remained for a
+very short time in Rome and then made a voyage to Spain.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The tradition of the early church is very pronounced upon this voyage
+to Spain.  Clement of Rome (Cor. 5) speaks of Paul "having reached the
+furtherest bound of the west."  This could hardly mean anything but
+Spain.  The Muratorian Fragment names "the departure of Paul from the
+city to Spain."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Second Trip Eastward.</B>&mdash;We can now, from notices in First and
+Second Timothy and Titus, quite closely follow Paul in his travels.
+From Spain he probably went by various stages to Ephesus, where as he
+tells us (1 Tim. 1:3) he left Timothy in charge when he went into
+Macedonia.  From Macedonia he probably wrote his first letter to
+Timothy (1:3).  From Macedonia he went to Troas and from Troas to
+Miletus (2 Tim. 4:13).  On account of sickness Trophimus was left at
+Miletus (2 Tim. 4:20).  He next probably visited Crete, where he left
+Titus (Titus 1:5).  From Crete it is thought that Paul went to Corinth
+(2 Tim. 4:20) where he left Erastus and in all probability wrote to
+Titus (1:5).  In the letter to Titus Paul speaks of being at Nicopolis
+and of his intention to spend the winter in that city (Titus 3:12).
+But these notices of places are by no means exhaustive.  They show,
+however, how wide were Paul's last travels.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Second Imprisonment of Paul.</B>&mdash;It is by no means unlikely that the
+enemies of Paul, of whom we hear so much in the first three missionary
+journeys, were stirred to renewed activity by again seeing him at
+liberty and conducting an active missionary campaign.  But with a
+prisoner on parole from the Imperial Court the local magistrates could
+do nothing.  But a new element came in.  The great fire, which
+destroyed so large a part of the city of Rome on the 18th of July, 64
+A.D., was used by the Emperor Nero as an excuse for starting a great
+persecution against the Christians.  This was done to divert the odium
+of the starting of the fire from himself, for he had sung and danced
+the "Mime of the Burning of Troy" from a turret of his palace during
+this great conflagration.  It was some time before this persecution was
+extended to the provinces and Paul's enemies saw their opportunity to
+accuse him to the Imperial Court, where under the circumstances they
+would then find a ready hearing.  Paul was probably rearrested at
+Nicopolis where he intended to winter (Titus 3:12) and hurried off to
+Rome.  This time he endured no light imprisonment.  Onesiphorus had
+difficulty in finding him (2 Tim. 1:16, 17) and he was closely confined
+in a common criminal dungeon (2 Tim. 2:9).  From this dungeon he wrote
+the Second Epistle to Timothy and from thence he went to his death.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE QUESTIONS DISCUSSED
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Personal Element</B> in these epistles is quite large both in respect
+to Timothy and Titus and Paul himself, but it is quite evident that
+this element is not the chief cause for the writing.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Doctrinal Part.</B>&mdash;Paul is here as strenuous for the need of
+repentance, the atonement through Jesus Christ and His sole sufficiency
+as Mediator, Savior, and Lord of all (1 Tim. 1:15-17; Titus 2:13;
+3:4-7), as in his other Epistles.  There are also enemies of the truth
+who are to be opposed (2 Tim. 3).  It is quite evident from what Paul
+says in the second chapter and elsewhere in Titus and Second Timothy
+that the Colossian heresy is already bearing its evil fruit and is
+likely in the future to do great injury to the churches.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Practical Teaching</B> about the necessity of developing and
+conserving the Church's system of government occupies, however, the
+chief place.  "The two notes which are struck again and again are:
+First, 'Hold fast the tradition, the deposit of faith.'  Second,
+'Preserve order in the church.'  In short this group of Epistles
+constitutes Paul's last will and testament in which he gives his final
+instructions for the maintenance and continuity of the faith."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The church of Jesus Christ must have form and order.  The truth must
+have a proper shelter.  Churches must have and observe certain
+regulations.  There must be proper officers.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The gospel is applied to outward conduct.  Great stress is laid upon
+the character of church officers (1 Tim. 3:1-13; Titus 1:5-7).  Pastors
+are directed how they should bear themselves toward church members and
+what they should teach (1 Tim. 5; Titus 2).  The conduct of the Church
+in the presence of the heathen world and its magistrates is set forth
+(Titus 3).  Instruction is given in regard to public worship (1 Tim.
+2).  The most effective barrier against all forms of evil, it is
+declared, is a diligent study of the Scriptures and a fervent preaching
+of the word (2 Tim. 3:13-4:5).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Special Theme</B> then is, "The constitution, methods, and conduct of
+the early churches."  (1 Tim. 2:1, 2, 8, 9-12; 3:1-13; Titus 1:5-14;
+2:1-10; 3:1, 2, 8-11, 13, 14; 2 Tim. 2:2, 14-18; 3:6-9).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+PAUL'S LAST DECLARATION OF HIS FAITH
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+The famous passage in 2 Timothy (4:6-8) shows how the Great Apostle
+went triumphantly to his death.  It is a declaration of the sustaining
+power of his faith in the Savior whom he had everywhere proclaimed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am now ready to be offered and the time of my departure is at hand.
+I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the
+faith: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness,
+which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day; and not
+to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing."
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE FIRST EPISTLE TO TIMOTHY
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Timothy</B> was one of the close companions of Paul.  His father was a
+Greek and his mother a Jewess, by the name of Eunice, (2 Tim. 1:5; Acts
+16:1).  He was a native of Lystra, Paul took him as his companion in
+travel and addressed two Epistles to him; he was sent on a number of
+important missions.  Timothy is mentioned twenty-four times by name in
+the Acts and Epistles; from these notices we can construct his
+itinerary with Paul and see how beloved and how trusted he was by the
+Great Apostle.  During Paul's last journey he left him in charge of the
+affairs of the church at Ephesus (1 Tim. 1:3).  When Paul was
+apprehended a second time and lying in a dungeon at Rome, in
+expectation of death, he wrote Timothy the last letter (2 Timothy) he
+ever penned, and besought him to come to him as speedily as possible (2
+Tim. 4:9).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time and Place of Writing.</B>&mdash;Paul in all probability wrote the First
+Epistle to Timothy from Macedonia (1 Tim. 1:3) in the year 66 A.D.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Purpose</B> "involved is through the instruction and exhortation of
+Timothy, to purify, strengthen, and elevate the Christian life of the
+church in Ephesus."  This teaching is put in such a way that it is
+applicable to every Christian minister and church.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Greeting (1:1, 2).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  The True teaching of the gospel (ch. 1).  Timothy is warned against
+false teachers and reminded of the aim and end of life in Christ.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  The order and regulation of public worship (ch. 2).  (a) Prayer,
+for those in authority and for all men.  (b) Instruction.  There is one
+God and one Mediator (Christ) between God and man.  (c) Conduct of men
+and women in the church assemblies.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Qualifications of the church officers (ch. 3).  (a) The ideal
+minister.  (b) The ideal deacon and the ministering women.  (c)
+Conclusion of chapter.  Paul declares his intention to visit Timothy.
+An ascription of praise.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+5.  The government of the Christian church and community (ch. 4-6).  In
+these three chapters Timothy is charged by Paul to keep before him a
+high view of the church and its grand destiny.  (a) Timothy, as a
+teacher, is reminded of his commission to put the church on guard
+against errors of doctrine and life (ch. 4).  (b) Timothy is shown how
+he should bear rule and conduct himself towards the elders and women of
+his congregation.  Paul adds instructions in regard to a man's care for
+his family, support of the ministry, discipline of offenders, etc. (ch.
+5).  (c) Relations of masters and servants.  Right attitude of
+believers in Christ toward riches.  The chief thing is to follow after
+righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness, and to fight
+the good fight of faith (6:1-19).  (d) Closing charge to Timothy with
+benediction (6:20, 21).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE EPISTLE TO TITUS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>Titus</B> was a beloved disciple of Paul.  He was a Gentile and was taken
+by Paul to Jerusalem and was made a test case of the freedom of the
+gospel and was not compelled to be circumcised (Gal. 2:1-5).  He is
+mentioned by name, by Paul, twelve times in four of the Epistles (2
+Cor. 2:13; 7:6, 13, 14; 8:6, 16, 23; 12:18; Gal. 2:1, 3; 2 Tim. 4:10;
+Titus 1:4).  The early church tradition is that Titus was descended
+from the royal family of Crete.  He was an able and capable missionary.
+We have no account of his conversion.  He might have come first in
+contact with Paul and been converted when the Great Apostle visited
+Crete on his way to Rome as a prisoner (Acts 27:7-13).  Some time was
+spent at this island by Paul's company (Acts 27:9).  Paul again visited
+Crete after his first Roman imprisonment and when he went away he left
+Titus in charge of affairs (Titus 1:5), "To set in order things that
+are wanting and to ordain elders in every city."  This message of Paul
+to Titus not only shows the confidence which Paul reposed in him, but
+also how widespread Christianity was in Crete.  After Titus had
+completed his special work in Crete he was to rejoin Paul at Nicopolis
+(Titus 3:12).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Purpose</B> of this letter is to show Titus what he is to do, in his
+work with the churches, and how to do it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time and Place of Writing.</B>&mdash;It is thought that this Epistle was
+written from Corinth in 66 A.D.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Greeting and subject of the Epistle (1:1-5).  Titus is left in
+Crete to accomplish certain things (1:5) after which he is to rejoin
+Paul (3:12).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  The kind of officers to be appointed in the Cretan churches
+(1:5-16).  Special moral and spiritual fitness is set forth as
+necessary in view of the peculiar character of the Cretans and certain
+forms of doctrinal error.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  The instruction to be given to the Cretans (2:1-3:11).  (a) "The
+things which become sound doctrine."  (b) Practical teaching for the
+proper regulation of the conduct of all classes.  (c) The foundation of
+the instruction rests upon Christ.  (d) Proper attitude of the
+Christian community toward the Pagan world; magistrates and those who
+have not yet believed in Christ.  Kindness and gentleness and the
+avoidance of foolish questions best reveal the spirit of Christ by
+those who profess His name.  (e) Parting requests and benediction
+(3:12-15).
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+THE SECOND EPISTLE TO TIMOTHY
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Last Words of Paul.</B>&mdash;This Epistle is of special interest as it
+contains the last recorded words of Paul to his faithful disciple,
+Timothy.  The Great Apostle is writing from a strict prison confinement
+(1:16, 17; 2:9).  He has had a first preliminary trial (4:16) and this
+was of such a dread nature that none of his friends dare to stand with
+him, yet he rejoices in his Lord that He stood by him and strengthened
+him.  He feels however that his end is near and gives a magnificent
+testimony of his faith (4:6-8).  He urges Timothy to come to him in
+Rome and bring Mark with him (4:9, 11).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Time and Place of Writing.</B>&mdash;It was written by Paul in prison at Rome
+67 A.D.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>The Purpose.</B>&mdash;Paul shows here his care for the churches, their
+upbuilding in the faith and their proper regulation of the things that
+pertain to worship and organization.  Timothy, as a preacher of the
+Word, has his personal responsibility, for the upbuilding of the
+churches, presented to him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+<B>Principal Divisions and Chief Points.</B>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+1.  Greeting and thanksgiving (1:1-5).
+</P>
+
+<P>
+2.  The Christian conduct of Timothy (1:6-2:14).  Paul exhorts Timothy
+not to allow himself to be daunted by fear of opposition or suffering
+in doing his work for Christ.  He encourages him by, (a) The great
+revelation and power of the gospel.  (b) His own work.  (c) The sure
+hope of a great reward.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+3.  Timothy as a preacher of the Word (2:15-4:5).  Paul exhorts
+Timothy, (a) To study to show himself a workman.  (b) In the perilous
+times that are coming to feed on the Word of God and preach it in
+season and out of season.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+4.  Last words of Paul (4:6-22).  The Apostle now turns to himself and
+speaks of his coming martyrdom.  He is ready to be offered, he has
+fought a good fight.  He beseeches Timothy to come and see him and
+bring Mark.  He refers to his first hearing when every friend left him
+alone and only the Lord stood by him.  He, after various messages,
+closes with the usual benediction.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+QUESTIONS
+</H4>
+
+<P>
+What is the place of these Epistles in Paul's life?  What can be said
+of Paul's fourth missionary journey; the first trip eastward, the trip
+westward to Spain, and the second trip eastward?  How did Paul come to
+be imprisoned a second time?  What are the questions discussed in these
+Epistles; the personal element, the doctrinal part, the practical
+teaching, and the special theme?  What is Paul's last declaration of
+faith?  What can be said of the First Epistle to Timothy; Timothy's
+life, time, and place of writing, the purpose, and the principal
+divisions and chief points?  What can be said of the Epistle to Titus;
+the life of Titus, the purpose, time, and place of writing, and the
+principal divisions and chief points?  What can be said of the Second
+Epistle to Timothy; the last words of Paul, time and place of writing,
+and the principal divisions and chief points?
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<HR>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap11"></A>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+A New Method for Bible Classes
+</H3>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+BY HENRY T. SELL
+</H4>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+Studies In Early Church History.<BR>
+12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.<BR>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+Studies in the Life of the Christian.<BR>
+His Faith and His Service.<BR>
+12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.<BR>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+Bible Studies in the Life of Paul.<BR>
+Historical and Constructive.<BR>
+12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.<BR>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+Bible Studies in the Life of Christ.<BR>
+Historical and Constructive.<BR>
+12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net, cloth, 50 cts. net.<BR>
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+<I>15th edition, revised and enlarged.</I>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+Supplemental Bible Studies.<BR>
+12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.<BR>
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+<I>5th edition, revised.</I>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+Bible Studies by Books.<BR>
+12 mo, paper, 35 cts. net; cloth, 60 cts. net.<BR>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+Bible Studies by Doctrines.<BR>
+12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.<BR>
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="catalog">
+Bible Studies by Periods.<BR>
+A Series of Twenty-four Historical Bible<BR>
+Studies, from Genesis to Revelation.<BR>
+12 mo, paper, 35 cts. net; cloth, 60 cts. net.<BR>
+</P>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Fleming H. Revell Company
+</H3>
+
+<H4 ALIGN="center">
+<I>Publishers</I>
+</H4>
+
+<BR><BR><BR><BR>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Bible Studies in the Life of Paul, by Henry T. Sell
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLE STUDIES IN THE LIFE OF PAUL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 31350-h.htm or 31350-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/3/5/31350/
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</BODY>
+
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/31350-h/images/img-029.jpg b/31350-h/images/img-029.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48dc06d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31350-h/images/img-029.jpg
diff --git a/31350-h/images/img-053.jpg b/31350-h/images/img-053.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f068bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31350-h/images/img-053.jpg
diff --git a/31350.txt b/31350.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e4b81e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31350.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4561 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Bible Studies in the Life of Paul, by Henry T. Sell
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Bible Studies in the Life of Paul
+       Historical and Constructive
+
+Author: Henry T. Sell
+
+Release Date: February 22, 2010 [EBook #31350]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLE STUDIES IN THE LIFE OF PAUL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+BIBLE STUDIES
+
+IN THE LIFE OF PAUL
+
+
+HISTORICAL AND CONSTRUCTIVE
+
+
+
+BY
+
+REV. HENRY T. SELL, D.D.
+
+
+Author of "Supplemental Bible Studies," "Bible Study by Books,"
+  "Bible Study by Doctrines," "Bible Study by Periods,"
+    and "Bible Studies in the Life of Christ."
+
+
+
+
+CHICAGO NEW YORK TORONTO
+
+FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY
+
+LONDON & EDINBURGH
+
+
+
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1904
+
+BY FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY
+
+
+  Chicago: 63 Washington Street
+  New York: 158 Fifth Avenue
+  Toronto: 27 Richmond Street, W.
+  London: 21 Paternoster Square
+  Edinburgh: 30 St. Mary Street
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+The book of Acts shows in a very graphic way the
+rapid growth and marvelous progress of Christianity in
+the midst of great opposition.  We see in process of
+fulfillment the promise of Jesus Christ to his disciples that
+they should receive power after the Holy Ghost had come
+upon them and that they should be witnesses unto Him
+"both in Jerusalem and in all Judea and in Samaria and
+unto the uttermost part of the earth."  Those were
+earnest times and full of stirring events, when men went forth
+to conquer a hostile world not with swords, but by the
+preaching of a gospel of peace and good will.  As soon as
+this proclamation was made in Judea and Samaria a new
+instrument was chosen by Jesus Christ, in Paul, to carry
+His message to the uttermost part of the earth.  He
+thus became at once the chief character in the larger work
+of planting and developing churches outside of Palestine.
+The study of Paul's life shows the difficulties encountered,
+the doctrines taught, and the organization perfected in the
+early churches.  "We here watch the dawn of the gospel
+which the Savior preached as it broadens gradually into
+the boundless day."
+
+Bible Studies in the Life of Paul is designed to follow
+the author's Bible Studies in the Life of Christ and to
+show the work of the Great Apostle in carrying the
+gospel to a Gentile world.  The aim is to present the work
+of Paul in a constructive and historical way.  While there
+has been a careful consideration, on the part of the author,
+of disputed questions, only conclusions upon which there
+is a general agreement amongst scholars, and which can be
+consistently held, are presented.  The great main facts of
+Paul's life and work stand forth unchallenged and the
+emphasis is placed upon them.  This book is divided into
+three parts, Paul's preparation for his work, his missionary
+journeys, and his writings.  This is a text book, and,
+with the analysis of each study and questions, is prepared
+for the use of normal and advanced Sunday-school classes,
+teachers' meetings, schools, colleges, and private study.
+This is the sixth book of the kind which the author has
+prepared and sent forth.  The large favor with which the
+other books have been received, and the desire, first of all,
+of making the life and work of Paul even better known,
+have been the motives which have led to its preparation.
+
+CHICAGO, ILL.
+
+HENRY T. SELL.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+        I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+STUDY
+
+    I.  Early Life
+   II.  Conversion
+
+
+        II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+  III.  First Missionary Journey
+   IV.  Second Missionary Journey
+    V.  Third Missionary Journey
+   VI.  Jerusalem to Rome
+
+
+        III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+  VII.  The Future of Christ's Kingdom
+ VIII.  The Old Faiths and the New
+   IX.  The Supremacy of Christ
+    X.  Pastoral and Personal
+
+
+
+
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+
+STUDY I
+
+EARLY LIFE
+
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++The Place of Paul+--The Man.  The Work of the Apostle.  The
+Leading Thought.
+
++Birth+--Place.  Time.  Family.
+
++Training+--Home.  Mental, Moral and Religious.  Industrial.
+
++The World as Paul Saw It+--The World.  Political.  Religious.
+The Difficulties.
+
+
+
+
+Bible Studies in the Life of Paul
+
+
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+
+STUDY I
+
+EARLY LIFE
+
+THE PLACE OF PAUL
+
++The Man, Paul,+ judged by the influence he has
+exerted in the world, is one of the greatest characters in
+all history.  He is pre-eminent not only as a missionary,
+but as a marvelous thinker and writer.  "He was
+a personality of vast power, force, and individuality."  There
+are some men who seem to be born and prepared
+to do a large work for the world; Paul makes the impression
+upon those who carefully read the record of his life
+that he stands first in this class of men.
+
++The Work of the Apostle.+--As John the Baptist
+preceded Christ and prepared the way for His coming, so
+Paul succeeded Christ and went throughout the heathen
+world proclaiming that the Christ had come, and calling
+upon all men, Jews and Gentiles, to repent and accept
+Him as their Lord and Savior.  So wide was his work as
+a missionary of the cross, and an interpreter of the Christ,
+that a certain class of critics have sought to make him the
+creator of Christianity, as we know it; a position which
+Paul would be the first to repudiate.  He sought of
+himself, before he was apprehended by Christ on the way to
+Damascus, to drive Christianity from the face of the
+earth.
+
++The Leading Thought+ in Paul's mind, after his
+conversion, was personal devotion to Christ; this was the
+mainspring of every act.  He said, "I am crucified with
+Christ: nevertheless, I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth
+in me": (Gal. 2:20).  "For me to live is Christ"
+(Phil. 1:21).  In his letters to the churches which he founded,
+there are found no picturesque descriptions of cities or of
+scenery; his one thought is to make known the Christ.
+He says, writing to the Corinthian church, "and I,
+brethren, when I came to you, came not with excellency of
+speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of
+God.  For I determined not to know anything among
+you, save Jesus Christ and Him crucified" (1 Cor. 2:1,
+2).  In the evangelization of the heathen world, for
+which task he had been set apart by the Holy Spirit
+(Acts 13:2) and which he had accepted with all his heart,
+it is not only his leading, but his only thought to make
+known Jesus Christ as Lord and Savior.
+
+To miss this supreme purpose of Paul in the study of
+his life is to miss its whole significance (Phil. 2:1-11;
+Col. 1:12-20).
+
+
+BIRTH
+
++Place.+--The world is interested in the birthplaces of
+its great men.  Some of these birthplaces are in doubt.
+There is no doubt about the place in which Paul was
+born.  He says, in making a speech to the Jews, "I am
+verily a man which am a Jew, born in Tarsus, a city in
+Cilicia" (Acts 22:3).  This city was the capital of
+Cilicia and was situated in the southeastern part of Asia
+Minor.  It was but a few miles from the coast and was
+easily accessible from the Mediterranean sea by a navigable
+river.  A large commerce was controlled by the
+merchants, on sea and on land.  Tarsus, while one of three
+university centers of the period, ranking with Athens and
+Alexandria, was an exceedingly corrupt city.  It was the
+chief seat of "a special Baal worship of an imposing but
+unspeakably degrading character."
+
++Time.+--The date of Paul's birth is nowhere recorded,
+but from certain dates given in the Acts, from which we
+reckon back, it is thought that he was born about the
+same time as Jesus Christ.
+
++Family.+--We are left, in this matter, without any
+uncertainty.  Paul says, "I am a Pharisee, the son of a
+Pharisee" (Acts 23:6).  I was "circumcised the eighth
+day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, an
+Hebrew of the Hebrews, as touching the law, a Pharisee"
+(Phil. 3:5).  Paul's father and mother were Jews
+of the stricter sort.  The expression which Paul uses, "An
+Hebrew of the Hebrews" is very significant.  The Jews
+of the Dispersion were known at this time as Hebrews
+and Hellenists.  The Hebrews clung to the Hebrew
+tongue and followed Hebrew customs.  The Hellenists
+spoke Greek by preference and adopted, more or less,
+Greek views and civilization.  Paul had a married sister
+who lived in Jerusalem (Acts 23:16) and relatives in Rome
+(Rom. 16:7, 11).
+
+
+TRAINING
+
++Home.+--The instruction received in the home has often
+more influence and is more lasting than any other.  Paul
+received the usual thorough training of the Jew boy
+accentuated in his case, in all probability, by the open iniquity
+which was daily practised in his native city.  We never
+hear him expressing any regret that he received such
+thorough religious instruction at the hands of his parents.
+
++Mental, Moral, and Religious.+--Good teachers were
+employed to instruct the boy, who was afterwards to make
+such a mark in the world.  After going through the
+school, under the care of the synagogue at Tarsus, he
+was sent to Jerusalem to complete his education.  Paul,
+speaking in this chief Jewish city, says, I was "brought
+up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, and taught
+according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers"
+(Acts 22:3).  It is very evident that He had a profound
+knowledge of the Scriptures from the large use he makes
+of them in his Epistles.  He seems also to have been
+quite well acquainted with Greek philosophy and
+literature.  He quotes from the Greek poets, Aratus,
+Epimenides, and Menander.  No man ever studied men and the
+motives which actuate them more than he.  His inward
+life was pure (Acts 23:1; 24:16).  Paul differed from
+Christ in that he was a man who sought the cities and
+drew his illustrations from them, while Christ was much
+in the country and drew his illustrations from country life.
+But in this study of and work for the city Paul was but
+carrying out the commands of Christ.
+
++Industrial.+--It was required of every Jew father that
+his boy should learn some trade by which he might
+support himself should necessity require it.  It was a
+common Jewish proverb that "he who taught his son no trade
+taught him to be a thief."  Paul was taught the trade of
+tent making.  "The hair of the Cicilian goats was used
+to make a cloth which was especially adapted for tents for
+travelers, merchants, and soldiers."  He afterwards
+found this trade very useful in his missionary work
+(Acts 18:3; 20:34; 1 Cor. 4:12; 1 Thess. 2:9; 2 Thess. 3:8).
+
+
+THE WORLD AS PAUL SAW IT
+
++This World+ was very different from the world as we
+see it to-day.  This makes it difficult for us to appreciate
+his work at its full value.  Now, Christianity is the great
+religion of the world; then it was unknown, outside a very
+limited circle of believers.  The state and society were
+organized upon a different basis and were in strong
+opposition to the new religion.
+
++Political.+--The world was under the dominion of the
+Romans.  They, in conquering it, broke down the
+barriers that had separated tribe from tribe and nation from
+nation.  Yet it was a comparatively small world for all
+interests centered about the Mediterranean Sea.  Before
+the Romans the Greeks had been in possession of a part
+of this world and had permeated and penetrated the whole
+of it, with their art, language, and commerce.  With the
+upheavals of war and the tribulations that had befallen
+the Jews, they were everywhere scattered abroad and had
+their synagogues in most of the cities.
+
++Religious.+--For the Romans, Greeks, and conquered
+nations and tribes, it was an age of scepticism.  While the
+gods and goddesses in the great heathen temples still had
+their rites and ceremonies observed yet the people, to a
+large degree, had ceased to believe in them.  The Roman
+writers of the period are agreed in the slackening of
+religious ties and of moral restraints.  Yet it was the policy
+of the state to maintain the worship of the gods and
+goddesses.  Any attack upon them or their worship was
+regarded as an offense against the state.
+
++The Difficulties+ of the situation were threefold: (a)
+To seek to overturn the religion of the state constituted
+an offense which was punishable by stripes and imprisonment;
+(b) To rebuke men's sins and the evils of the times
+stirred up bitter opposition on their part; (c) To proclaim
+a crucified and risen Christ as the Messiah to the Jews,
+when they expected a great conquering hero, often excited
+and put them in a rage.
+
+That Paul could preach Christ and establish churches,
+under all the opposition that he encountered, shows how
+fully and implicitly he believed in his Lord.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What impression has the man, Paul, made upon the world?
+What was his work as an apostle?  What his leading thought?
+Where is the place of his birth?  What can be said of his family?
+How was he educated and trained, in the home, in school, and for
+a trade?  What was the political and religious condition of the
+world as Paul saw it?  What were the three difficulties in the way
+of his work in preaching Christ?
+
+
+
+
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+
+STUDY II
+
+CONVERSION
+
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Paul the Persecutor+--Order of Events.  The Inevitable Conflict.
+Cruelty of the Persecutor.
+
++Conversion+--Cause.  Effects (physical, mental and spiritual,
+penalty, relief to the Christians, triumph of Christ, and estimates
+of the results).
+
++Period of Waiting+--Retirement of Paul.  Reasons.  The Gospel
+for the Gentiles.  Paul Brought to Antioch.
+
+
+
+
+I.  PAUL'S PREPARATION
+
+
+STUDY II
+
+CONVERSION
+
+PAUL, THE PERSECUTOR
+
++Order of Events.+--It seems to be quite evident, when
+Paul finished his studies in Jerusalem, that he left the city
+and engaged in work somewhere else, during the years
+when John the Baptist and Jesus were preaching and
+teaching.  In all probability he did not return until after
+the crucifixion and resurrection of Christ.
+
+Paul first appears in the narrative of the Acts, under
+the name of Saul, at the martyrdom of Stephen, where he
+takes charge of the clothes of the witnesses (Acts
+7:58, 59).
+
+From the Ascension of Christ to the martyrdom of
+Stephen is an important period in the history of the infant
+church.  On and after the day of Pentecost (Acts 2) the
+apostles and followers of the risen Lord assumed a very
+bold attitude.  They did not hesitate to speak openly in
+the temple (Acts 3:12-16) of the crime of putting "The
+Prince of Life" to death and asserted that He was risen
+from the dead.  The priests and Sadducees strongly
+objected to this kind of preaching (Acts 4), laid hands upon
+the preachers, and put them in prison.  When they were
+examined the next day before (Acts 4:5-13) the Jewish
+tribunal, the apostles spoke even more boldly of Jesus and
+his resurrection and refused to be silenced (Acts 4:13-20,
+33).  Again an attempt was made to stop the preaching
+of the apostles, but they refused to keep still (Acts
+5:16-33).  A remarkable prison deliverance by the "Angel
+of the Lord" (Acts 5:19, 20) gave them great courage in
+proclaiming "all the words of this life."
+
+At this point Gamaliel (Acts 5:34-42) proposes in the
+Jewish council a new policy, which was to let the followers
+of Christ alone, arguing that then they would speedily
+give up their preaching.  This policy was adopted (Acts
+5:40).  But with the election of Stephen as a deacon
+(Acts 6:1-8) the followers of Christ began to multiply
+with great rapidity and it was soon seen that "the
+let-alone policy" was a mistake (Acts 6:9-15).  Persecution
+again breaks out which results in the death of Stephen
+(Acts 7), the bringing out of Saul as the arch persecutor,
+and the scattering of the church (Acts 8:1-4).
+
++The Inevitable Conflict.+--Had the early Christians
+been content to have proclaimed Jesus Christ to be but a
+great teacher and prophet, they would in all probability
+have become a Jewish sect and been speedily lost to sight.
+But extraordinary claims were put forth that Jesus Christ
+was the promised Messiah (Acts 2:25-40), the Son of
+God (Acts 3:26), the Forgiver of sins (Acts 2:38; 5:31),
+that He was risen from the dead (Acts 4:33), that
+obedience to Him was above that to the Jewish rulers (Acts
+4:18-20), that the Jews had wickedly slain Christ (Acts
+3:14, 15), and that salvation was only through Him
+(Acts 4:12).  Further than this they wrought miracles in
+the name of Jesus Christ (Acts 3:2-8, 16; 2:43; 5:12).
+
+It was very soon plainly seen that Christianity could
+keep no truce, and proposed to keep no truce, which
+called in question or denied the supremacy of Christ.
+
++The Cruelty of the Persecutor.+--To a man of Paul's
+temperament and zeal there could be no half way measures
+in a case like this.  He could not be content to bide his
+time.  Either the claims of Christ were true or false.  If
+false, then they were doing harm and His doctrine and
+teaching must be eradicated at any cost.  All the aggressive
+forces of the Jews found a champion in this Saul of
+Tarsus.  Drastic measures were at once inaugurated.
+There was to be no more temporizing.  The cruelty and
+thoroughness of the persecutor, in his work, are shown in
+his instituting a house to house canvass seeking for the
+Christians and sparing neither age nor sex (Acts 8:1, 3).
+
+In the first persecutions the Jews had been content to
+arrest and imprison those who publicly preached Christ,
+but now the policy was changed and Christianity was to
+be exterminated root and branch.  All believers in Christ
+were to be hunted out.
+
+The character of Saul, the arch persecutor, is shown
+in the characterization of him by Luke, when he
+represented him as breathing out, "threatenings and slaughter
+against the disciples of the Lord" (Acts 9:1).
+
+
+CONVERSION
+
++Cause.+--The book of the Acts, opened at one place,
+shows a fierce hater and persecutor of the Christians (8:3),
+opened at another place it shows this same persecutor as
+an ardent and enthusiastic preacher of the faith in Jesus
+Christ (13:16-39)  We seek for the cause of this
+remarkable change.  Luke tells us that Saul was on his way to
+Damascus, seeking victims for his persecuting zeal, when
+Jesus suddenly appeared to him and Saul was changed
+from a persecutor to a believer in Christ (Acts 9:3-7).
+The account is very brief.  For an event which has had
+such tremendous results, the narrator is very reticent; a
+light from heaven, a voice speaking, and a person
+declaring that He is Jesus.  Paul gives us two accounts of his
+conversion and how it took place (Acts 22:6-15;
+26:12-18).  The men who were with Paul saw a light
+and heard a voice, but not what was said.  It is
+impossible to describe or exaggerate what took place in Paul's
+mind in those brief moments while Jesus talked to him;
+but his beliefs, and his whole life plan were radically
+changed.  It had been well if no explanation of this
+conversion had been attempted and the great fact had been
+left to stand as it does in the Acts.  Attempts, however,
+have been made to minimize the power of this conversion
+and the marvelous and sudden change it wrought in the
+character and life of Paul.  Some critics seeking a natural,
+rather than a supernatural, cause have attributed to Paul
+certain compunctions of conscience and misgivings about
+his persecution of the Christians, together with a hot day
+and a certain temperament, which led him to have a
+subjective experience, which he thought was real.  But there
+is no recorded evidence forthcoming that Paul ever had
+any compunctions of conscience about persecuting the
+Christians.  Paul was an honest man to the very core of
+his being; in the two accounts he gives us of this
+conversion, and in incidental references to it, he never even
+hints at any such state of mind.  The expression used by
+Jesus, "It is hard for thee to kick against the pricks"
+(Acts 9-5), of which so much has been made, means no
+more than that Saul's opposition and hard work against
+the Christians (Acts 8:3; 9:1), would be of no avail.  In
+doing what he did Paul thought he was doing God's
+service.  Again the language which Paul uses and the
+references which he makes to this appearance of Christ forbid
+us to think that it was only a mere vision of Christ which
+he saw.  "He ranks it as the last of the appearances of
+the risen Savior to His disciples and places it on the same
+level as the appearances to Peter, to James, to the eleven,
+and to the five hundred" (1 Cor. 15:1-8).  In these
+appearances Jesus had eaten with his disciples and been
+touched by them (John 20:24-31; Luke 24:36-43),
+appearing as a real being, according to the narrative.
+
+"It was the appearance to Paul of the risen Lord,
+which made him a Christian, gave him a gospel to preach,
+and sent him forth as the apostle of the Gentiles."
+
+The time of Paul's conversion was about 36 A.D.
+
++Effects.+--There is no question as to the very marked
+results which followed the appearance of the risen Lord
+to Saul on the way to Damascus.
+
+1.  Physical.  He was smitten with blindness (Acts
+9:8), and was without food for three days (Acts 9:9).
+His sight was restored by Ananias at the command of the
+Lord (Acts 9:15-18).
+
+2.  Mental and spiritual.  His whole outlook upon life
+and its significance was changed.  He received baptism
+and was filled with the Holy Spirit (Acts 9:17).  From
+being a persecutor he became an enthusiastic witness for
+Christ (Acts 9:20-22).
+
+3.  Penalty.  The consequences of his former course
+of action were visited upon him; for the Jews sought to
+kill him and the disciples of Christ were at first afraid of
+him (Acts 9:23-26).  But Barnabas vouched for his
+sincerity (Acts 9:27).
+
+4.  The relief to the Christians at Damascus, when
+Saul was converted, was very great.  They had looked
+forward to his coming with dread.
+
+5.  The triumph of Christ.  In Paul Christianity won
+its most efficient missionary and, next to Christ, its
+greatest thinker, preacher, and teacher.
+
+6.  The estimates of the results of this conversion of
+Saul cannot be too large; they are world wide.
+
+
+PERIOD OF WAITING
+
++Retirement of Paul.+--From the conversion of Paul
+(Acts 9:3-7) to his call to the missionary work (Acts
+13:2) is a period of about ten years.  During this time
+we have only incidental notices of him and what he was
+doing.  When we think of it there is nothing strange in
+this retirement.  It is the divine method, as in the case of
+Moses, when a man is to do a very large work for God
+that he should be well prepared for it.  The chief
+scripture notices of this period of retirement are found in
+Acts 9:19-30; Gal. 1:15-24; (Acts 11:25-30; 12:25).
+From these notices it is quite plain: (a) That Paul retired
+into Arabia.  (b) That he preached in Damascus and
+Jerusalem, but was compelled to flee from both cities on
+account of the persecutions of the Jews, who sought his
+life.  (c) That he went to Tarsus and "into the regions of
+Syria and Cilicia."  (d) That he came to Antioch, where
+there was a great revival (Acts 11:25-30), at the
+solicitation of Barnabas.  Luke in his account (Acts 9:19-30)
+does not mention the trip to Arabia spoken of by Paul in
+his epistle to the Galatians (1:15-24).  It must be
+remembered however that each is writing from a
+different point of view.  Luke is a historian recording only the
+most salient facts and passing over the mention of many
+events.  We see this in the compression in eight and a
+half short chapters of the events of the three missionary
+journeys.  Paul writing to the Galatians is anxious to
+establish the fact that he received his commission, as an
+apostle, not from man, but from Christ himself (Gal. 1:1);
+hence he enters more into details and we get from him the
+inside view.  The accounts of Luke and Paul if read
+carefully, keeping in mind all the circumstances, are seen not
+to be in any way antagonistic, but to supplement each other.
+
++Reasons.+--Many reasons have been given for the
+retirement of Paul to Arabia, and what seems to be the
+period of comparative inactivity that followed it.
+
+1.  Fierce opposition on the part of the Jews whenever
+Paul attempted to preach, as in the cities of Damascus
+and Jerusalem.
+
+2.  A preparation of mind and heart for his great
+work.  As a thinker he needed to look upon all sides of
+the gospel, which he was afterwards to preach so
+effectively to the Gentiles.
+
+3.  A careful rereading of the Old Testament.  As a
+Jew he had read the Scriptures in one way, now he reread
+them seeing Christ there.
+
+4.  System of doctrine.  He may at this time have
+wrought out that magnificent system of Christian doctrine
+which he afterwards presented to the churches in his
+Epistles.
+
++The Gospel for the Gentiles.+--While Paul was waiting
+for the call to his great missionary work there came a
+new crisis in the history of the early church, and a new
+era was inaugurated.  In the tenth and eleventh chapters
+of the book of Acts Luke tells us of the conversion of the
+Gentile Cornelius, "a centurion of the band called the
+Italian band" (Acts 10:1-8), and of the instructions given
+to Peter to receive him (Acts 10:9-44).
+
+Cornelius was the first Gentile convert and we note
+here the beginning of the preaching of the gospel to the
+Gentiles, which was to have such large results.  "The
+day of Pentecost, the conversion of Saul of Tarsus, the
+call of Cornelius and the foundation of the Gentile church
+at Antioch are, if we are to pick and choose amid the
+events related by Luke, the turning points of the earliest
+ecclesiastical history."  How great and epoch making was
+this new departure of preaching the gospel to the Gentiles,
+and receiving them into the church, is shown in the
+eleventh chapter of the Acts (11:1-18) where, when Peter
+goes up to Jerusalem, he is put on the defensive and
+compelled to explain why he received Cornelius into the
+church.  When however the matter was fully explained
+the early disciples rejoiced over the fact that to the
+Gentiles was granted by God repentance unto life (Acts 11:18).
+
++Paul Brought to Antioch+ by Barnabas, on account of
+the revival that had broken out in that city, is another
+step which he takes up to his work as the great missionary
+to the Gentiles (Acts 11:25-26).  It was here that the
+disciples were first called Christians (Acts 11:26).  It
+was from this city that Paul went forth on his missionary
+journeys and it was here that he returned (Acts 13:1-3;
+14:26; 15:24-41; 18:22; 18:23).
+
+"Antioch was the capital of the Greek kingdom of
+Syria, and afterwards the residence of the Roman
+governor of the province.  It was made a free city by Pompey
+the Great, and contained an aqueduct, amphitheater,
+baths, and colonnades.  It was situated on the Orontes
+about twenty miles from the mouth of the river.  Its
+sea-port was Seleucia.  It was intimately connected with
+apostolic Christianity.  Here the first Gentile church was
+formed" (Acts 11:20, 21).
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+Give the order of events which led to the persecution in
+which Paul was so prominent.  Why was the conflict between
+Christianity and Judaism inevitable?  What can be said of the
+cruelty of Paul, the persecutor?  Give the cause of Paul's
+conversion.  What were some of the effects?  What can be said of the
+period of waiting; the retirement of Paul?  What are some of
+the probable reasons for this retirement?  What can be said about
+the beginning of the gospel to the Gentiles?  By whom was Paul
+brought to Antioch and for what purpose?  In what relation does
+Antioch stand to the missionary journeys of Paul?
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Acts 13:1-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY III
+
+FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-14:26_
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Introduction to the Three Missionary Journeys+--The call.  The
+Significance.  Extent and Time.  The Record.  Other Long
+Journeys.  Method of Work and Support.  The Message.
+
++The First Journey+--Preparation.  Companions.  Paul Comes to
+the Front.  Time and Extent.  Rulers.
+
++The Itinerary+--Salamis.  Paphos.  Perga.  Antioch.  Iconium.
+Lystra and Derbe.  The Return Journey.
+
++The Jerusalem Council+--One Problem of the Early Church.  The
+Decision of the Council.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Outline map illustrating the first and second
+missionary journeys of Paul.]
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Acts 13:1-38:31_
+
+
+STUDY III
+
+FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-14:26_
+
+INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE MISSIONARY JOURNEYS
+
+Before taking up the study of the first missionary
+journey, attention is called to certain points which should be
+considered in regard to all three of them (Acts 13:1-21:17).
+
+We have now arrived at what we might call the watershed
+of the Acts of the Apostles.  Hitherto we have had
+various scenes, characters, personages to consider.
+Henceforth Paul, his labors, his disputes, his speeches, occupy
+the entire field, and every other man who is introduced
+into the narrative plays a subordinate part.
+
+Our attention is now turned from the Jewish world,
+considered so largely in the first twelve chapters of the
+Acts, to the heathen world and the struggle which Paul
+and his fellow laborers had with it, in bringing it to Christ.
+
++The Call+ to this work was by the Holy Ghost in the
+city of Antioch (Acts 13:1-4).  Luke says, "As they
+ministered to the Lord and fasted, the Holy Ghost said,
+separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work whereunto I
+have called them" (Acts 13:2, 4).  Contrast this with
+the beginning of the work in Jerusalem which was also
+inaugurated by the Holy Ghost on the day of Pentecost
+(Acts 1:14; 2:1-4).  This call was in accordance with
+what Jesus had told his disciples before His ascension
+(Acts 1:8).
+
+The agency of the Holy Ghost in directing and
+promoting this missionary work is very manifest (Acts
+13:2, 4, 9, 52; 15:8, 28; 16:6; 19:2, 6; 20:23, 28;
+21:11; 28:25).
+
++The Significance+ and importance of these journeys
+cannot be overestimated.  It is probable, when the call
+came, that Paul had but little idea of their magnitude and
+that in the end they would result in changing not only the
+religion, but the philosophy and civilization of the world.
+
++Extent and Time.+--It is estimated that the first
+journey was 1,400 miles long, the second 3,200, and the
+third 3,500, making 8,100 miles traveled by Paul.
+The time occupied for the three journeys was about
+ten years.
+
++The Record+ of the three missionary journeys, is briefly
+comprised in eight and a half chapters (Acts 13:1-21:17),
+and it does not profess to be a complete one.  Only the
+most striking incidents and events, and probably not all
+of these, are given.  There were side trips not recorded
+by Luke; Paul speaks of one to Illyricum (Rom. 15:19),
+and of others in which he underwent great perils (2
+Cor. 11:24-27).
+
+The purpose of Luke seems to be to show how, in
+accordance with the command and promise of Christ, the
+knowledge and power of the gospel was spread, beginning
+in Jerusalem, through Judea, and Samaria, throughout
+the heathen world (Acts 1:8); everything seems to be
+made to bend to this purpose.  Certainly there could be
+no more graphic and concise account of these epoch
+making events than that given us by this wonderful
+narrator.
+
++Other Long Journeys.+--1.  Paul's voyage to Rome as
+a prisoner.  Luke gives a full account of this voyage, its
+many interesting incidents (Acts 27:1-28:16), and of the
+circumstances which led up to it (Acts 21:17-27:1).
+
+2.  There is every reason to believe that Paul was
+released at the end of his two years imprisonment in
+Rome (Acts 28:30) and that he made an Eastern journey
+as far as Colossae and a Western journey as far as Spain.
+
+NOTE.--These last journeys are considered in chapter ten.
+
++Method of Work and Support.+--Paul and his companion,
+or company, when they entered into a city would
+first seek for a lodging and then for work, going from one
+tent maker's door to another until finally a place was
+found.  Then upon the following Sabbath they would
+seek the Jewish synagogue and after the reading of the
+Scriptures, when an opportunity was given, Paul would
+arise and begin to speak, (Acts 13:14-16) leading up
+through the Old Testament message (Acts 13:17-43) to
+the great topic of Jesus Christ as the promised Messiah
+and closing with an exhortation to believe on Him.  Such
+a speech would naturally excite great interest coming from
+the lips of one, who by his speech and the handling of the
+Old Testament, would be recognized as a cultivated
+Jewish Rabbi.  Paul would be asked to speak again the next
+Sabbath (Acts 13:44-52), the synagogue would be full of
+people and he would set forth Jesus Christ more plainly
+as the Savior both of Jew and Gentile.  This would
+generally be a signal for the Jews to contradict and oppose
+Paul, but some Jews would believe with a number of
+Gentiles.  This would be the starting point of the
+Christian church in that community.  The Jews, however, who
+were untouched by what Paul preached, and who looked
+upon him as the destroyer of their religion, would raise a
+cry against him and seek to have him expelled from the
+city.  This experience was frequently repeated.  There
+were great difficulties also to be encountered when the
+heathen thought that their worship was in danger (Acts
+19:20-30).
+
++The Message+ which Paul bore to Jew and Gentile was
+the moving force of all his work.  The starting point was
+the memorable day when Jesus Christ appeared to him on
+his way to Damascus.  Paul believed that he received his
+commission as an apostle directly from Jesus Christ
+(Gal. 1:1-24).  The four main positions of Paul, set
+forth so plainly in his Epistle to the Romans, are: (a)
+All are guilty before God (Jew and Gentile).  (b) All
+need a Savior.  (c) Christ died for all.  (d) We are all
+(through faith) one body in Christ.  Paul leaves us in no
+doubt as to how he regards Jesus Christ.  He is to him
+the Son of God, through whom God created all things
+and who is the Divine Savior of man (Eph. 3:9-21;
+Phil. 2:9-11; Rom. 9:5).  There is no doubt, no
+hesitation on Paul's part in delivering his message.  He is a
+witness, testifying to the glory of his Divine Lord.  He
+is a messenger who cannot alter or tamper with that which
+has been entrusted to him.  To the rude inhabitants of
+the mountain regions of Asia Minor, to the philosophers
+in Athens, to the Roman governors in Caesarea, to the
+dwellers in Corinth and in Rome the purport of the
+Message is always the same.
+
+
+THE FIRST JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-14:28_
+
++Preparation.+--First, on the part of Paul.  About ten
+years have passed since his conversion.  During this time
+we have few notices of him, but he was undoubtedly
+making ready for this very important work of a missionary.
+Second, on the part of the church.  The first step
+had already been taken, in the conversion of Cornelius, in
+the giving of the gospel to the Gentile world.  Third,
+Paul was brought to Antioch by Barnabas to assist the
+church in the great revival which broke out in that second
+early center of Christian work and teaching (Acts 11:21-26).
+Fourth, the large success of the disciples who went
+throughout Judea and Samaria, preaching the gospel, after
+the death of Stephen (Acts 7:5-8:4; 11:19-21) made
+possible this new aggressive movement to the regions
+beyond.  Fifth, the Christian prophets and teachers at
+Antioch "ministered to the Lord and fasted."  They
+desired to know the will of the Lord and it was made
+known to them by the Holy Ghost.  "And when they
+had fasted and prayed, and laid their hands on them, they
+sent them away."  "So they being sent forth by the
+Holy Ghost, departed unto Seleucia (Acts 13:3, 4).
+
++Companions of the Journey+, Barnabas and Saul (Acts
+13:2) and John Mark (Acts 13:5).  Barnabas has been
+called the discoverer of Saul.  He was probably a convert
+of the day of Pentecost.  He was a land proprietor of the
+island of Cyprus and early showed his zeal for Christ by
+selling his land and devoting the proceeds to the cause in
+which he so heartily believed (Acts 4:36, 37).  He
+early sought out and manifested, in a very practical way,
+his friendship for Paul (Acts 9:27; 11:22, 25, 30;
+12:25).  John Mark, who started on this journey with
+Barnabas and Saul, was a nephew of Barnabas (Acts
+13:5, 13; 12:25; Col. 4:10).
+
++Paul Comes to the Front+ when his company leave
+Paphos and ever after he has the first place (Acts 13:
+13).  Here also he is called Paul for the first time, a
+name which he retains.
+
++Extent and Time+--This was the shortest of the three
+journeys (about 1,400 miles).  It extended over the island
+of Cyprus and a part of Asia Minor.  In time it occupied
+about three years, 47-50 A.D.
+
++Rulers+--Claudius was the emperor of Rome, since
+41 A.D.  Herod Agrippa was king of Chalcis, Ananias
+was high priest in Jerusalem.
+
+
+THE ITINERARY
+
+NOTE.--The cities, which Paul visited in this and the other
+journeys, should be located upon the map by the student.  It will
+greatly increase the interest to consult some good Bible dictionary
+and get well acquainted also with the history of the places.
+
+
++Salamis+, on the island of Cyprus, was the first place
+reached, after sailing from Seleucia (Acts 13:4, 5) the
+sea-port of Antioch.  It was the natural thing to go first to
+this island as it had been the home of Barnabas and many
+Jews had settled there; it was about eighty miles to the
+southwest of Seleucia.
+
++Paphos.+--After passing through the island from east
+to west the missionaries came to Paphos.  This city was
+the seat of the worship of Venus, the goddess of love.
+This worship was carried on with the most degrading
+of immoralities.
+
+The chief incidents in the ministry here were the
+smiting of the Jewish sorcerer, Elymas, with blindness for his
+persistent opposition and the conversion of the deputy of
+the country, Sergius Paulus (Acts 13:6-12).  Saul is
+filled with an unusual power of the Spirit for his work in
+this city and takes the name of Paul.  It is now no longer
+Barnabas and Saul, but Paul and Barnabas.
+
++Perga in Pamphylia+--(Acts 13:13, 14).  The missionaries
+take ship from Paphos and sail in a north-easterly
+direction across the Mediterranean Sea to this city of Asia
+Minor.  John Mark, doubtless appalled by the difficulties
+which had already been experienced and now that the
+journey seemed to promise still greater hardships, left the
+company and returned to Jerusalem.
+
++Antioch in Pisidia+ (Acts 13:14-52) was about ninety
+miles directly north of Perga.  It was a good-sized city
+with a large Jewish population.  Luke's account of this
+visit is notable in that we have the chief points in Paul's
+speech in the synagogue set down.  This address is worth
+study from the fact that it is the first sermon of Paul of
+which we have any record, and is probably the usual way
+in which he began his work in a great many Jewish
+synagogues.  Paul is asked to speak to the assembled Jews.
+He begins upon the common ground of the history of
+Israel.  He declares the promise of a Savior.  This
+Savior is to be of the seed of David.  Then Paul sets
+forth that Jesus is the promised Savior.  He reminds
+them of the testimony of John and of those who had seen
+Jesus before and after His resurrection.  He declares
+unto them the glad tidings of a Savior.  He warns them
+of their peril in rejecting Jesus Christ.  Paul is invited to
+speak upon the next Sabbath, but there is a division and
+those who oppose Paul try to drive him out of their city
+which they finally succeed in doing.  But the Word has
+fallen into good soil and there is the beginning of a
+Christian church.
+
++Iconium in Lycaonia+ (Acts 14:1-5) is over one
+hundred miles distant from Antioch.  The missionaries were
+now in a country of a people with strange ways.  They
+remained here for some time and their ministry was
+attested by "signs and wonders."  But again some of
+the Jews opposed them and stirred up the multitude.  A
+plan was made by the ringleaders of the opposition to
+stone them, but being made aware of it Paul and Barnabas
+"fled unto Derbe and Lystra."  They had, however, the
+satisfaction of leaving behind "a great multitude of
+believing Jews and Greeks" (Acts 14:1).
+
++Lystra and Derbe in Lycaonia+ (Acts 14:6-21).--"And
+there they preached the gospel."  There is no
+mention of any Jewish synagogue at either of these cities.
+The inhabitants were worshippers of the heathen gods.
+The healing of a lame man at Lystra brought Paul and
+Barnabas directly into touch with the heathen priests and
+populace.  When they saw this miracle of healing, they
+thought that the gods had come down to earth in the
+likeness of men.  Barnabas was called Jupiter "and Paul
+Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker."  When
+Paul and Barnabas sought to restrain the priests and
+people from doing sacrifice to them, it is interesting to
+note what words Paul uses in addressing them.  As with
+the Jews he here seeks first of all a common ground.  He
+says, "We are men of like passions with you and preach
+unto you that you should turn from these vanities unto
+the living God, which made heaven, and earth, and the
+sea, and all things that are therein; who in times past
+suffered all nations to walk in their own ways.
+Nevertheless He left not Himself without a witness, in that He
+did good, and gave us rain from heaven, and fruitful
+seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness" (Acts
+14:15-17).  We find the same earnestness the same desire
+to preach the gospel to the heathen here as to the Jews
+elsewhere.  But the Jews who had made trouble in
+Antioch and Iconium for the missionaries came to Lystra and,
+forming a plot against Paul, persuaded the people and
+stoned him so that he was drawn out of the city, they
+"supposing he had been dead."  But he was not dead, he
+soon rose up and came back into the city and the next
+day departed with Barnabas to Derbe, where they
+preached the gospel and taught many.
+
++The Return Journey+ is very briefly recorded (Acts
+14:21-28).  The missionaries returned through the same
+cities, Lystra, Iconium, Antioch, and so back to Perga.
+But from the last city they did not sail to the island of
+Cyprus, but took a different course, westerly along the
+coast to Attalia in Pamphylia and from thence they sailed
+to Antioch, the starting point of their trip.  During this
+return journey they proved to their friends and enemies
+that, in departing from the cities where mobs threatened
+them, it was through no cowardice on their part, but for
+other reasons and for the purpose of preaching the gospel
+in the regions beyond.  They "confirmed the souls of the
+disciples exhorting them to continue in the faith."  They
+also further perfected the organization of the churches,
+ordaining elders in every church.  They prayed with and
+for the disciples and commended them to the Lord.
+
+When the missionaries at last entered the city of
+Antioch, "they rehearsed all that God had done with them,
+and how He had opened the door of faith unto the
+Gentiles."  There must have been great rejoicing over this
+happy return of Paul and Barnabas.
+
+
+THE JERUSALEM COUNCIL
+
+_Acts 15:1-35_
+
++One Problem of the Early Church+ was how to
+reconcile the commandments of Moses with the new law of
+liberty in Jesus Christ.  Ought the Gentile Christians to
+observe the law of Moses?  Ought they to become Jews
+before they became Christians?  Were there to be two
+churches?  One for Jewish and another for Gentile
+Christians?  These questions are obsolete now, but then they
+were burning ones and hotly debated.  Hence this Jerusalem
+Council, where the matter was debated and settled,
+was exceedingly important and fraught with great and
+grave consequences for the future welfare of the church.
+Because certain of the Jewish brethren came to Antioch
+and began to teach that it was necessary to salvation
+that a certain Jewish ordinance and the law of Moses be
+kept, it was determined to send Paul and Barnabas to
+Jerusalem.
+
+A council of "the apostles and elders came together
+for to consider of this matter" (Acts 15:6).  At this
+council in Jerusalem, Peter, Paul, Barnabas, and James
+were the chief speakers.  All matters were carefully gone
+over.  Of all the speeches made, Luke records only the two
+made by Peter (Acts 15:7-12) and James (Acts 15:13-2l),
+which must have embodied the sense of the meeting
+in that both spoke for liberty, from the Mosaic yoke, in
+Christ.
+
++The Decision+ of the council was for the freedom of the
+Gentile Christians and that they should not be obliged to
+become Jews before they became Christians.  Thus was
+one of the grave crises of the early church safely passed.
+Paul and Barnabas went back happy in that great victory
+for Gentile Christianity to their brethren at Antioch.
+
+It should be borne in mind, however, that while the
+question of the relation of the Gentile Christians to the
+law of Moses was decided at this council, it was one
+which came up again and again to hamper and bother
+Paul in his missionary work.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What is to be considered in the introduction to the three
+missionary journeys?  By whom was the call to this work?  What is
+the significance of the journeys?  The extent and time?  What
+can be said of the record?  Were there other long journeys by
+Paul?  What was the method of work and support?  What was
+the message?  The first journey; what was the preparation for it?
+Who the companions?  Time and extent?  Rulers?  Give some
+of the incidents that took place upon the Itinerary, at Salamis,
+Paphos, Perga, Antioch, Iconium, Lystra, and Derbe?  What
+can be said of the return journey?  Why was the Jerusalem
+Council necessary, and what was decided by it?
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Acts 13:1-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY IV
+
+SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:36-18:32_
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Second Missionary Journey+--The Inception.  The Companions.
+The Wide Scope.  Value to the World.  Time and Rulers.
+Epistles to the Churches.
+
++The Itinerary+--Through Asia Minor.  In Europe (Philippi.
+Thessalonica.  Berea.  Athens.  Corinth).
+
++The Return Voyage+--Ephesus.  Caesarea.  Antioch.
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-28:32_
+
+
+STUDY IV
+
+SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 15:36-18:22_
+
++The Inception+--After the Jerusalem Council Paul
+returned to Antioch where he spent some time, "teaching
+and preaching the Word of the Lord with many others
+also."  "And some days after Paul said unto Barnabas,
+Let us go again and visit our brethren in every city where
+we have preached the Word of the Lord, and see how
+they do" (Acts 15:35, 36).  He felt that he must be
+advancing the work of Jesus Christ.
+
++The Companions+ (Acts 15:37-40).--Barnabas
+proposed to take John Mark, his nephew, with them on this
+second journey.  But Paul strenuously objected, basing
+his objection on the ground that this young man had
+deserted them (Acts 13:13) at a very important juncture
+in the first journey.  We are told that the contention was
+very sharp between Barnabas and Paul over this matter.
+It was finally settled by Barnabas taking John Mark and
+sailing for the island of Cyprus and Paul choosing Silas
+for his companion.  When Paul came to Derbe and
+Lystra Timotheus was invited to join him, which he did
+(Acts 16:1-4).  Luke, the author of the Acts, goes with
+this company into Macedonia (Acts 16:10).  We can
+trace Luke's connection with the missionaries by the
+"we" passages.
+
+That Paul was afterwards reconciled to Barnabas and
+John Mark is shown by his kindly mention of them in his
+Epistles (1 Cor. 9:6; Col. 4:10; 2 Tim 4:11;
+Philem. 24).
+
++The Wide Scope+ is a marked feature of this journey of
+about 3,200 miles.
+
+The first journey was through Cyprus, where Barnabas
+was well acquainted, and through that section of Asia
+Minor roundabout the province of Cilicia, where Paul was
+practically at home.  Paul was born in Tarsus in Cilicia
+and it was to this region that he went for some part of
+the time between his conversion and his call to the
+missionary work (Acts 9:30; Gal. 1:21).
+
+The second journey carries Paul into entirely, to him,
+new provinces of Asia Minor and into Macedonia and
+Achaia.  He comes into close contact not only with the
+rough native populations of the Asian provinces but with
+the cultivated philosophers of Greece and the effeminate
+voluptuaries of the heathen temples.  Here are new tests
+for this missionary and the gospel which he preaches, but
+he meets them all.  This journey had a large significance
+for the spread of Christianity.  Had the gospel failed to
+meet the wants of all sorts and conditions of men, there
+would have been no further triumphs for it.
+
++Value to the World.+--"This journey was not only the
+greatest which Paul achieved but perhaps the most
+momentous recorded in the annals of the human race.  In
+its issues it far outrivalled the expedition of Alexander the
+Great when he carried the arms and civilization of Greece
+into the heart of Asia, or that of Caesar when he landed
+on the shores of Britain, or even the voyage of Columbus
+when he discovered a new world."
+
+To Paul's turning westward, instead of eastward,
+through the guidance of the Spirit, and his entering upon
+his work in Macedonia (Acts 16:7-11) Europe to-day
+owes her advancement and Christian civilization.  It is
+stating a sober fact when it is asserted that without
+Christianity Europeans would now be worshipping idols, the
+same as the inhabitants of other sections of the world
+where the gospel of Christ has not been made known.
+
++Time and Rulers.+--In time this journey extended over
+about three years, 51-54 A.D.  The rulers were: Claudius,
+Emperor of Rome (Nero became Emperor in 54 A.D.);
+Herod Agrippa II., King of Chalcis (who also gets
+Batanea and Trachontis); and Gallio, Procurator of
+Achaia.
+
++Epistles to the Churches.+--Upon this journey Paul
+makes a new departure.  With the multiplication of the
+churches and the impossibility of visiting them often,
+when occasions demanded it, Paul begins the writing of
+special and circular letters to the churches.  The two first
+Epistles, of which we have any record, were those to The
+Thessalonians from Corinth, written probably in the
+winter of 52-53 A.D.
+
+NOTE.--For an account of and an analysis of these Epistles
+see study 7.
+
+
+THE ITINERARY
+
++Through Asia Minor+ (Acts 15:40-16:8).--It was
+Paul's custom to revisit the churches which he had
+organized, and to care for them.  Following out this plan he
+went through Syria and Cilicia confirming the churches,
+then to Derbe and Lystra, where he found Timotheus
+who joined his company.  After visiting the churches
+founded on the first missionary journey, Paul and his
+company turned northward and "went throughout
+Phrygia and the region of Galatia" (Acts 16:6) though
+there is no record of any church having been founded in
+these regions.  "After they were come to Mysia, they
+assayed to go into Bithynia; but the Spirit suffered them
+not" (Acts 16:7).
+
+It is important to note that the Holy Ghost now forbade
+Paul, at this time, to further preach the word in Asia
+(Acts 16:7).  Paul and his company tried after this to go
+into Bithynia but they were prevented from doing so by
+the Spirit, and came down to Troas (Acts 16:8-12).
+Of this long journey through Asia Minor, of its perils and
+difficulties, of the rejoicings of the former Christian
+converts, when they saw Paul again, and of the many
+interesting facts and incidents we have only a glimpse.
+
++In Europe+ (Acts 16:9-18:18).--Paul, following
+what was to him a clear indication of the guidance of the
+Holy Ghost (Acts 16:6-11), left Troas and set out by
+ship, by way of Samothracia, for Neapolis, which he
+reached on the following day.  There have been many
+conjectures as to what the fortunes of the Christian
+church would have been had Paul been allowed to carry
+out his intention to visit Bithynia, and to preach the gospel
+in the regions of the east.  Had he done so, however, it
+is quite certain, that the history of the world would have
+been quite different from what it is to-day.  In this
+invasion of Europe Paul came within the charmed circle of
+what was then the highest civilization.  The gospel was
+now to try its strength with the keenest philosophers and
+the most seductive fascinations of immorality, masquerading
+under the guise of religion in the licentious rites of the
+heathen temples and groves.  What could this missionary
+do?  What could he preach?  If philosophy, if art, if
+beauty could have saved the souls of men then they would
+not have needed the gospel which Paul preached.  But
+this was a gilded age, and the gilding hid the corruption,
+beneath.  The message of Paul to the men in this charmed
+circle of civilization was the same that he had set forth
+in the rough mountain towns of Asia Minor.  Human
+nature, under a rough or a polished exterior, is the same
+the world over.  Paul was seeking men, to bring them to
+a knowledge of their alienation from God through sin, and
+to show them the way of salvation through repentance and
+faith in Jesus Christ?  Greece, over whom the Romans
+held sway at this time, had been divided into two parts:
+Achaia on the south and Macedonia on the north.  A
+great Roman road ran from east to west through Macedonia.
+It was by this road that the missionaries traveled.
+
+1.  Philippi (Acts 16:12-40) will be forever memorable
+as the first city in Europe in which a Christian church
+was established.  It had the character of a Roman rather
+than a Greek city; both the civil and the military authorities
+being Roman.  It had the rank of a Roman colony.
+Situated as it was on the great Egnatian way travelers
+and traders passed through it, eastward and westward,
+from all parts of the Roman world.  "The Greek character
+in this northern province of Macedonia was more
+vigorous and much less corrupted than in the more
+polished society of the south.  The churches which Paul
+established here gave him more comfort than any he
+established elsewhere."  The beginning of the work at Philippi
+was not very promising and to most men would have been
+very discouraging.  Luke tells us that "on the Sabbath
+we went out of the city by a riverside where prayer was
+wont to be made; and we sat down, and spake unto the
+women which resorted hither."  But there they met
+Lydia, an energetic business woman and a work was
+begun which has had far reaching consequences.  Paul
+and his company had been but a short time in the city
+when they came in conflict with the Roman authorities.
+A damsel, possessed with a spirit of divination, who
+brought much gain to her masters, testified to Paul and
+his work; this spirit Paul cast out and in consequence the
+owners of the girl brought the charge against Paul and
+Silas that they were Jews who taught customs not lawful
+for Romans to receive.  Notice, the shrewdness of the
+trumped-up charge against Paul and Silas.  Nothing is
+said about the real state of the case.  In this charge the
+status of the Jews is shown in this city.  Paul and Silas
+are beaten and thrown into prison; their feet are made
+fast in the stocks; their wounds are left unwashed and
+undressed.  But in the earthquake, which opens the
+prison doors and gives release to the prisoners, Paul has
+an opportunity to preach the gospel to the jailer.  How
+magnificently, forgetting himself, he sets forth the way of
+salvation through Christ!  We turn to the Epistle to the
+Philippians (see Study 9) to see how Paul loved this
+church, and how this church loved him.
+
+2.  Thessalonica (Acts 17:1-9).  Thinking it best
+to leave Philippi, Paul and his company passed on their
+way along the Egnatian road through the two beautiful
+Greek cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia to Thessalonica,
+distant about seventy-three miles from Philippi.
+Thessalonica is one of the few cities which has retained its
+importance up to the present time.  It was founded by
+Cassander, King of Macedon in 315 B.C.  It came under
+the Roman rule in 168 B.C.  In Paul's time it was a
+great commercial center, the inhabitants being Greeks,
+Romans, and Jews.  Here was a Jewish synagogue and
+for three Sabbath days Paul went into it and reasoned
+with the assembled Jews about Jesus Christ, declaring to
+them that He was the promised Messiah, and had suffered
+and was risen from the dead.  We have the same results
+here which followed similar preaching elsewhere
+(1 Thess. 1:8).  Out of the storm again emerges a
+Christian church.  Paul and his company, after the
+usual tumult, pass on to another city but the church
+remains to send its blessed influence through all that
+region.  The Epistles to the Thessalonians (see Study 7)
+give us some graphic pictures of the converts and their
+ways of working.
+
+3.  Berea (Acts 17:10-14) was a secluded inland city.
+It must have been somewhat of a surprise to Paul to find
+the Jews of this place so ready to receive the Word of
+God, which he preached to them in their synagogue.
+There was great searching of the Scriptures and many
+believed.  A large work was in progress when Jews from
+Thessalonica, hearing of the success of Paul in Berea,
+came down and stirred up the people against him.  It
+became quite evident now that there was a persistent and
+organized effort being made to drive Paul out of this
+section.  As the opposition seemed to be directed against
+Paul alone, the brethren proposed to send him away, and
+to have Silas and Timotheus remain for a short time.
+This plan was carried out.
+
+4.  Athens (Acts 17:15-34) was the most cultivated
+city of the old world; a statue was set upon every
+corner and an altar in every street.  "Here the human
+mind had blazed forth with a splendor it has never
+exhibited elsewhere.  In the golden age of its history
+Athens possessed more men of the very highest genius
+than have ever lived in any other city.  To this day their
+names invest her with glory.  Yet even in Paul's day the
+living Athens was a thing of the past.  Four hundred
+years had elapsed since its golden age, and in the course
+of these centuries it had experienced a sad decline.
+Philosophy had degenerated into sophistry, art into dilettanteism,
+oratory into rhetoric, poetry into verse making.  It
+was a city living on its past."  Paul entered into the open
+places where the people gathered and talked with them.
+So much interest was aroused by what he had to say that
+he was asked to speak to them upon Mars Hill.  Thither
+they all went.  Paul as his custom was sought a common
+starting point in the altar to the unknown God.  So long
+as he spoke of God and man in general terms he was
+listened to, but when he came to touch their hearts and
+consciences and to apply what he said, speaking of the
+judgment through Christ and His resurrection from the
+dead, he was left alone.  Paul did not fail, the trouble
+with the Athenians was that they possessed only intellectual
+curiosity; they had no appetite for the truth.  But
+still some converts were made.  "Certain men clave unto
+him and believed; among whom were Dionysius the
+Areopagite and a woman named Damaris and others with
+them" (Acts 17:34).
+
+5.  Corinth.  (Acts 18:1-18) was the largest and most
+important city in Greece.  From Athens Paul came to
+Corinth and remained over a year and a half.  We have
+a graphic picture of this church in the Epistles to the
+Corinthians.  (See Study 8.) Probably no better place
+than this highway of all peoples could have been selected
+in which to preach the gospel.  No one knew better than
+Paul how to select strategic places.  A stream of travelers,
+merchants, scholars, and sailors was constantly passing
+through this great commercial city; what was preached
+here would be carried to the ends of the earth.  It was a
+city of art and culture and yet a place where the vices of
+the east and west met and held high carnival.  Religion
+itself was put to ignoble uses; a thousand priestesses
+ministered to a base worship in the magnificent temple of
+the goddess Aphrodite.  Greek philosophy showed its
+decay in endless discussions about words and the tendency
+to set intellectual above moral distinctions.  There was a
+denial of the future life for the sake of unlimited
+enjoyment in the present.  Paul, when he came into the city,
+found a lodging with Aquila and his wife Priscilla, and
+wrought with them at the occupation of tent making.
+When Silas and Timotheus joined him he openly testified
+to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ.  Crispus, the chief
+ruler of the synagogue, was converted together with many
+Corinthians.  Paul was comforted at this time by a vision
+of the Lord which bade him to speak and not to hold his
+peace.  After a year and a half of earnest preaching an
+attempt was made by the Jews to drive Paul out of the
+city by bringing accusations against him before the Roman
+proconsul Gallio, but in this they were unsuccessful.  Paul
+tarried and worked here until it seemed best for him to
+turn his steps homeward again to Antioch.  The keynote
+of his preaching in this city is given by him in his First
+Epistle to the Corinthians where he says (2:2), "For I
+determined not to know anything among you save Jesus
+Christ and him crucified."  If this gospel could win
+converts in Corinth, it can win converts anywhere.
+
++The Return Voyage+ (Acts 18:18-22) was by way of
+Ephesus where he entered into the synagogue and
+reasoned with the Jews.  Leaving Ephesus he sailed for
+Caesarea where he landed.  After he had gone up and
+saluted the church he went down to Antioch.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+Who proposed the second missionary journey?  Who were the
+companions?  What can be said of the wide scope?  What was
+its value to the world?  Time and Rulers?  What can be said of
+the new departure in writing Epistles to the churches?  What can
+be said of the itinerary through Asia Minor?  Give the incidents,
+of preaching the gospel, that occurred during the trip in Europe,
+in the different cities; Philippi, Thessalonica, Berea, Athens, and
+Corinth.  How was the return voyage made?
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY V
+
+THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 18:23-21:17_
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Third Missionary Journey+--Method.  The Chief City.  Time
+and Extent.  Epistles Written.
+
++Itinerary+--Through Galatia and Phygia.  Ephesus.  Through
+Macedonia and Greece.  The Return Voyage.
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Outline map illustrating the third
+missionary journey of Paul and the voyage to Italy.]
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Acts 13:1-38:31_
+
+
+STUDY V
+
+THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 18:23-21:17_
+
++Method.+--A study of the three missionary journeys
+shows the method of evangelization of the ancient world.
+The first journey was comparatively near home.  The
+second was a review of the work done in the first and a
+pushing on to new work in Asia Minor and the larger
+conquests in Europe.  In the third we have a review visit
+to the churches of Asia Minor, a long stop at Ephesus,
+and a review visit to the churches of Macedonia and
+Achaia, which were organized upon the second missionary
+journey.  There was always a method in what Paul
+did.  He was not only a missionary preaching and testifying
+to Jesus Christ, but he was an organizer and leader of
+men.  The churches formed were visited again and again;
+messengers were sent to them to instruct, to chide, and
+to encourage them; circular and special letters from
+Paul's own hand were dispatched to them, when occasion
+required.  Wherever Paul preached, whatever might be
+the tumults raised, he always won some adherents for
+Jesus Christ, who were brought together and organized
+into a church.
+
+On this third journey he was already planning to go to
+Rome (Acts 19:21) and wrote an epistle to the Romans
+announcing his coming (Rom. 1:7, 15).
+
++The Chief City+, in which Paul spent most of his time
+(Acts 19:1, 8, 10), between two and three years upon
+this journey, was Ephesus in Asia Minor.  This city
+situated midway between the extreme points of his former
+missionary journeys was a place where he could have an
+intelligent oversight over all the work which he had
+previously accomplished.
+
+Ephesus has been thus described: "It had been one
+of the early Greek colonies, later the capital of Ionia, and
+in Paul's day it was by far the largest and busiest of all
+the cities of proconsular Asia.  All the roads in Asia
+Minor centered in Ephesus and from its position it was
+almost as much a meeting place of eastern and western
+thought as Alexandria.  Its religion was oriental.  Its
+goddess called Artemis or Diana, had a Greek name but
+was the representative of an old Phrygian nature worship.
+The goddess was an inartistic, many-breasted figure, the
+body carved with strange figures of animals, flowers, and
+fruits.  The temple built by Alexander the Great was
+the most magnificent religious edifice in the world.  It
+was kept by a corporation of priests and priestesses, who
+were supported by the rents of vast estates.  For
+centuries Ephesus was a great center of pilgrimage, and
+pilgrims came from all parts of Asia to visit the famous
+shrine."
+
+"The first great blow which this worship received was
+given by Paul during his two years' stay in Ephesus, and
+the story told in this chapter is the history of the
+beginning of a decline from which the worship of Diana never
+recovered.  The speech of Demetrius perhaps exaggerates
+the effects of Paul's work, but it should be remembered
+that the gospel took firm hold of proconsular Asia
+from a very early period.  Paul's Epistles tell us of the
+churches in Ephesus, Laodicea, and Colossae, and the
+Apocalypse adds churches in Pergamos, Smyrna, Thyatira,
+Sardis, and Philadelphia.  Half a century later, Pliny
+asserted that in this region the temples were deserted,
+the worship was neglected, and the sacrificial victims were
+unsold."
+
+During his long stay in Ephesus, Paul doubtless received
+many delegations and visitors from the churches formerly
+organized by him.
+
+The character of the Ephesian Christians can be seen
+from the Epistle addressed to them (See Study 9).
+
++Time and Extent.+--About four years, 54-58 A.D.,
+were occupied by Paul in going about among the churches
+and about 3,500 miles were traveled.
+
++Epistles.+--This journey was prolific in masterly
+writings.  Paul wrote the First and Second Epistles to the
+Corinthians from Ephesus about 57 A.D., Galatians from
+the same city (somewhere between 54 and 56 A.D.), and
+Romans at Corinth in 58 A.D.  (See Study 8).
+
+
+ITINERARY
+
++Through Galatia and Phrygia+ (Acts 18:23).--After
+Paul had spent some time at Antioch, at the close
+of the second missionary journey, "He departed and
+went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order
+strengthening all the disciples."  Thus Luke briefly sums
+up in a few words all the incidents of a journey of
+hundreds of miles of travel.
+
++Ephesus+ (Acts 19:1-20:1).--Evidently with the
+purpose of showing what is new and of chief importance in
+each journey Luke, as is his habit, calls attention to the
+work of Paul in Ephesus; other parts of this journey are
+passed over with slight mention.
+
+Having gone through the upper coasts, Paul comes to
+Ephesus.  The chief events in this city, during the visit
+of the Apostle, were:
+
+1.  The incident of the work of Apollos is given (Acts
+18:24-19:1) to show how Paul found about twelve
+disciples of John the Baptist (Acts 19:7) at Ephesus and
+instructed them further, baptizing them in the name of
+the Lord Jesus (Acts 19:5, compare Acts 19:1-7).
+
+2.  Three months were spent by Paul (Acts 19:8, 9)
+with the Jews in their synagogue, "disputing and persuading
+the things pertaining to the kingdom of God."  But
+when certain of them became hardened and it was plainly
+seen that little good was being done he left the synagogue.
+
+3.  About two years' time was given, after the apostle
+had separated himself and followers from the Jewish
+synagogue, to teaching in the school or lecture room of
+Tyrannus (Acts 19:9, 10).  The result of this preaching
+and teaching was that a great multitude of men and
+women was brought to a confession of faith in Christ,
+throughout Asia.
+
+4.  The mighty growth of the Word of God (Acts
+19:20) was attested by the miracles which Paul did in the
+name of Christ (Acts 19:11, 12).  He confounded the
+Jewish exorcists, who attempted to imitate these miracles
+(Acts 19:13-20).  This great work was shown to be a
+thorough one from the fact that many who used curious
+arts brought their books and burned them amounting in
+value to over $31,000.
+
+5.  Paul now proposed, thinking the Ephesian church
+could stand alone (Acts 19:21, 22), "after he had passed
+through Macedonia and Achaia to go to Jerusalem,
+saying, after I have been there, I must also see Rome."  In
+anticipation of this visit he sent Timotheus and Erastus
+into Macedonia, "but he himself stayed in Asia for a
+season."
+
+6.  The tumult made by Demetrius (Acts 19:23-40) is
+a strong proof of the large impression made by the gospel
+of Jesus Christ upon not only the city of Ephesus but all
+Asia Minor.  The burning of the magical books had
+arrested the attention of many people, but when the sale
+of the silver images of the idol, Diana, began to fall off
+so as to touch the trade of the silversmiths they were up
+in arms at once.  Demetrius showed how the power of
+Christ had prevailed with men when he declared that,
+"Paul hath persuaded and turned away much people,
+saying that there be no gods which are made with
+hands."  The violence of the men who composed the mob showed
+how deeply Christianity had taken hold upon large
+numbers of people.  Paul, after the uproar had quieted down,
+carried out his intention of departing for Macedonia.
+
++Through Macedonia and Greece+ (Acts 21:1-6).--"The
+order of events seems to have been: (a) Timotheus
+and Erastus were sent to look after the church discipline
+at Corinth (Acts 19:22).  Stephanas and others came
+from Corinth and returned with the First Epistle to the
+Corinthians (1 Cor. 16:17).  (b) Paul meant to visit
+Corinth (1 Cor. 4:18, 19); instead he went to Macedonia
+by Troas (2 Cor. 2:12, 13).  (c) He waited at Troas
+for news from Corinth, and his anxiety told on his health
+(2 Cor. 2:12; 1:8; 4:10, 11; 12:7).  (d) In spite of
+illness he pressed on to Macedonia (2 Cor. 2:13), where
+he met Titus, who brought him good news of the state of
+the Corinthian church (2 Cor. 7:5-9).  (e) He wrote
+the Second Epistle to the Corinthians and sent it by Titus,
+and resolved to wait sometime longer before going to
+Corinth, for he wished to take a contribution from the
+Corinthians to Jerusalem (2 Cor. 9:1-5).  (f) In Macedonia
+he probably visited Berea, Thessalonica, and Philippi,
+with perhaps a journey to Illyricum (Rom. 15:19).
+(g) He went to Greece (Corinth and Cenchrea).  (h)
+He proposed sailing for Syria with the contributions of
+the various churches, and with delegates who carried
+the money; Sopater from Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus
+from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timotheus from
+Lystra, Tychicus and Trophimus from Ephesus (Acts
+20:4; 21:29).  (i) The Jews of Corinth conspired to
+murder Paul on his embarkation, so his friends went by
+ship, and he eluded the conspirators by going by land to
+Philippi.  (j) Then he took ship for Troas, having Luke
+who had been at Philippi for his companion ("We
+sailed").
+
++The Return Journey,+ Troas to Jerusalem (Acts 20:6-21:15).
+
+1.  Troas.  Luke and Paul were five days in reaching
+Troas, from Philippi, where they found a number of the
+brethren who had preceded them (Acts 20:6, compare
+Acts 20:4-6).  Seven days were spent at Troas (Acts
+20:6).  We have here the record of how the disciples
+spent the Sabbath day in breaking bread together and in
+listening to the preaching of Paul.  (Acts 20:7-12).  This
+last day here came near being marred by Eutychus meeting his
+death, when he fell down from the third loft.  But
+Paul was there and Eutychus's life was spared.  The
+meeting did not break up until the next morning, so
+interested were they in talking over "The Way."
+
+2.  Troas to Miletus (Acts 20:13-15).  Paul's
+company went by ship first to Assos, where Paul met them;
+he having covered the distance of about twenty miles on
+foot.  At Assos Paul joined the company on the ship and
+they sailed from Assos to Mitylene.  "And we sailed
+thence," says Luke, "and came the next day over against
+Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried
+at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus."
+
+3.  At Miletus (Acts 20:17-38) Paul sent for the elders
+of the Ephesian church to come to him.  When they
+came he spoke to them in a very touching and tender
+way.  This address has been divided into four parts: (a)
+What was behind Paul; he called them to witness that he
+had been faithful in declaring to them the full gospel of
+Jesus Christ, repentance toward God and faith in the
+Lord Jesus Christ.  (b) What was before Paul; he said
+that in every city the Holy Ghost witnessed that bonds
+and afflictions awaited him.  (c) What was before the
+elders of the Ephesian church; it was theirs to take care
+of the flock over which they presided and "to feed the
+church of God."  (d) Commendation of the elders to
+God in their good work.  (e) Paul's earnest prayer for
+their welfare.  (f) The farewell words.
+
+4.  Miletus to Caesarea and Jerusalem (Acts 21:1-15)
+by way of Coos, Rhodes, Patara, Tyre, and Caesarea.
+At Tyre there was a wait of seven days and a change of
+ships; in this city it was testified to Paul that he should
+not go up to Jerusalem.  At the parting, when Paul and
+his company took ship to go to Caesarea, the disciples of
+Tyre came out to see them off and all kneeled down
+on the shore and prayed.  At Caesarea where Paul's
+company tarried many days, it was again made known to
+Paul by the Holy Ghost that bonds and imprisonment
+awaited him at Jerusalem, but still he pressed on saying,
+"The will of the Lord be done."  Arriving in Jerusalem
+they were gladly received by the brethren.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What was the method of evangelizing the ancient world?
+How did the three missionary journeys differ from each other?
+What can be said of the chief city in which Paul spent so much
+of the time of this journey?  Time and extent of this journey?
+What Epistles were written?  Give the chief incidents of the
+itinerary; through Galatia and Phrygia; in Ephesus; through
+Macedonia and Greece; the return voyage.
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:1-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY VI
+
+JERUSALEM TO ROME
+
+_Acts 21:17-28:31_
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++This Journey+--From Jerusalem to Rome.  The Seven Speeches.
+The Writings.  Time and Extent.  The Historical Connections.
+
++Paul at Jerusalem+--The Return to Jerusalem.  The Meeting
+with James and the Elders of the Church.  The Temple Riot.
+The Speech of Paul to the Rioters.  Before the Jewish
+Council.  Paul Comforted by God.  Conspiracy of Jewish
+Fanatics.
+
++Paul at Caesarea+--The First Defense, before Jewish Accusers
+and the Roman Governor Felix.  Second Defense, before
+Felix.  Third Defense, before Festus.  Fourth Defense,
+before Festus and King Agrippa II.
+
++The Voyage to Rome+--Caesarea to Myra.  Myra to Melita.  Melita
+to Rome.
+
++Paul at Rome+--Testifying to the Jews.  Testifying to the
+Gentiles.  Incidental Notices of the Imprisonment.  The Further
+Travels of Paul.
+
+
+
+
+II.  PAUL'S JOURNEYS
+
+_Scripture, Acts 13:2-28:31_
+
+
+STUDY VI
+
+JERUSALEM TO ROME
+
+_Scripture, Acts 21:11-28:31_
+
+THIS JOURNEY
+
+_Scripture, Acts 21:17-28:31_
+
++From Jerusalem to Rome.+--This portion of the book
+of the Acts comprises more than one quarter of the whole,
+or seven and a half chapters.  There must have been
+some important purpose to be served by thus relating so
+fully the incidents of this period in Paul's life; for Luke
+elsewhere narrates only the incidents of the missionary
+journeys which are of great interest.  It may be that his
+purpose was to show, with the full connecting incidents,
+how clearly and strongly Paul testified, to the Jews in the
+temple (Acts 22:1-23), and before the Roman tribunal
+(Acts 25:13, 14, 26; 26:1-32), that Jesus was the
+Christ.  Jesus himself, before his death, gave the same
+testimony to the Sanhedrin (Matt. 26:63, 64; Mark 14:61,
+62; Luke 22:67-69), and the Roman tribunal (John
+18:33-37).  The testimony of Paul was further carried to
+imperial Rome, the capital of the world (Acts 28:17-24).
+
++The Seven Speeches.+--The last recorded addresses of
+the Great Apostle are a striking feature of this period.
+They show his faith after it had been tried and tested in
+his toilsome years of missionary labors.  They reveal the
+courage and character of the man in that they were given
+when he was in bonds and in imminent peril of his life.
+
+1.  The speech before the Jewish mob in the temple
+(Acts 22:1-29) in which Paul tells the Jews how he was
+changed from a persecutor to a believer in Christ.  He
+relates also the story of his conversion.
+
+2.  The speech before the Jewish council (Acts 22:30;
+23:1-10) in which he creates confusion by raising the
+question of the resurrection.  But the provocation was
+great for the high-priest had commanded that Paul be
+smitten on the mouth when he began to speak.
+
+3.  The speech before Felix, the Roman governor
+(Acts 24:10-22) in which he makes his defense against
+Jewish accusers, and affirms his belief in the new "Way"
+and in the resurrection.
+
+4.  The speech before Felix and Brasilia, his wife,
+(Acts 24:24-27).  Paul, being sent for by Felix to tell
+him of his faith in Christ, reasons "of righteousness,
+temperance, and judgment to come."
+
+5.  The speech before Festus the Roman governor
+(Acts 25:7-11) in which Paul appeals to Caesar.
+
+6.  The speech before Festus, the Roman governor,
+and King Agrippa and his wife, Bernice, (Acts 25:13;
+26:1-32).  Here Paul again relates the story of his
+conversion and shows that Jesus is the Christ.
+
+7.  The speech before the chief Jews in Rome (Acts
+28:17-31) showing that Jesus is the Christ.
+
++The Writings.+--During the two years' imprisonment
+of Paul in Caesarea we have no account of any Epistles
+written by him.  But when he arrives in Rome he again
+begins to indite those writings which have made his name
+so famous.  From his prison in Rome he sent out four
+letters which have been called, "The Epistles of the First
+Imprisonment"; Colossians, Philemon, Ephesians, and
+Philippians (See Chapter 9).  For profound expositions
+of the Christian doctrines, lofty ethical teaching, and
+mellowness of feeling they stand unequalled.
+
++Time and Extent.+--Paul arrived in Jerusalem in 58
+A.D.  He was imprisoned two years in Caesarea, 58 to
+60 A.D.  The voyage to Rome was in the winter of 60
+and 61 A D.  He was imprisoned in Rome two years, 61
+to 63 A.D.  In extent the journey which Paul took from
+Caesarea to Rome was about 2,300 miles.
+
++The Historical Connections.+--Nero was Emperor of
+Rome (since 54 A.D.).  Felix was Procurator of Judea
+from 51 to 60 A.D., when he was succeeded by Festus.
+We fix the date of Paul's going to Rome by the fact that
+when Festus came in 60 A.D., he made his appeal to
+Caesar.
+
+
+PAUL AT JERUSALEM
+
++The Return+ to Jerusalem (Acts 21:17-23:23) was at
+the feast of Pentecost when it was crowded with strangers
+from all parts of the world.  Paul had been warned not
+to come back to this city (Acts 21:10-14) and it might
+have been possible for him to have remained away, passing
+the last years of his life in high honor and peace as
+the Great Apostle and Head of the Gentile churches.
+But he seems to have felt it incumbent upon him to return
+to Jerusalem and testify for his faith (Acts 21:14), and to
+carry alms (Acts 24:17).  Paul was now about sixty
+years of age and for more than ten years had been
+engaged in the most arduous missionary labors, enduring
+stonings, beatings, and contumelies of all kinds, for the
+sake of preaching Jesus Christ.  More than twenty years
+had elapsed since his conversion; and before his
+well-known three missionary journeys he had been actively
+engaged in the work which he loved so well.  In his body
+he must have borne the marks of these incessant labors,
+but his spirit was as fresh and undaunted as ever.
+Whatever awaited him in Jerusalem he was ready for it.
+
++The Meeting with James and the Elders of the
+Church+ (Acts 21:17-25) seems to have been a pleasant
+one.  Paul told his story of the wonders wrought in the
+Gentile world, and God was glorified, but there seems to
+have been a certain constraint upon the company.  Paul
+was well known everywhere as an exponent of that liberty
+in Christ by which the Gentiles when they became
+Christians were not obliged to become Jews and obey the laws
+of Moses.  We find the elders, while freely admitting
+the binding nature of the decision of the Jerusalem
+Council upon this matter, advising him to show the
+many thousands of Jews who believed and kept the law,
+that he himself still held to the observance of the law.
+Hence the urgency with which they requested him to
+purify himself in the temple, with certain men who had
+a vow, so that the Jews might see that he was not a
+renegade.  The consequences of this advice soon became
+evident.
+
++The Temple Riot and Paul's Imprisonment+ (Acts
+21:26-39).--When the days of purification for his
+companions were almost completed some Jews of Asia saw
+him and at once raised a great tumult.  It is a wonder
+that he was not seen and recognized earlier.  Doubtless
+the Asian Jews had been restrained in their own cities
+from wreaking their hatred upon Paul to the full, by the
+strong arm of the Roman magistrate.  At once a great
+outcry was raised and Paul would have fared badly if he
+had not been rescued by the Roman soldiers, to be
+imprisoned by them.
+
++The Speech of Paul to the Rioters+ (Acts 21:40-22:23).--He
+requested that he be permitted to speak to
+this angry crowd of fanatic Jews, who were howling for
+his life.  What would he say?  What defense could he
+make?  Listen to him!  He is telling the story of his life
+and conversion, on the way to Damascus.  He is glorifying
+Jesus and urging them to believe in Him.  There is
+not one word about the indignities that have been heaped
+upon himself.  This personal testimony in this city where
+Paul had been the chief persecutor was wonderful.  But
+as the Jews had demanded the life of Christ, when he was
+upon earth and testified to His mission, so now they
+demanded the life of Paul.
+
++Before the Jewish Council+ (Acts 22:24-23:10).--Paul,
+rescued from the clutches of the mob, would have
+been scourged by the Romans had he not declared himself
+a Roman.  On the morrow, taken before the Sanhedrin,
+and seeing no hope of any justice being done him, he sets
+one party of it over against the other by declaring that he
+was a Pharisee and "of the hope of the resurrection of
+the dead I am called in question."  So great was the
+dissension that arose over this matter that Paul was faring
+badly when he was rescued by the chief captain and his
+soldiers.
+
++Paul Comforted by God+ (Acts 23:10).--Paul must
+have been quite worn out with the tumults and mobs of
+the last two days.  The encouragement of God speaking
+to him and telling him to be of good cheer, and that as he
+had testified of Him in Jerusalem, he must also bear
+witness in Rome, put a new heart in him.  It had been
+Paul's great desire to visit Rome and preach Christ in
+that city (Rome 1:11-15; Acts 19:21).
+
++Conspiracy of Jewish Fanatics+ (Acts 23:10-30).--The
+mad hatred of the Jews against Paul is shown by
+more than forty men binding themselves under a curse to
+kill him.  The astonishing thing about this conspiracy is
+that the conspirators showed what they proposed to do to
+the chief priests and elders and asked their aid to bring
+Paul down for another examination that they might kill
+him.  The plot was brought to naught by Paul's nephew,
+who heard of it and told Paul.  This information was at
+once given to the chief captain, who determined to send
+Paul away that night to the Roman governor at Caesarea.
+It was a large escort, 200 legionaries, 200 light armed
+troops, skirmishers, and 70 cavalry, which was sent out
+with Paul.  This great company of soldiers showed the
+immanent danger in which Paul stood at this time.
+
+
+PAUL AT CAESAREA
+
+_Scripture, Acts 23:33-27:1_
+
+Paul now comes under Roman jurisdiction and remains
+for two years (Acts 24:27) a prisoner in Caesarea.  He
+is not kept in close confinement and his friends are
+allowed to see him (Acts 24:23).  Who came to see
+him of these friends and what they talked about Luke
+does not tell us.  Our attention seems to be purposely
+directed to the defense which Paul made of his faith and
+work before the Roman governors, Felix and Festus, and
+the Jewish King Agrippa II.  As Pilate had seen no just
+cause why Christ should be condemned to death, so Felix
+and Festus, when Paul had testified of his faith in Christ
+before them, saw no reason why he should suffer the
+death penalty.
+
++The First Defense; before Jewish Accusers and the
+Roman Governor, Felix+ (Acts 23:33-24:23).--Awaiting
+the coming of his accusers from Jerusalem Paul was
+kept in Herod's judgment hall.  After five days Ananias,
+with the elders, and an orator, named Tertullus, came to
+Caesarea, and charged Paul with being "a mover of
+sedition among all the Jews throughout the world, and a
+ring-leader of the sect of the Nazarenes"; they also accused
+him of profaning the temple.
+
+Paul being beckoned by the governor to speak replied
+in answer to the charges made against him: (a) That
+Felix, who has been governor so long (since 51 A.D.),
+must know from personal knowledge, that he had not been
+engaged in any sedition and that this charge could not be
+proved against him.  It had only been twelve days since
+he went up to Jerusalem and a number of them had been
+spent in Roman custody.  During this period there had
+been no time to plot against the government.  (b) While
+he worshipped God after the way that they called heresy,
+yet he believed all that was written in the law and the
+prophets.  He had come he said "after many years to
+bring alms to my nation, and offerings."  It was true
+that certain Jews had found him "purified in the temple,
+neither with multitude, nor with tumult."  These ought
+to have been present and to have testified to these things.
+(c) He denied that he had committed any sacrilege.
+When he was seized in the temple he was in the very act
+of performing a portion of the worship prescribed by the
+Mosaic law.  (d) The knowledge of those present "went
+no further than that they had heard him declare his belief
+in the doctrine of the resurrection from the dead" (Acts
+22:30-23:1-6).  Upon the conclusion of Paul's argument,
+Felix adjourned the case until Lysias, the chief
+captain, should come down and give his testimony.
+
+_Second Defense; before Felix and his Wife, Drusilla_
+(Acts 24:24-27).--This was evidently a private
+hearing of Paul of his faith in Christ.  There was ample
+reason for the trembling of Felix when Paul "reasoned
+of righteousness, temperance, and judgment to come."  Felix
+was a notoriously unjust ruler who had taken bribes,
+murdered a high-priest and, relying upon the influence of
+his infamous brother Pallas at Rome, was steeped in
+crimes.  He had induced his wife Drusilla to desert her
+husband to marry him.  Felix showed his character when
+he sent for Paul a number of times and communed with
+him, hoping to receive a bribe.  When recalled to Rome
+in consequence of repeated complaints of his misadministration
+of justice he, "willing to show the Jews a pleasure,
+left Paul bound."
+
++Third Defense; before Festus, the New Governor+
+(Acts 25:1-12).--Festus, Josephus tells us, was one of
+the best procurators of Judea.  He was appointed by
+Nero in the year 60 A.D., and died two years after this.
+He is importuned by "the high-priest and the chief of the
+Jews, as soon as he takes office, to send Paul back to
+Jerusalem (in order that he might be killed on the way
+thither).  Festus replies that they are to come to Caesarea
+and there make their accusations against Paul.  When
+they are come and Festus sits on the judgment seat they
+make "many and grievous complaints against Paul which
+they could not prove."  Paul's answer is: neither against
+the law of the Jews, neither against the temple, nor yet
+against Caesar, have I offended in anything at all."  But
+Festus showed, notwithstanding his many good traits, a
+decided leaning toward Paul's accusers.  When therefore
+Festus asked Paul if he would go back to Jerusalem and
+be there judged before the Sanhedrin, Paul recognizes the
+hopelessness of his case and exercised his right as a
+Roman citizen in taking an appeal to the judgment seat
+of Caesar.  This right of appeal was one of the most
+important prerogatives of the Roman citizen; he had only
+to say the word, "Appello" and proceedings must at once
+be stopped; his case must go to the court of the emperor.
+In exercising this appeal Paul very justly said that if he
+had done anything worthy of death he was willing to die,
+but if the charges made against him by the Jewish
+high-priest and elders were not true he ought not to be
+delivered up to them.
+
++Fourth Defense; before Festus and King Agrippa II.+--In
+Acts 25:13-27 we have an account of the visit of
+Jewish King Agrippa II. to Festus and the statement of
+the latter in regard to the case of Paul.  Festus is at a
+loss what to write about the prisoner, to the imperial
+court (Acts 25:25-27), the accusations of the Jews
+having failed of proof.  To send a prisoner to Caesar and
+not be able to state clearly what his crime was might
+involve Festus in difficulties.  Agrippa, as a Jew, might
+be able to give some light upon this matter.  The
+question seemed to be in regard to religious freedom.  Rome
+did not allow religious liberty.  The Jewish religion,
+however, was licensed as one of the forms under which men
+were allowed to worship God in the Roman empire.
+Agrippa might be able to solve this question as to whether
+Paul was or was not within his legal rights and the
+Christianity which he professed be as legal as Judaism.
+
+Paul in his argument (Acts 26:1-29) before Festus
+and King Agrippa II., took the ground that Christianity,
+as an outgrowth of Judaism, had a legal status.  Paul
+said that he preached that the Messiah had come in the
+person of Jesus Christ and this was the One whom Moses
+and the prophets had foretold, (a) Paul's introduction
+is very courteous.  He recognizes King Agrippa as well
+versed "in all customs and questions which are among
+the Jews."  (b) He declares his early life to be well known,
+as a Jew, and, of the strictest sect, a Pharisee.  (c) He
+stands accused because he believes that the Messiah, whom
+all Jews are praying may come, has come.  (c) Here, as
+Prof. Lindsay says, in his commentary on the Acts,
+"Agrippa may by look, word, or gesture have suggested,
+A crucified Messiah! and Paul have answered, No, but a
+risen Redeemer!  Is it incredible that God should raise
+the dead?"  Then Paul continues saying, that he himself
+was an enemy of Christ at first.  (d) Paul proceeds with
+his argument, giving his personal testimony, how this
+risen Messiah had appeared to him on the way to
+Damascus and what He had said to him.  (e) Then he shows
+how it had been foretold by the prophets and Moses that
+Christ should suffer "and that He should be the first that
+should rise from the dead, and should show forth light
+unto the people, and to the Gentiles."
+
+The argument is over and after certain remarks, by
+Festus and Agrippa which are characteristic of both men,
+there is a conference and a decision rendered by the
+Roman governor and Jewish King, "That this man doeth
+nothing worthy of death or of bonds."  But the appeal
+to Caesar cannot be set aside and Paul must go to Rome.
+
+
+THE VOYAGE TO ROME
+
+_Scripture, Acts 21:1-28:31_
+
+Paul now begins his long delayed trip to Rome not,
+however, as he expected a free man, but as a prisoner.
+He comes finally to Rome and there testifies of his faith
+in Christ.  His native force of character and Christian
+graces bring him to the front upon this voyage and in the
+time of shipwreck he takes over the command.
+
+Three ships convey him to Rome, one of which is cast
+away on the island of Melita; if we follow the fortunes
+of these three ships this section of Acts may be divided
+into three parts:
+
++Caesarea to Myra+ (a city of Lycia) or the fortunes of
+Paul upon the first ship (Acts 27:1-5).  Aristarchus
+and Luke were the companions who embarked with the
+Great Apostle upon a ship of Adramyttium.  Paul was
+in charge of Julius, "a centurion of Augustus's band."  The
+first stop was at Sidon where Paul was given "liberty
+to go unto his friends and refresh himself."  The ship
+then sailed for the city of Myra in Lycia passing to the
+east and north of the island of Cyprus.
+
++Myra to the Island of Melita+, or the fortunes of Paul
+upon the second ship (27:6-28:10).  Arrived at
+the city of Myra the whole company changed ships,
+re-embarking in a large ship which was probably engaged in
+the grain carrying trade between Alexandria in Egypt and
+Rome.  This portion of the voyage was full of difficulties
+from the beginning.  From Myra to Cnidus (a peninsula
+which projected from the Carian coast having Cos on the
+north and Rhodes on the south) the progress against
+baffling winds was slow.  The first stop was made at Fair
+Havens, a place upon the southern coast of Crete (the
+modern Candia).  It was here that Paul foretold the
+serious danger to the ship if the voyage should be continued.
+But the centurion taking the advice of the master and
+owner of the ship, and because the harbour "was not
+commodious to winter in," determined to make an attempt
+to reach Phenice (a harbour west of Crete and upon the
+same side of the island).  The adventures that befell the
+ship's company, and, the misfortune that came to the ship,
+in the terrible fourteen days that followed after the
+departure from Fair Havens are best understood through the
+graphic language of Luke, an eye witness (Acts 27:14-44
+should be read carefully in this connection).  It is in
+this time of trial that Paul steps forth and shows his
+mastery over men.  Comforted himself by "the angel of
+God" he comforts others in declaring that no harm shall
+come to the lives of those in the ship.  In the midst of
+this great storm he alone is calm and able to insist that
+his companions keep up their courage and strength, and
+not to give away to despair.  The island of Melita (the
+modern Malta), where the shipwreck took place, lies
+directly south of Sicily.  The place where the Great
+Apostle was cast ashore is now known as St. Paul's Bay.
+The inhabitants of the island received the ship's company
+"with no little kindness" and Paul engaged here in a
+healing ministry, curing the father of Publius, the chief man
+of the island, of a fever and many others of diseases.  In
+whatever place or circumstances Paul comes he at once
+begins to exercise his Christian gifts.
+
++The Island of Melita to Rome+, or the adventures of
+Paul on the third ship (Acts 28:11-16).  Three months
+were spent at Melita.  Then Paul and the company
+embarked on another Alexandrian grain ship for Puteoli,
+"eight miles southwest of Naples and the principal
+harbour south of Rome in Paul's day."  "It was the port
+at which the Egyptian grain ships usually unloaded."  There
+were two stops made on the way to Puteoli, one at
+Syracuse in Sicily and the other at Rhegium, at the
+southern point of Italy.  At Puteoli Paul found Christian
+brethren with whom he remained for seven days.  The
+Roman Christians came but to meet Paul at Apii Forum,
+forty-three miles, and the Three Taverns, thirty-three
+miles from Rome.  This expression of love and interest
+in him and his welfare greatly cheered the heart of the
+Apostle.
+
+
+PAUL AT ROME
+
++Testifying to the Jews+ (Acts 28:17-27).--After an
+interval of only three days Paul called the chief of the
+Jews together, and explained to them why he had been
+sent to Rome.  He declared that he had no accusation
+to make against his nation to the Roman authorities, but
+that he was a prisoner on account of his advocacy of the
+hope of Israel fulfilled in Jesus Christ.  But the Jews
+replied that they had had no word about Paul from
+Jerusalem.  Desiring to hear more of what Paul had to say
+about the Christians they appointed a day in which they
+would hear Paul at his lodgings.  This hearing was
+evidently very thorough, and the usual division was made of
+believing and unbelieving Jews.
+
++Testifying to the Gentiles+ (Acts 28:28).--Paul
+receiving no sufficient response to his words from the
+Jews now turns his attention to the Gentiles.
+
++The Two Years' Imprisonment+ (Acts 28:30, 31) was
+spent in preaching the gospel of Jesus Christ, in his own
+hired house, and receiving all who came to him.  Although
+Paul was a prisoner he was allowed complete freedom of
+speech.
+
++Incidental Notices of this Imprisonment+ are found in
+the four Epistles which were written from Rome during
+its continuance.  Prof. J. R. Lumby, D.D. (Acts,
+Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges) says: "We know
+from first to last the prisoner's chain hurt Paul (Eph. 3:1;
+4:1; Phil. 1:13, 16; Col. 4:18; Philem. 1, 9, 10), and
+that his cause was at times an object of much anxiety
+(Phil. 2:23, 24).  We also learn from the same letters
+that besides Luke and Aristarchus (Acts 27:2; 28:15) he
+had also the fellowship, for some time at least, of
+Tychicus, who (Eph. 6:21) was the bearer of his letter to
+Ephesus; of Timothy, whom (Phil. 1:1; Col. 1:1;
+Philem. 1) he joins with himself in the greeting to the
+churches of Philippi and Colossae and also in that to
+Philemon.  In the former of these churches Timothy had
+been a fellow laborer with the Apostle.  Epaphroditus
+came with the Philippian contributions to the aid of the
+imprisoned Apostle (Phil. 4:18).  Onesimus found out
+Paul when in flight from his master he made his way to
+Rome (Col. 4:9; Philem. 10).  Mark, the cousin of
+Barnabas, was also there and another Jewish convert,
+Jesus, called Justus, of whom we only know that the
+Apostle considered him worthy to be called a fellow
+worker unto the kingdom of God (Col. 4:11).  Epaphras
+from the churches of Laodicea and Hieropolis, had come
+to visit Paul, and to bring him greetings doubtless of the
+Christians there, and carry back some words of earnest
+council and advice from the Roman prisoner (Col. 4:12,
+13).  Last of all Demas was there to be mentioned
+as having forsaken the good way through love of this
+present world (Col. 4:14; 2 Tim. 4:10).  More than
+this and the few words in verses thirty and thirty-one, of
+Acts 28, we do not know of this first imprisonment."  His
+spirit however was unsubdued through all his hardships
+and he was ever exhorting the disciples of Christ to
+rejoice in Him (Phil. 2:1, 2; 4:4).
+
++The Further Travels of Paul+ are considered in Study 10.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+How much space does the account of this journey occupy in
+the Acts, and why is so much given to it?  What do the seven
+speeches of Paul signify?  What Epistles did Paul write while at
+Rome?  Give the time and extent of this journey.  Give the
+historical connections.  Why did Paul return to Jerusalem?  Give
+an account of his meeting with James and the elders; the temple
+riot; his speech to the rioters; and his speech before the Jewish
+Council.  How was Paul comforted by God?  What was the
+conspiracy of the Jewish fanatics?  How long did Paul remain a
+prisoner at Caesarea?  Give an account of his first defense before
+his Jewish accusers, and the Roman governor Felix; his second
+defense before Felix; his third defense before Festus; and his
+fourth defense before Festus and King Agrippa II.  Give an
+account of the voyage to Rome; Caesarea to Myra; Myra to
+Melita; and Melita to Rome.  What did Paul testify to the Jews
+and Gentiles in Rome?  Where do we find incidental notices of
+this imprisonment?
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY VII
+
+THE FUTURE OF CHRIST'S KINGDOM
+
+FIRST GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+FIRST AND SECOND EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Introduction to the Epistles of Paul+--Epistolary Writings.  Some
+Reasons for Paul's Writings.  Qualifications of Paul.  How
+the Epistles are Best Understood.  Titles and Groups.
+Common Plan.  Supreme Purpose.
+
++The Future of Christ's Kingdom+--The First Group of Epistles.
+The Chief Doctrinal Point.
+
++The First Epistle to the Thessalonians+--The Founding of the
+Church.  Occasion, Time, and Place of Writing.  Contents.
+Analysis.
+
++The Second Epistle to the Thessalonians+--Occasion, Time, and
+Place of Writing.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY VII
+
+THE FUTURE OF CHRIST'S KINGDOM
+
+FIRST GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+THE FIRST AND SECOND EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
+INTRODUCTION TO THE EPISTLES OF PAUL
+
++Epistolary Writings.+--The New Testament is
+composed of twenty-seven books, twenty-one of which are
+Epistles.  Of this latter number thirteen are ascribed to
+Paul.  It is thus seen how largely the New Testament is
+made up of Epistles and how many of these are attributed
+to the Great Apostle.
+
+In the letters of men of great prominence and power
+of any age we get closer to the real condition of the affairs
+of that age than by any other means.  In this way, we
+get information at first hand from the participants in the
+events of which they write.  It is fortunate for us that
+we have this first hand material with which to deal, when
+we come to study the early growth and development of
+Christianity.
+
+By means of the New Testament Epistles (which are
+real letters and written with a definite purpose in view)
+we look directly into the faith, the customs, and practices
+of the early Christian churches.  We see how they were
+organized and how they conducted their services.  We
+see the marvelous changes wrought in the lives and
+characters of the converts.  We note that the triumphs of faith
+were won through a belief in the Divine Son of God and
+the power of the Holy Ghost.  The struggles and difficulties
+of these early Christians in coming out of heathenism
+are depicted in a masterly way.  Paul, in his endeavor
+to guide aright the churches, of which he had been the
+spiritual father, shows what he believes and teaches about
+God, the Holy Ghost, Jesus Christ, sin, redemption, and the
+future state of the soul.  In these letters the incidental
+and indirect references to the doctrines taught, and the
+customs of the early churches, are as valuable as the direct.
+
++Some Reasons for Paul's Writings.+--The Apostle
+was the founder of churches over a large area of territory.
+He soon realized, however, that it was impossible to visit
+them as often as he desired and as frequently as he
+ought.  Many of the converts had come out of heathenism
+and needed doctrinal and ethical instruction in the
+way of Christ.  They also needed encouragement,
+comfort, and sometimes sharp correction for outbreaking sins.
+As means of communication were open and easy along
+the well kept Roman roads, what was more natural than
+that Paul should begin to write letters which were not
+only to be read by the particular churches to which they
+were addressed, but passed on to the other churches.
+
++Qualifications of Paul.+
+
+1.  Intellectual.  He was not only pre-eminent as a
+missionary, but even more remarkable as a writer.  "He
+was the greatest thinker of his age, if not of any age,
+who in the midst of his outward labors was producing
+writings which have ever since been among the mightiest
+intellectual forces of the world and are still growing."
+
+2.  Spiritual.  He had been converted in a wonderful
+way and had received a special revelation from Christ
+(Acts 9:3-15; 1 Cor. 15:3; Gal. 1:11, 12).  He had
+been called to his great work among the Gentiles by Christ
+and the Holy Ghost (Acts 9:15; 13:2).  He was
+absolutely absorbed in the work of Christ and in making
+known His gospel.
+
++How the Epistles are Best Understood.+--Each one
+should be studied in the light of the occasion which called
+it forth and in connection with the church, group of
+churches, or the individual to which it is addressed.
+
++Titles and Groups.+--The thirteen Epistles fall naturally
+into four groups; in each of which is set forth some
+great doctrinal and ethical truth.
+
+First Group, First and Second Thessalonians.  "These
+Epistles are short, simple, and practical.  They may be
+regarded as illustrating Paul's earlier missionary instruction
+to his converts--hence the name 'Missionary Epistles,'
+sometimes applied to them.  They treat of but one
+doctrinal subject--the second coming of Christ."  It should
+be borne in mind, however, that Paul speaks of Jesus
+Christ as "The Lord," "Our Lord," about twenty-five
+times in First Thessalonians; this shows how thoroughly
+he believed in the Deity of Christ.
+
+Second Group, Galatians, First and Second Corinthians
+and Romans.  "This group is the great repertory of
+Paul's doctrinal and ethical teaching.  Galatians and
+Romans deal chiefly with his doctrine of justification by
+faith.  They are designed to disprove the current Jewish
+teaching (which was invading the churches) that men
+might be saved by obedience to the Mosaic law.  On the
+contrary Paul maintained that the sole basis of salvation
+is the grace of God to be appropriated by faith on man's
+part."
+
+Third Group, Colossians, Philemon, Ephesians, and
+Philippians.  "This group is predominantly Christological.
+Errors had invaded the churches addressed, which
+tended to degrade the person and work of Christ, and the
+Apostle writes with a view to showing his pre-eminence
+and saving power, so that the readers may be induced to
+keep their allegiance to Christ and His gospel."
+
+Fourth Group, First Timothy, Titus and Second Timothy.
+"These are called 'The Pastoral Epistles,' and were
+designed to instruct Timothy and Titus as
+superintendents of the churches
+in Ephesus and Crete, and were thus
+semi-official in character.  But they have also a strong
+personal element and a tone of warm sympathy and
+affection."  The above characterization of the four groups of
+these Epistles by Prof. G. B. Stevens is brief and to the
+point.
+
++Common Plan.+--The plan in all of Paul's Epistles,
+with slight variations, is much the same.  The outlines of
+these letters fall uniformly into six divisions.  "First, a
+greeting sometimes very brief, sometimes extending over
+several verses, in which he generally manages with
+consummate skill to strike the keynote of the whole letter.
+Secondly, a thanksgiving to God for the Christian gifts
+and graces of his converts.  Thirdly, a doctrinal part, in
+which he argues out or explains some great topic of
+Christian truth, specially required by the condition of the
+church to which he is writing.  Fourthly, a practical
+section, in which he applies to daily moral duties the great
+doctrines which he has developed.  Fifthly, personal
+messages, salutations, and details.  Sixthly, a brief
+autograph conclusion to ratify the genuineness of the entire
+letter."
+
++The Supreme Purpose+ was to make known the Divine
+Christ as the Savior of all men, both Jew and Gentile
+(1 Cor. 2:1-16; Col. 1:9-29; Phil. 2:9-11; Acts 26:22,
+23; Rom. 3:9-31).
+
+
+THE FUTURE OF CHRIST'S KINGDOM
+
+FIRST GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+THE FIRST AND SECOND EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
++The First Group of Epistles.+--The First and Second
+Epistles to the Thessalonians are the earliest writings of
+Paul of which we have any certain knowledge.  He may
+possibly have written earlier epistles, which are now lost.
+He speaks of writing a salutation "in every epistle"
+(2 Thess. 3:17), "with mine own hand," which may
+imply that he had already written a number of Epistles.
+In regard to later writings he also speaks of an Epistle
+(1 Cor. 5:9) to the Corinthians written to them before
+that now known as First Corinthians and of one written
+to the Laodiceans (Col. 4:16); of these writings we have
+no record save these incidental notices, if these notices
+refer to lost Epistles.
+
++The Chief Doctrinal Point+ considered in this group is
+"The Future of Christ's Kingdom" as it was related to His
+second coming (1 Thess. 4:13-5:9, compare 2 Thess. 2:1-17).
+It was natural that, after so great a manifestation
+of the Divine Christ, the earlier believers in Him
+should make much of the promise that He said He would
+come again, and amid their troubles and difficulties the
+strong tendency would be to think that second coming
+was close at hand.  It is a well known fact however that
+the near approach of a great joy or sorrow unfits men and
+women for the ordinary pursuits of life.  Paul, in his first
+letter to the members of the church of Thessalonica,
+spoke of the second coming of Christ to relieve their
+minds of a worry over those who had died since he had
+preached to them (lest they should not see the Lord when
+He came), and also to encourage them in their faith
+(1 Thess. 4:13-18).  It seems that Paul was taken to mean
+by what he wrote that Christ's coming was near at hand.
+The believers in Christ, in Thessalonica, began to give up
+their ordinary avocations and pursuits in speedy anticipation
+of this great event.  He therefore takes occasion in
+his second letter to the church to correct the impression
+that Christ's coming (2 Thess. 2:1-17) was near at hand.
+He exhorts them to true and faithful living in the sight of
+their Lord Jesus Christ (2 Thess. 3:1-18) as the best way
+to serve their Divine Master.  The principle of the true
+Christian life is here set forth in a masterly way; it holds
+good for all time and all peoples.
+
+
+
+THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
++The Founding of the Church at Thessalonica+ (Acts
+17:1-10).--Paul was on his second missionary journey
+and this church was the second which he organized in
+Europe.  He entered into the synagogue at Thessalonica
+and three Sabbath days reasoned with the Jews out of the
+scriptures, "opening and alleging, that Christ must needs
+have suffered and risen again from the dead; and that this
+Jesus, whom I preach to you, is Christ" (Acts 17:3).  Through
+this preaching a few of the Jews believed "and
+of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief
+women not a few."  It appears from this account that
+the church was mostly made up of Gentiles.  But through
+the opposition of the Jews all the city was set in an uproar
+and Paul was sent away by night to Berea.
+
++Occasion, Time, and Place of Writing.+--Paul left
+Thessalonica unwillingly for he had a great affection for
+his converts in this city.  Twice he endeavored to return,
+but was prevented from doing so (2:17, 18).  When
+he reached Athens (Acts 17:15) he grew so anxious about
+the church at Thessalonica that he sent Timothy back to
+see how it prospered (3:1, 2).  While Timothy was
+gone on his mission Paul went on to Corinth (Acts
+18:1).  Here Timothy found him when he returned with
+his report of the church (Acts 18:5; 1 Thess. 3:6).
+Paul was greatly pleased with what Timothy had to say
+about the converts.  While enduring persecution they
+were standing fast in the Lord and devoted to their faith
+in Christ (3:7-13).  The report which Timothy brought
+was the occasion of the first letter to this church.
+
+The time was, in all probability, in the winter of 52-53
+A.D., and the place of writing was at Corinth, where
+Paul remained for over a year and a half (Acts 18:1, 11, 18).
+
++Contents.+--The first three chapters are of a personal
+character and show how dear to Paul's heart were these
+converts of Thessalonica.  They also show the good
+record made for the short time since they had embraced
+Christianity.  But nothing could be more revolutionary
+in those days than to become a Christian; therefore Paul
+takes occasion to correct social, moral, and doctrinal
+faults and to instruct them more fully in the faith, in
+Christ, which they professed.  In the matter of doctrine
+Paul mentions Christ as "the Lord," "our Lord" about
+twenty-five times, showing his belief in and teaching of
+the Deity of Christ.  In regard to Christ's speedy second
+coming, of which many seem to have had a lively
+expectation so that they were troubled when some died lest
+these had lost their opportunity to see this glorious event,
+Paul writes to reassure them that all believers, those who
+have died and those who are alive at that time, "will enter
+together and share equally in the blessings of Christ's
+heavenly kingdom" (4:13-18).  The Epistle closes with
+exhortations to be joyful, thankful, and prayerful.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-10).  Personal address and
+salutation.  Thanksgiving for their faith, love and hope in
+Jesus Christ and for their conversion.
+
+2.  Narrative (2:1-4:12).  How the gospel was given
+and how it was received at Thessalonica.  An account of
+Paul's care and anxiety for the church.  Paul's prayer for
+their establishment in the faith of Jesus Christ.  Exhortation
+to abstain as followers of Christ from impurity and
+fraud; to follow after holiness and brotherly love.
+
+3.  Doctrinal (4:13-5:11).  The second advent of
+Christ.  The parts which the dead and living will have
+when Christ shall come again.  The uncertainty of the
+time.  The need of constant watchfulness.
+
+4.  Practical (5:12-28).  Rules for the conduct of the
+church, its overseers and members.  Exhortation to be
+joyful, prayerful, and thankful.  Closing prayer that they
+may be preserved blameless unto the coming of the Lord
+Jesus Christ.  Greeting and benediction.
+
+
+THE SECOND EPISTLE TO THE THESSALONIANS
+
++Occasion, Time, and Place of Writing.+--What Paul
+wrote about the second coming of Christ, in the First
+Epistle, seems to have been misunderstood by the church
+at Thessalonica (1:7-3:11).  Then too there was
+probably a spurious epistle (and this may have occasioned
+much of the trouble) in circulation, in which Paul is
+evidently made to declare that the day of Christ is close at
+hand (2:2).  He writes of this false epistle very vigorously
+that they be not troubled in spirit by a letter, "as
+from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand."  Evidently
+some were neglecting their work, becoming impatient at
+the delay in Christ's coming (3:5, 11, 12) and walking
+disorderly.
+
+The Epistle opens, with an expression of thanks for the
+general condition of the church and that it was enduring
+persecutions and tribulations well (1:2-6).  Hence it is
+evident that some but not all of the church members were
+out of accord with an earnest sensible faith in Christ.
+This Epistle reflects certain conditions which Paul had
+to meet in his work and shows how he sought to check
+any defections from right conceptions of true Christian
+doctrine and life.  In the second chapter Paul shows that
+the "day of Christ" may not speedily come, that certain
+other things must come to pass before it is revealed
+(compare Matthew ch. 24), and that the true Christian way is
+to stand fast always in the Lord.  In thus standing fast
+every believer will grow in faith and grace.
+
+The duties taught are "courage and faith under persecution
+and calmness and quiet industry in the presence of
+the greatest expectations."
+
+The time of writing was probably, a few months after
+that of the First Epistle, in 53 A.D.  The place of
+writing was Corinth.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-4).  Salutation.  Thanksgiving
+for the growth of faith in the Thessalonian church.
+
+2.  Doctrinal (1:5-2:17).  The great day of the
+Lord.  The Thessalonians seemingly misunderstood Paul's
+first letter and he now more fully explains the second
+advent of Christ.  It will be a day of terrible retribution
+for the unbeliever but one of glory for all who trust in
+Him.  A warning is given not to think the day near at
+hand.  Certain things must first come to pass; "a falling
+away," "a man of sin," "signs and lying
+wonders."  Thanksgiving that the
+Thessalonians have been chosen to
+salvation through the sanctification of the Spirit.
+
+3.  Conclusion (Ch. 3).  Paul requests prayer for
+himself that "the word of the Lord may have free course
+and be glorified" with him; he also desires that the Lord
+may direct their "hearts into the love of God and into the
+patient waiting for Christ."  Paul gives command to
+discipline the disorderly and that every man earn his own
+living.  Exhortation to be not weary in well doing.
+Salutation and benediction.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What can be said of epistolary writings; their place and
+usefulness?  Give some reasons for Paul's writings.  What were the
+qualifications of Paul?  How are the Epistles best understood?
+What can be said of the four groups and their characteristics?
+What is the common plan?  What is the supreme purpose?  What
+can be said of the first group of Epistles; First and Second
+Thessalonians?  What is the chief doctrinal point?  The First
+Epistle; what can be said of the founding of the church at
+Thessalonica?  What can be said of the occasion, time, and place of
+writing?  What are the contents?  Give the four parts of the
+principal divisions and chief points.  The Second Epistle; what
+can be said of the occasion, time, and place of writing?  Give the
+three parts of the principal divisions and chief points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY VIII
+
+THE OLD FAITHS AND THE NEW
+
+SECOND GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+GALATIANS.  FIRST AND SECOND CORINTHIANS.  ROMANS.
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++Problems of Early Christianity+--The Old Faiths and the New.
+The Great Question.  The Jewish Faith.  The Heathen Faith.
+The New Faith in Christ.  Practical Bearing upon Present
+Day Living.  The Epistles of this Group.
+
++The Epistle to the Galatians+--The Galatians.  Time of Writing.
+Occasion and Purpose.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Epistles to the Corinthians+--The Church at Corinth.  The
+City of Corinth.
+
++The First Epistle to the Corinthians+--Occasion and Purpose.
+Place and Time.  The Supremacy of Christ.  Principal
+Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Second Epistle to the Corinthians+--Occasion and Purpose.
+Place and Time.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to the Romans+--The Church at Rome.  Occasion and
+Purpose.  Place and Time.  Central Thought.  Principal
+Divisions and Chief Points.
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY VIII
+
+THE OLD FAITHS AND THE NEW
+
+SECOND GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+GALATIANS.  FIRST AND SECOND CORINTHIANS.  ROMANS.
+
+PROBLEMS OF EARLY CHRISTIANITY
+
++The Old Faiths and the New.+--In this second group
+of Epistles, Galatians, First and Second Corinthians, and
+Romans, we enter upon a period of conflict in which
+Christianity is being defined, and differentiated from
+Judaism and Heathenism.  No great truth ever came into
+the world without a battle for its right to the attention of
+men.
+
+The new faith in Christ made large claims for itself.
+It marked an advance upon Judaism and maintained that
+in Christ was fulfilled all the promises made by the
+prophets of the coming of the Jewish Messiah.  It radically
+antagonized the heathen religions.  It had a double task to win
+men out of Judaism and heathenism.  Only by a careful
+study of these great doctrinal Epistles, and the circumstances
+out of which they arose, can it be seen how really
+great was this task.
+
++The Great Question+ was: "On what terms does God
+save men?  Does He owe salvation to any because of
+what they have done, or does He bestow it as an
+unmerited favor upon condition of trust and self-surrender?"  Paul
+maintained that the sole basis of salvation is the
+grace of God through Jesus Christ to be appropriated by
+faith on the part of man.  This is still the great question.
+
++The Jewish Faith+ had been long in the world.  Its
+prophets had two great themes, the Messiah and the
+Messianic Kingdom.  All Israel, while observing feast and
+fast days, the precepts of the Mosaic law and offering
+sacrifices, looked forward to the coming of the Messiah
+and the establishment of His kingdom upon earth, as the
+supreme fulfillment of its hopes.
+
+It is the contention of Paul in these Epistles that this
+Messiah has come in the person of Jesus Christ and
+fulfilled all the promises made to Israel, and that, through
+faith in Him, believers are released from the observance
+of the precepts of the Mosaic law.
+
+There were two parties of Jews who sought to check
+the advance of the early church, with its all sufficient
+Savior.  First, there were the Jews who denied any and
+every claim of Christ to be the Messiah; of this party
+were the rioters who drove Paul out of city after city and
+sought to kill him in the temple.  Second, there were the
+Jewish Christians who "asserted that their faith was
+Judaism with a new prophet; that the law of Moses and Mosaic
+ceremonial practices were binding on Christians as well as
+on unbelieving Jews; that Gentile believers must first
+become proselytes to Judaism before they could become
+Christians; and lastly that circumcision was the only
+gateway to baptism."  With the first class of Jews it was not
+so difficult to deal, for they were out and out antagonists,
+but the Jewish Christians, (who still clung to the Jewish
+law) were constantly making trouble not only amongst the
+Christian Jews, who had fully come out from under the
+law of Moses and expressed their faith in Christ, but also
+among the Christian Gentiles who had come out of the
+heathen religions.  The masterly arguments of Paul,
+presented in Galatians and Romans, deal chiefly with the
+doctrine of justification by faith in Jesus Christ alone.  In
+Gal. 5:1-4 he calls the return to Jewish belief and
+practice, "falling from grace."
+
++The Heathen Faith.+--The people of the Roman
+empire were idolaters.  Temples for the worship of idols
+occupied prominent positions in every city.  Some of
+them were very beautiful, from an architectural point of
+view.  But the objects of worship, frequently, were of the
+basest sort.  This worship caused a notorious laxness of
+view in regard to the relations between the sexes.  This
+state of things is not overstated by Paul in his epistle to
+the Romans (1:18-23).  It was this condition of idolatrous
+worship which led to the decision of the Jerusalem
+Council in regard to the Gentile converts (Acts 15:29).
+The Christianity which Paul taught called for a pure and
+upright life and a subjugation of human passion.  We see
+the effects of former idolatrous lives manifesting
+themselves in the evils which Paul sought to correct in his
+letters to the Corinthians.  It was no small conflict in
+which the Great Apostle to the Gentiles engaged when he
+sought to cleanse, through Christ, the base idolatrous
+hearts of the men of his times.
+
++The New Faith in Christ.+--Paul stands for spiritual
+freedom in Christ and loyalty to Him as Divine Lord
+without the necessity of observing the minute regulations
+of the Jewish ritual.  He insists upon purity of soul and
+outward life as opposed to the laxness of the idolaters.
+Each individual soul is related to Christ to whom it is
+responsible.
+
++Practical Bearing upon Present Day Living.+--The
+things contended for, the evils scored in these Epistles
+may seem to belong to dead controversies, but they do
+not.  While it is a fact that Christianity has freed itself
+from Judaism and the heathen religions have been
+conquered, the old evils still manifest themselves and the
+same remedies must be applied to them.  Many to-day
+will do works of the law (Gal. 2:16) who have no use for
+Christ, or His church, thinking in this way to buy their
+way to God.  These are the old Judaizers come to life
+again.  They often know nothing and care less for spiritual
+things and heart righteousness.  Sensuality, and all its
+attendant evils, driven from the old heathen temples,
+manifests itself in many ways; it still seeks to array itself
+in beautiful garments that it may lure many to ruin.
+There is need of repeating over again the arguments of
+Paul for a pure life lived in the faith of Jesus Christ, and
+the spiritual upbuilding of the soul through Him.  Paul
+also insists upon good works as the outcome of faith, but
+faith must come first.
+
++The Epistles of this Group were Written+ on the third
+missionary journey.
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE GALATIANS
+
++The Galatians+ to whom this Epistle was addressed;
+who were they?  The name Galatia was used in two ways.
+Geographically to denote the country inhabited by the
+Celtic tribes (who were descended from the Gauls and
+who formerly inhabited the country we now call France).
+Politically it meant the Roman province which also
+included "Psidia, Lycaonia, and part of Phrygia to the south
+of Galatia proper."  It has been a question which of the
+two Paul intended to address in his letter.  There are no
+particular names of churches which are specified.  Many
+scholars think that Paul means to address his Epistle to
+the churches of the Roman province.  In this case the
+letter would be sent to the churches of a wide area, and
+primarily addressed to those founded in the first
+missionary journey at Antioch, Iconium, Derbe, and Lystra
+(Acts 14:1-28).
+
+Luke speaks also of a region lying roundabout Derbe and
+Lystra where the gospel was preached on this first journey
+(Acts 14:6).  The passage in Galatians (2:5) in which
+Paul refers to the Jerusalem Council where he contended
+for the liberty in Christ of the Gentiles would naturally be
+taken to mean these first churches (however wide the
+application) as the Jerusalem Council was held at the close
+of the first missionary journey.  The word Galatia may
+be used in the narrower sense also by Luke in speaking of
+the beginning of Paul's second (Acts 16:6) and third
+(Acts 18:23) missionary journeys.  It would be natural
+for the Judaizers, who sought to turn back the converts
+of Paul to Judaism, to begin with the churches in South
+Galatia first.
+
++Time of Writing.+--The common opinion is that this
+epistle was written at Ephesus, during Paul's long stay
+there on his third missionary journey or between 54 and
+56 A.D.  Some however would place the date earlier.
+
++Occasion and Purpose.+--That which caused Paul to
+write this first of his great doctrinal Epistles was the
+teaching of certain Judaizers who had found their way
+into the churches of Galatia.  They claimed that the
+Jewish law was binding upon believers in Christ, and
+declared that salvation was through works of the law.
+They insisted upon the rite of circumcision.  Paul's
+gospel and authority were disparaged.
+
+Paul wrote this Epistle for the purpose of showing
+that "faith in Christ was the sole and sufficient condition
+of salvation."
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-10) Salutation.  Subject of the
+Epistle; the defection of the Galatian churches.
+
+2.  The divine commission given to Paul as an apostle
+(1:11-2:21).  He makes a statement of his claims and
+gives a sketch of his life.  The gospel he preached came
+not from man but through a revelation of Jesus Christ.
+All this is to show the authenticity of his claims.
+
+3.  Doctrinal.  Justification is by faith (ch. 3-4).
+The Galatian churches had received the Spirit through
+faith and not by law; why should they turn back?  The
+superiority of faith is shown by Abraham's faith.  The
+covenant of the promise of Christ was before the law.
+The law is subordinate to faith, its purpose is to bring
+men to Christ.  There is serious danger in returning to
+the law.
+
+4.  Practical.  Application of the doctrinal teaching
+(ch. 5-6:10).  An exhortation to stand fast in the liberty
+of Christ; this liberty excludes Judaism.  A warning
+against the abuse of Christian liberty.  The works of the
+flesh and the fruits of the Spirit.  Sowing and reaping.
+
+5.  Autograph conclusion (6:11-18).  Summary of
+the Epistle.  The glory of the Apostle is in the cross of
+Christ.  Benediction.
+
+
+THE EPISTLES TO THE CORINTHIANS
+
++The Church at Corinth+ was founded during Paul's
+second missionary journey (Acts 18:1-18).  When the
+Apostle came to Corinth he found a home with Aquila
+and Priscilla and worked with them at his trade as a
+tent-maker.  He preached in Corinth for over a year and a
+half.  Although Paul was the means of converting
+Crispus, the ruler of the synagogue, and his family, he had no
+large success with the Jews and consequently turned to
+the Gentiles.  The Gentiles gladly heard him and there
+was a great ingathering into the church.
+
+Paul's sole purpose was to preach Christ for he says,
+"I determined not to know anything among you, save
+Jesus Christ and Him crucified" (1 Cor. 2:2).
+
++The City of Corinth+ was the largest and most
+important city of Greece.  The commerce of the world flowed
+through its two harbours.  The population consisted of
+Greeks, Jews, Italians, and a mixed multitude; it was
+excitable, pleasure loving, and mercurial.  In this city
+was held a perpetual vanity fair.  The vices of the east
+and west met and clasped hands in the work of human
+degradation.  The Greek goddess Aphrodite had a
+magnificent temple in which a thousand priestesses ministered
+to a base worship.  While it was a center of wealth and
+fashion it was a city of gilded vice.  In the philosophical
+schools there was an endless discussion about words and
+non-essentials and a strong tendency to set intellectual
+above moral distinctions.
+
+
+THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS
+
++Occasion and Purpose.+-It was natural that the
+pressure of heathen customs and practices should be very great
+upon this young church.  It was also to be expected that
+parties and divisions would arise.  The immediate cause
+of this Epistle was that strifes and divisions had arisen in
+the church.  It was the reporting of these matters to
+Paul by those "of the house of Chloe" (1 Cor. 1:11)
+that led him to write in the way in which he did.  To
+settle the strifes of this church and to define the relations
+which Christians should assume towards the political,
+religious, and domestic institutions of the heathen was a
+matter of no little delicacy and difficulty.  The mastery
+of Paul is shown in the laying down of principles, in
+accordance with the gospel of Christ, that were effective
+not only for the Corinthian church but which are applicable
+to-day to all such church difficulties and the conduct
+of Christians towards non-Christians.
+
++A Former Epistle.+--Previous to the one now called
+"The First," had been written to the Corinthians (1
+Cor. 5:9) and "it appears that the church had replied and
+requested further explanation and instruction on certain
+points" (5:11; 7:1; 8:1; 12:1; 16:12).
+
++Place and Time.+--This Epistle was written during
+Paul's long stay in Ephesus (Acts 19:10; 1 Cor. 16:19)
+and the date is in all probability 57 A.D.
+
++The Supremacy of Christ+ over all parties, His love as
+the touchstone of all service, and His resurrection are
+the great subjects of this Epistle.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Salutation and thanksgiving (1:1-9).
+
+2.  Correction of divisions of party spirit (1:10-4:21).
+It having been reported to Paul that four parties
+were striving for mastery in the church and there was
+great contention; he rebukes the party spirit, sets forth
+the principles of his teaching, and declares that Christ
+alone is the center of the Christian system.  Faith stands
+not in the wisdom of men.  The only foundation is in
+Christ.
+
+3.  Correction of moral disorders (ch. 5-7).  In
+consequence of the close contact of the church with
+heathendom grave moral evils found their way into the
+fold.  (a) The case of an incestuous person, Paul writes
+that such a person is to be expelled because the leaven of
+evil separates men from Christ.  (b) The sin of going to
+law in heathen courts.  Christians ought to settle their
+own disputes.  (c) Sins of the body.  No man should
+commit a sin as his body is the temple of the Holy Ghost.
+
+(d) Advice concerning marriage.  The purpose of the
+gospel is not to antagonize but to Christianize the natural
+relations between society and the believer.
+
+4.  Correction of social and ecclesiastical misconceptions
+(ch. 8-14).  (a) The question of eating of meats
+offered in idol worship is decided on the ground of love
+rather than knowledge.  (b) The preacher of the gospel
+has the right to be supported by the church.  (c) The
+true Christian liberty to be observed in the matters of
+eating and drinking.  The proper celebration of the
+Lord's Supper.  (d) The use and abuse of spiritual gifts.
+
+(e) The greatness of love (ch. 13) The touchstone
+of all is love.  (f) The end to be sought in every spiritual
+gift is the edification and upbuilding of the church.
+
+5.  The true doctrine of the resurrection (ch. 15),
+Paul lays great stress upon this doctrine.  "If Christ be
+not risen from the dead, then is our preaching vain and
+your faith is also vain."
+
+6.  Parting directions, exhortations, and salutations
+(ch. 16).
+
+
+THE SECOND EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS
+
++Occasion and Purpose.+--Paul was quite anxious about
+the reception of his first letter by the Corinthian church.
+Not long after its dispatch he sent Titus (2 Cor. 2:13) to
+see how it was received and to note whether the strife of
+parties had ceased, the incestuous person had been dealt
+with, and other matters properly adjusted.  While Titus
+was absent on this mission Paul left Ephesus on account
+of the riot made by Demetrius and his fellows (Acts
+19:23-41; 20:1) and went over into Macedonia (Acts
+20:1).  On the way, at Troas, he expected to meet Titus
+and was greatly disappointed in not seeing him (2
+Cor. 2:12-13).  It is evident that he met Titus in Macedonia
+and received from him the report of the condition of the
+Corinthian church and the manner in which his first letter
+had been received and acted upon (2 Cor. 7:5-16).
+Again it is evident, from the Epistle, that Titus brought
+back the encouraging news to the Apostle that the
+incestuous person had been dealt with and had repented, and
+that, as a whole, the church stood loyally by him, but still
+there were some who were making trouble.  It was this
+report that was the occasion of the Second Epistle.
+Prof. G. B. Stevens says in regard to this letter, It reflects
+the mingled joy and grief of the Apostle.  The earlier
+chapters are predominately cheerful and commendatory,
+the latter mainly sorrowful and severe.  In the light of
+these facts the letter may be described as threefold: First,
+to encourage and instruct the church (1-7).  Second,
+to induce the Corinthians to make a collection for the
+poor Judean churches (8-9).  Third, to defend the
+writer's apostolic authority against the calumnies of his
+enemies (10-13).
+
++Place and Time.+--There are a number of references
+by the Apostle which show that this Epistle was written
+in Macedonia (1:15, 16; 2:12, 13; 8:1; 9:2) and shortly
+after Paul came out of Asia (1:8, compare Acts 20:1,
+2).  The time probably 57 A.D., the same year in which
+the First Epistle was written.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Salutation (1:1, 2)
+
+2.  Paul's principles and ways of working (1:3-7:16).
+In these chapters the Apostle endeavors to
+remove any feeling of bitterness which may have been
+produced in the Corinthian church by his dealing with a
+certain evil in the previous Epistle.  He also vindicates
+his spiritual ministry.  He declares his love for the church
+and its spiritual advancement.  He also declares that he
+has put off his visit to Corinth that he might not come in
+sorrow.  He rejoices in the good news brought by Titus.
+While he is weak in body, the power is of God and the
+ministry is a communication of the Spirit.  He asserts
+that he is sustained by the hope of the future life.  He
+earnestly exhorts the church to receive and live the gospel
+which he preached to them, for separation from the world
+and unity with God.  In chapter seven he rejoices that
+they have received his words so well.
+
+3.  The collection for the poor Christians in Jerusalem
+(8-9).  Paul here speaks of the liberality of the
+Macedonian churches and the work of Titus who is sent to
+forward the contributions.
+
+4.  Paul's vindication of his authority as an apostle
+(10:1-13:10).  He has been attacked in his person,
+character, and teaching by parties in the Corinthian church
+who would overthrow his authority and ruin the church.
+These four chapters are a magnificent setting forth of his
+apostolic claims.  (a) His power and glory are not in his
+bodily presence or his letters but in the spiritual might of
+God.  (b) His preaching is the pure gospel of Christ.
+In bodily labor, trials, and persecutions he has excelled
+them all (ch. 11).  (c) He has the highest qualifications
+(in visions and revelations) but he will glory only in
+his infirmities.  His object is not to boast but to put an
+end to the disorders in the church.  (d) The Apostle
+declares his intention to visit the church.  By the power
+of Christ he will not spare the evil.  His desire is only
+for righteousness.
+
+5.  Farewell greetings and messages (13:11-14).
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS
+
++The Church at Rome.+--When and by whom this
+church was founded it is not known.  It is thought that
+the "strangers of Rome" (Acts 2:10), who were present
+at the day of Pentecost when the great manifestation of
+the Holy Spirit took place, carried back the good news
+and that this was the beginning of the church.  It was
+composed of both Jews and Gentiles for Paul addresses
+both classes (Rom. 1:13; 9:24; 11:13; 2:17; 4:1;
+9:13; 7:1; 9:1-5).  This church seems to have made
+rapid progress (1:8).  Paul was evidently acquainted
+with some of the Roman Christians (16:3-15).
+
++Occasion and Purpose.+--This Epistle grew out of a
+desire on the part of Paul to see Rome (Acts 19:21;
+Rom. 1:11; 15:24-28).  As this would be his first visit
+it was no more than a courteous act that he should write
+to the church of this intention.  Again as the Christians
+in Rome might have heard false and distorted reports of
+the gospel which he preached, Paul takes care to clearly
+and logically set forth the principles and doctrines which
+he was teaching.  This letter then becomes very
+important as the summing up of the experience and teaching of
+many years of service in the cause of Jesus Christ.
+
++Place and Time+.--This Epistle was in all probability
+written from Corinth during Paul's stay there in the
+course of his third missionary journey 58 A.D. (compare
+Acts 19:21; 20:1-3; Rom. 16:23; 1 Cor. 1:14; 2 Tim. 4:20).
+
++Central Thought.+--The theme is justification by faith
+and not by works.  There are four main positions.  First,
+All are guilty before God.  Second, All need a Savior.
+Third, Christ died for all.  Fourth, We are all (through
+faith) one body in Him.  The thought may be put in
+other ways, but all to the same purpose.  The doctrine
+of sin, and the doctrine of grace; or the universality of
+sin and the universality of grace.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+--There are
+two great sections, Doctrinal (ch. 1-11), and Practical,
+(ch. 12-16).
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-15).  Paul's salutation to and
+thanksgiving for (the faith of) the Roman church.
+
+2.  Doctrinal (1:16-11:36).  (a) The great theme
+stated, Justification by Faith.  (b) All have sinned and
+all are guilty, Gentiles without the law and Jews with the
+law have failed to attain righteousness.  (c) Righteousness
+for all comes through faith in Jesus Christ and not
+by law or works; the universality of grace.  Abraham
+was justified by faith (ch. 4).  The blessedness of
+justification by faith in Jesus Christ (ch. 5).  (d)
+Objections against free grace that it will multiply sin or
+discredit the law are taken up and answered.  Thorough
+union with Christ on the part of the believer annihilates
+sin and the law has no more any power.  The believer
+justified by his faith in Christ is dead to the law while
+quickened to a new and holy life by the Spirit.  (e) The
+apparent rejection of Israel is the problem considered in
+chapters 9-11.  The nation sought righteousness through
+the law and not by faith.  (f) Christ is the end of the law
+for righteousness.  (g) The restoration of Israel.
+
+3.  Practical (12-16).  (a) Advice and exhortation.
+The Christian's duty to the church and his conduct outside
+of it; duty to the state and society; duty of toleration and
+supreme trust in Christ.  (b) Salutations.  Paul's
+apology and explanation for addressing the Roman church.
+Greetings to various persons and farewell words.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What can be said of the old faiths and the new?  What was
+the great question?  The Jewish faith; how fulfilled in Christ?
+What can be said of the heathen faith?  What of the new faith in
+Christ?  What is the practical bearing of this group of Epistles
+upon every day life?  When written?  Give some account of the
+Galatians.  When was the Epistle to the Galatians written?
+What was the occasion and purpose?  Give the principal divisions
+and chief points.  What can be said of the Epistles to the
+Corinthians?  When was the church founded?  Give some account
+of the city.  What was the occasion and purpose of writing the
+first Epistle to the Corinthians?  What was the place and time?
+What the thought of Christ.  Give the principal divisions and
+chief points.  What was the occasion and purpose of writing the
+Second Epistle?  Place and time?  Give the principal divisions
+and chief points.  When was the church at Rome founded?
+What was the occasion and purpose of writing the Epistle to the
+Romans?  Time and Place?  Central thought?  Give the principal
+divisions and chief points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY IX
+
+THE SUPREMACY OF CHRIST
+
+THIRD GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+COLOSSIANS.  PHILEMON.  EPHESIANS.  PHILIPPIANS.
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++The Question at Issue+--The Supremacy of Christ.  Reason for
+Raising this Question.  The Answer to the Question.
+Present Day Attention.
+
++The Writing of the Epistles+--The Interest.  The Sending of the
+Epistles.
+
++The Epistle to the Colossians+--The Church at Colossae.  The
+Occasion.  Central Thought.  Time and Place of Writing.
+Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to Philemon+--Occasion.  Principal Divisions and
+Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to the Ephesians+--The City and the Church.  Title
+and Time of Writing.  Subject.  Principal Divisions and
+Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to the Philippians+--The City and the Church.
+Occasion.  Objects.  Time of Writing.  Principal Divisions and
+Chief Points.
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY IX
+
+THE SUPREMACY OF CHRIST
+
+THIRD GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+COLOSSIANS.  PHILEMON.  EPHESIANS.  PHILIPPIANS.
+
+THE QUESTION AT ISSUE
+
++The Supremacy of Christ.+--These Epistles mark a
+new stage in the writings of Paul.  The great question
+discussed in the second group of Epistles was in regard
+to the terms of salvation.  The question now at issue
+(in Colossians, Ephesians, Philippians) is: What is the
+nature, the rank, the dignity of the Mediator of salvation?
+Is He one of a series of Saviors?  Does He belong to
+some angelic order (Col. 2:18), or, does He stand supreme
+(Col. 2:8, 9, 19) and solitary?  Is He the Head and Chief
+of all creation (Col. 2:19; 1:16).  Other matters are
+discussed in these Epistles, but this is the great doctrinal
+question and burden of the Apostle's thought.
+
++The Reason for the Raising of this Question+ was the
+development of certain false religious beliefs among which
+were, "asceticism, the worship of angels, revelings in
+supposed visions and belief in emanations."  These "degraded
+the object of faith and so destroyed its meaning and
+power."
+
++The Answer to the Question.+--Paul is in no doubt as
+to the supremacy of Christ.  All his argument is to show
+the Deity of Christ.  He holds "aloft the true object of
+faith namely, the supreme Divine Savior Himself, in
+opposition to speculation which would degrade and deny
+to Him the eminence which belongs to Him" (Col. 1:15-20;
+Eph. 1:10, 20-23; 3-9; Philippians 2:5-11).
+
++Present Day Attention+ has been focused upon this
+matter of the supremacy of Christ.  Was he human or
+divine?  The arguments of Paul still hold good for a stout
+belief in the Divine Christ.  The writings of the Great
+Apostle are all characterized by his grasp of fundamental
+things; they serve their purpose for the modern church
+in bringing it back to Jesus Christ as the only Savior, as
+they also in times past corrected the errors of the early
+church.
+
+
+THE WRITING OF THE EPISTLES
+
++The Interest+ in these Epistles is heightened by the
+fact that they were written during Paul's first Roman
+imprisonment of which Luke gives all too brief an account
+(Acts 28:30,31).  They have been called from this fact,
+"The Epistles of the First Imprisonment."  It is a
+marvel that Paul with his surroundings could have written in
+such a masterly way and handled such lofty themes in a
+manner which has commanded the attention of the
+thinking world ever since his day and age.
+
++The Sending of the Epistles+--Colossians, Philemon,
+and Ephesians were evidently dispatched from Rome by
+the same messenger, Tychicus (Col. 4:7, 9; Eph. 6:21).
+Philippians was sent by the hand of Epaphroditus
+(Phil. 2:25; 4:18).
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE COLOSSIANS
+
+The Church at Colossae--The city of Colossae was
+situated about 110 miles east of Ephesus where Paul
+spent so long a time during his third missionary journey
+(Acts 19:10).  We have no record of any visit of Paul to
+this city or how the church was founded (Col. 2:1).
+It is supposed that Ephaphras might have organized this
+church (Col. 1:7).
+
++The Occasion+ (and purpose) of this Epistle was
+evidently the coming of Epaphras to Rome to consult Paul
+about the affairs of this church (1:7, 8).
+
+In chapter 2:8-23 we have some account of the things
+which were troubling this Christian community and
+drawing them away from faith in Jesus Christ as their Savior.
+False teachers had appeared at Colossae who were
+confusing the minds of the Christian converts.  The
+starting point of the error of teaching was the old oriental
+dogma that matter is evil and the source of evil (2:8),
+that as God is good the world could not have come directly
+from God.  To bridge the chasm between God and the
+matter of the world a long chain of intermediate beings
+was conceived to exist.  This doctrine played havoc with
+the simplest moral conceptions for if matter is evil, and
+its source, then man's sin is not in his will, but in his
+body.  Redemption from sin can come only through
+asceticism and the mortification of the flesh.
+
+The result of all this was a lowering of the dignity of
+Christ, taking away His saving power and the "substitution
+of various ascetic abstinences and ritualistic practices
+(2:20) for trust in Him, the worship of angels (2:18),
+and a reveling in dreams and visions."  "This was kindred
+to a type of speculation which later became rife under
+the name of Gnosticism."
+
+To these ideas Paul opposed the true doctrine of the
+Headship of Christ (2:19) and that He is the only link
+between God and the universe (1:15-17).  "By Him
+were all things created (1:16) that are in heaven and that
+are in earth."  Christ is the only Mediator (1:13, 14).
+In this faith there is no place for ascetic mortification.
+Evil is in our unwillingness to live the life in Christ.  In
+Christ we are dead to sin and risen with Him to a life
+of holiness (2:20-23; 3:1-4).  Christ is not only our
+Redeemer (1:14) and the Head of the church, but the
+source of creation and its Lord (1:16, 17).  We have
+a similar error (against which Paul warns) taught to-day
+by the speculative thinker, who fills the world with forces
+which leave no room for the working of a personal will.
+
++Central Thought+--Jesus Christ the sole Savior of
+men and Mediator between God and men (1:13-14), the
+Creator (1:16; 2:9) and Head of the church (1:18).
+Exhortation to follow Christ (3:1-4).
+
++Time and Place.+--This Epistle was written at Rome
+and sent by the messenger, Tychicus, (4:7, 8, 18) to the
+church at Colossae about 63 A.D.
+
+Paul also directed that it be read to the church at
+Laodicea (4:16).
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-12) Salutation.  Thanksgiving
+for their faith and prayer for their increase and knowledge
+of the will of God.
+
+2.  Doctrinal.  "The sole Headship of Christ"
+(1:13-3:4).  (a) Christ the Mediator.  There is redemption
+for us through His blood.  (b) Christ, the image of
+the invisible God, Creator and Preserver of all things.
+(c) He is the Head of the church, reconciliation is only
+through Him.  The Colossians were reconciled to God
+through the mediation of Christ.  It is the earnest desire
+of Paul that the church at Colossae should remain rooted
+in the faith which it had been taught.  (d) Warning
+against wrong speculation; lest any man "through
+philosophy or vain deceit" obscure or cause the Colossians
+to deny the true Godhead of Christ (2:8-15).  (e)
+Renewed warnings against errors in worship; Jewish
+observances, ordinances and asceticisms, and the
+adoration of angels.  (f) In Christ we are dead to the
+rudiments of the world and risen into communion with God
+in Christ.
+
+3.  Practical (3:5-4:6).  (a) Exhortations to cast
+out all sins of the unregenerate nature and to put on the
+new man in Christ.  Then Christ will be all and in all.
+(b) All family and social duties are to be performed as in
+the sight of Christ.  (c) Renewed exhortations to prayer
+and watchfulness.
+
+4.  Conclusion (4:7-18).  (a) The mission of
+Tychicus and Onesimus, the greetings of the companions of
+Paul and his expressed desire that the churches of Colossae
+and Laodicea exchange Epistles.  (b) The Salutation.
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO PHILEMON
+
++Occasion.+--This is the only purely personal letter of
+Paul that we possess.  It is placed in this group because
+it was sent with the Epistle to the Colossians and by the
+same messenger, Tychicus (Col. 4:7-9).  Philemon was
+a member (with his wife Apphia) of the church at
+Colossae (Philemon 2).  Onesimus was a runaway slave,
+belonging to Philemon, who had found his way to Rome
+and been converted by Paul (Philemon 10), who returned
+him, with this letter, to his master (Col. 4:9; Philemon
+10-12).
+
+In this letter we have a picture of the Apostle's
+kindness of heart and a carrying out of the principles which
+Paul had advocated in his First Epistle to the Corinthians
+(7:20-24), "Let every man abide in the same calling
+wherein he was called."  We find also this same principle
+set forth, in another way, in his letter to the Colossians
+upon the "Supremacy of Christ."  These principles will
+make all men brethren in Christ and every man will strive
+to serve Christ in his own place, whatever that place is.
+Paul exhorts Philemon, along this very line, to receive
+Onesimus not as a servant but as a brother beloved
+(Philemon 16).
+
+The practical teaching of this letter upon the relations
+between masters and servants and employers and employees
+is very pertinent to the present times.  The true
+solution of all labor troubles is that men should regard
+each other as brethren under the leadership of Jesus Christ.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Salutation and Thanksgiving (1-7).
+
+2.  Statement of the object of the letter (8-21).  As
+a favor for love's sake Philemon is asked to receive back
+Onesimus no longer a runaway slave but Paul's spiritual
+child.  Emphasis is laid upon the fact that he is now a
+Christian brother and should be received as such.
+
+3.  Conclusion (22-25).  (a) In expectation of a
+speedy release from imprisonment the Apostle asks that
+a lodging be secured for him (22 v.).  (b) Salutation
+and benediction (23-25).
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE EPHESIANS
+
++The City of Ephesus and the Church.+--This city
+was, next to Rome, the most important visited by Paul.
+It was the capital of Asia Minor and a great commercial
+center.  It was the seat of the worship of the goddess
+Diana.
+
+Paul first visited the city when he was returning from
+his second missionary tour, but, while asked to prolong
+his stay, he remained only for a short time (Acts 18:19-21).
+During his third missionary journey he again visited
+the city and remained for three years (Acts 20:31,
+compare 19:10, 22).  His success in Ephesus was very great
+(Acts 19:18-20, 26) and extended beyond the city.  The
+letters to the churches at Colossae (Col. 1:2) and Laodicea
+(this letter is lost) (Col. 4:16) show his care for the
+churches that were adjacent to Ephesus and of which we
+have no account of his visiting.
+
++Title and Time of Writing.+--Many scholars think
+that this Epistle was a circular letter written for the
+edification of the churches of Asia Minor and sent to the
+church of the capital city.  This opinion is strengthened
+by the lack of local allusions and the naming of friends,
+as in other epistles.  The inscription "at Ephesus" is
+wanting in two of the more important manuscripts.  "On
+this view it may be supposed that a space was left in the
+salutation in which could be inserted the name of the
+particular place where the letter was being read, that the letter
+finally fell wholly into the keeping of the Ephesian church,
+and that the space was at length permanently filled by the
+phrase 'at Ephesus.'"
+
+The time and place of writing was at Rome about 63
+A.D.  This Epistle was sent by the messenger, Tychicus,
+(Eph. 6:21) who also carried the letters to the church at
+Colossae and to Philemon (Col. 4:7-9).
+
++Subject.+--As in Colossians, the subject is the
+Headship of Christ (3:9-11); His person and work.  God's
+eternal purpose is disclosed.  Christ is given sway over
+all things "both which are in heaven and which are on
+earth" (1:10, 2l).  The unity of the church in Christ
+is set forth; the unity of the Gentile and Jewish branches
+in Him; the unity of all the individual members in Him.
+This union is spiritual and not mechanical; it is holy and
+pure; therefore sin is excluded.  Paul looks upon this as
+the mystery of the ages, now revealed to him.  There is
+one great kingdom, the risen and glorified Christ is the
+Head of this kingdom (1:19-23).  Redemption and
+reception into this kingdom is through Jesus Christ (1-7).
+
+Paul in this epistle rises above the controversies of the
+hour and sees in clear vision the eternal realities and the
+great plan of God for the saving of men.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Introduction (1:1-23).  (a) Salutation.  (b)
+Thanksgiving and Thesis (1:3-14).  Unity in Christ.
+He who is the Head of the church is the Center of the
+universe (1:10).  The eternal purpose of God in
+Salvation is now made known.  Before the foundation of the
+world, man and the redeemed church of Christ were in
+the thought of God.  Christ in whom we have redemption
+looked forward to His mission from eternity.  "Creation,
+nature, and redemption are all parts of one system"; in
+the reconciliation of the cross all orders of beings are
+concerned.  "That in the dispensation of the fulness of times
+He might gather together in one all things in Christ, both
+which are in heaven and which are on earth; even in
+Him" (1:10).  (c) Prayer.  A petition that the
+understanding of believers may be illuminated; that they may
+know the hope of their calling and the riches of their
+heritage, which comes through unity with their risen and
+ascended Lord.
+
+2.  Doctrinal.  Unity in Christ (ch. 2-3).  (a) The
+calling of the Gentiles out of "trespasses and sins" into
+a new life in Christ.  (b) Jews and Gentiles are
+reconciled and brought together in one body by the cross; "no
+more strangers and foreigners but fellow citizens with the
+saints, and of the household of God."  All built upon
+the foundation of Jesus Christ, through the Spirit.  (c)
+The mystery of the universal call was made known to
+Paul by a new revelation.  Prayer for a more full
+comprehension of this unity.
+
+3.  Practical.  The new life in unity with Christ
+(4:1-6:17).  (a) Exhortation to walk worthy of this new
+life.  (b) Exhortation to gain the victory over sin "in
+virtue of the sense of unity with man in Christ."  (c)
+Social duties.  The regeneration and consecration in this
+new life of the relations of husbands and wives, children
+and parents, and slaves and masters, (d) Final entreaty,
+in the battle against the powers of evil, to put "on the
+whole armour of God."
+
+4.  Conclusion (6:18-24).  (a) Personal.  Paul requests
+special prayer for himself in captivity.  Tychicus
+is commended.  (b) Farewell and blessing.
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO THE PHILIPPIANS
+
+The City of Philippi and the Church.--This city is
+notable from the fact that it was the first, in Europe, in
+which the gospel tidings were made known.  Accounts
+of how Paul came to visit Macedonia and to begin the
+work in Philippi are given in Acts (16:10, 12-40).
+Going out of the city as he did by the river side, where
+prayer was wont to be made, and talking to a number of
+women about the "New Way" would not seem to be a
+very favorable beginning for a movement which was to
+produce such exceedingly large results.  But Paul was so
+full of zeal for Christ that he seized every opportunity,
+no matter how small, to make Him known.  This church
+afterwards was a great comfort to the Apostle.  This
+letter shows how he loved it and how he exhorted them to
+rejoice in the Lord (4:4).
+
++Occasion.+--Paul was in prison in Rome.  The
+Philippian converts were greatly concerned about him,
+therefore they sent Epaphroditus with gifts and offerings to
+him (4:18).  This was not the first time that they had
+taken thought of and remembered their founder, in a
+similar way (4:15, 16).  The Apostle was very grateful for
+their care (4:10-14).  While in Rome, Epaphroditus
+was taken very sick and came near death (2:25-28).
+As soon as he had recovered from his sickness Paul sent
+him back to Philippi (2:28), with this letter.  The
+reference to Caesar's household shows how strong a hold
+Christianity was getting in Rome (4:22; 1:12-14), and
+that there was great boldness in proclaiming the gospel.
+
++Objects.+--It is an Epistle of thanks to the Philippians
+for their kindness (4:10-18) in remembering the Apostle
+with substantial gifts in his work and for their fellowship
+(1:5) in the gospel.
+
+Another object is to give them friendly advices and
+warnings (2:12-24; 3:2-3, 17-21).  Paul does not
+forget, in this connection, to remind them of Him to
+whom they owe a whole-hearted allegiance, their Lord
+and Master, Jesus Christ (4:1).
+
+The great doctrinal object, the Supremacy of Christ,
+is also set forth as is markedly manifest in the Epistles of
+Colossians and Ephesians.  The whole Christian creed,
+"the incarnation, passion, and exaltation of Christ" is
+expressed in the second chapter (2:5-11), "That at the
+name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven,
+and things in earth and things under the earth; and that
+every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord to
+the glory of God the Father."  The great end to be
+attained is likeness to Christ (2:5).
+
++Time of Writing.+--This epistle is generally regarded
+as the latest of the letters written during the first
+imprisonment in Rome, and in the same year with those to the
+churches at Colossae, and Ephesus.  It was probably sent
+to Philippi shortly after the other Epistles (Colossians,
+Philemon, and Ephesians) had been dispatched to Asia
+Minor.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+--This epistle
+is divided into two parts.
+
+First part (1:1-3:1).
+
+I.  Introduction (1:1-2:4).  (a) Greeting.  (b) Paul's
+thanksgiving, joy in the fellowship, and prayer for the
+Philippians.  (c) An account of the rapid spread of the
+gospel in Rome and the apostle's rejoicing that Christ is
+preached.  (d) Exhortation to unity in Christ.
+
+2.  Doctrinal (2:5-12).  In this short passage we
+have the Christian creed in brief form.  "The Godhead
+of Christ and His Manhood--His Pre-existence and His
+Incarnation--His Passion and His Exaltation."
+
+3.  Conclusion of the first part (2:13-3:1).  (a)
+Renewed exhortation to an upright and blameless Christian
+life.  (b) The return of Epaphroditus.  (c) Farewell
+message.
+
+Second part (3:2-4:23).  This section seems to
+have been added after the letter had been finished.
+
+1.  Warnings (3:2-21).  (a) Against Judaic errors.
+Paul could boast that he had been a good Jew and
+scrupulously kept the law, yet he renounced all that he might
+win Christ.  True righteousness can come only through
+faith in Christ.  (b) Against a false idea of the liberty of
+the gospel; whereby men, claiming to be Christians,
+walked in evil ways.
+
+2.  Final exhortations (4:1-9) to steadfastness, unity,
+joy, and the following of all good in Christ.  Acknowledgment
+of gifts and benedictions (4:10-23).
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What is the question at issue in this group of Epistles?  What
+the reason for raising this question?  What answer is given?
+What attention is now paid to this question?  When were these
+Epistles written?  How were they sent?  What can be said of the
+Epistles to the Colossians?  The church at Colossae, how was it
+organized?  What was the occasion of this Epistle?  What the
+central thought?  What the time and place of writing?  Give the
+principal divisions and chief points.  What was the occasion of
+the Epistle to Philemon?  Give the principal divisions and chief
+points.  What can be said of the Epistle to the Ephesians?  Give
+an account of the founding of this church.  What can be said of
+the title and time of writing?  What is the subject?  Give the
+principal divisions and chief points.  What can be said of the
+Epistle to the Philippians?  How was this church organized?
+What was the occasion of the Epistle?  What the objects?  Give
+the time of writing.  Give the principal divisions and chief points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY X
+
+PASTORAL AND PERSONAL
+
+FOURTH GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+FIRST TIMOTHY.  TITUS.  SECOND TIMOTHY.
+
+ANALYSIS
+
++The Place of the Epistles+--When Written.
+
++Paul's Fourth Missionary Journey+--Notices and Time.  The First Trip
+Eastward.  The Trip Westward to Spain.  The Second Trip Eastward.  The
+Second Imprisonment of Paul.
+
++The Questions Discussed+--The Personal Element.  The Doctrinal Part.
+The Practical Teaching.  The Special Theme.
+
++Paul's Last Declaration of His Faith.+
+
++The First Epistle to Timothy+--Timothy.  Time and Place.  Purpose.
+Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Epistle to Titus+--Titus.  Purpose.  Time and Place.  Principal
+Divisions and Chief Points.
+
++The Second Epistle to Timothy+--The Last Words of Paul.  Time and
+Place of Writing.  Purpose.  Principal Divisions and Chief Points.
+
+
+
+
+III.  PAUL'S WRITINGS
+
+
+STUDY X
+
+PASTORAL AND PERSONAL
+
+FOURTH GROUP OF EPISTLES
+
+FIRST TIMOTHY.  TITUS.  SECOND TIMOTHY.
+
+THE PLACE OF THE EPISTLES
+
++When Written.+--It is generally agreed among scholars that no place
+can be found for the writing of First Timothy, Titus, and Second
+Timothy in the period covered by Luke in his narrative in Acts.
+
+Agreeing with the tradition of the church, however, the opinion of many
+eminent scholars is that Paul was released from the first Roman
+imprisonment (Acts 28:16, 30), that he again took up his missionary
+work, and at the end of a few years of such work, he was a second time
+imprisoned and suffered martyrdom under the Roman Emperor Nero.
+
+It was during this period between the first and second imprisonments
+that First Timothy and Titus were written.  Second Timothy was written
+during the second imprisonment at Rome, and at the time when Paul was
+expecting his sentence of death.  Eusebius (H. E. 2:22-2) says, that
+"at the end of the two years of imprisonment, according to tradition,
+Paul went forth again upon the ministry of preaching; and in a second
+visit to the city ended his life by martyrdom under Nero, and that
+during his imprisonment he wrote the Second Epistle to Timothy."
+
+
+PAUL'S FOURTH MISSIONARY JOURNEY
+
++Notices and Time.+--From the notices given in the Epistles and other
+sources the probable course of the missionary travels of Paul from
+63-67 A.D. has been reconstructed.
+
++The First Trip Eastward.+--When Paul wrote to the church at Philippi
+(2:24) and to Philemon at Colossae (22 v.) he evidently expected to be
+released from his imprisonment very soon and to see his beloved
+Philippian church and Philemon.  He was so sure of speedily visiting
+Colossae that he asked that a lodging be prepared for him.  With Paul to
+plan was to act and it is quite possible that he undertook this trip
+immediately upon his release from prison.  He probably also visited
+Ephesus and a number of other cities.
+
++The Trip Westward to Spain.+--In the Epistle to the Romans Paul
+declared his intention to visit Spain (Rom. 15:24, 28).  It is probable
+that he, upon his return from the visit to Asia Minor, remained for a
+very short time in Rome and then made a voyage to Spain.
+
+The tradition of the early church is very pronounced upon this voyage
+to Spain.  Clement of Rome (Cor. 5) speaks of Paul "having reached the
+furtherest bound of the west."  This could hardly mean anything but
+Spain.  The Muratorian Fragment names "the departure of Paul from the
+city to Spain."
+
++The Second Trip Eastward.+--We can now, from notices in First and
+Second Timothy and Titus, quite closely follow Paul in his travels.
+From Spain he probably went by various stages to Ephesus, where as he
+tells us (1 Tim. 1:3) he left Timothy in charge when he went into
+Macedonia.  From Macedonia he probably wrote his first letter to
+Timothy (1:3).  From Macedonia he went to Troas and from Troas to
+Miletus (2 Tim. 4:13).  On account of sickness Trophimus was left at
+Miletus (2 Tim. 4:20).  He next probably visited Crete, where he left
+Titus (Titus 1:5).  From Crete it is thought that Paul went to Corinth
+(2 Tim. 4:20) where he left Erastus and in all probability wrote to
+Titus (1:5).  In the letter to Titus Paul speaks of being at Nicopolis
+and of his intention to spend the winter in that city (Titus 3:12).
+But these notices of places are by no means exhaustive.  They show,
+however, how wide were Paul's last travels.
+
++The Second Imprisonment of Paul.+--It is by no means unlikely that the
+enemies of Paul, of whom we hear so much in the first three missionary
+journeys, were stirred to renewed activity by again seeing him at
+liberty and conducting an active missionary campaign.  But with a
+prisoner on parole from the Imperial Court the local magistrates could
+do nothing.  But a new element came in.  The great fire, which
+destroyed so large a part of the city of Rome on the 18th of July, 64
+A.D., was used by the Emperor Nero as an excuse for starting a great
+persecution against the Christians.  This was done to divert the odium
+of the starting of the fire from himself, for he had sung and danced
+the "Mime of the Burning of Troy" from a turret of his palace during
+this great conflagration.  It was some time before this persecution was
+extended to the provinces and Paul's enemies saw their opportunity to
+accuse him to the Imperial Court, where under the circumstances they
+would then find a ready hearing.  Paul was probably rearrested at
+Nicopolis where he intended to winter (Titus 3:12) and hurried off to
+Rome.  This time he endured no light imprisonment.  Onesiphorus had
+difficulty in finding him (2 Tim. 1:16, 17) and he was closely confined
+in a common criminal dungeon (2 Tim. 2:9).  From this dungeon he wrote
+the Second Epistle to Timothy and from thence he went to his death.
+
+
+THE QUESTIONS DISCUSSED
+
++The Personal Element+ in these epistles is quite large both in respect
+to Timothy and Titus and Paul himself, but it is quite evident that
+this element is not the chief cause for the writing.
+
++The Doctrinal Part.+--Paul is here as strenuous for the need of
+repentance, the atonement through Jesus Christ and His sole sufficiency
+as Mediator, Savior, and Lord of all (1 Tim. 1:15-17; Titus 2:13;
+3:4-7), as in his other Epistles.  There are also enemies of the truth
+who are to be opposed (2 Tim. 3).  It is quite evident from what Paul
+says in the second chapter and elsewhere in Titus and Second Timothy
+that the Colossian heresy is already bearing its evil fruit and is
+likely in the future to do great injury to the churches.
+
++The Practical Teaching+ about the necessity of developing and
+conserving the Church's system of government occupies, however, the
+chief place.  "The two notes which are struck again and again are:
+First, 'Hold fast the tradition, the deposit of faith.'  Second,
+'Preserve order in the church.'  In short this group of Epistles
+constitutes Paul's last will and testament in which he gives his final
+instructions for the maintenance and continuity of the faith."
+
+The church of Jesus Christ must have form and order.  The truth must
+have a proper shelter.  Churches must have and observe certain
+regulations.  There must be proper officers.
+
+The gospel is applied to outward conduct.  Great stress is laid upon
+the character of church officers (1 Tim. 3:1-13; Titus 1:5-7).  Pastors
+are directed how they should bear themselves toward church members and
+what they should teach (1 Tim. 5; Titus 2).  The conduct of the Church
+in the presence of the heathen world and its magistrates is set forth
+(Titus 3).  Instruction is given in regard to public worship (1 Tim.
+2).  The most effective barrier against all forms of evil, it is
+declared, is a diligent study of the Scriptures and a fervent preaching
+of the word (2 Tim. 3:13-4:5).
+
++The Special Theme+ then is, "The constitution, methods, and conduct of
+the early churches."  (1 Tim. 2:1, 2, 8, 9-12; 3:1-13; Titus 1:5-14;
+2:1-10; 3:1, 2, 8-11, 13, 14; 2 Tim. 2:2, 14-18; 3:6-9).
+
+
+PAUL'S LAST DECLARATION OF HIS FAITH
+
+The famous passage in 2 Timothy (4:6-8) shows how the Great Apostle
+went triumphantly to his death.  It is a declaration of the sustaining
+power of his faith in the Savior whom he had everywhere proclaimed.
+
+"I am now ready to be offered and the time of my departure is at hand.
+I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the
+faith: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness,
+which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day; and not
+to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing."
+
+
+THE FIRST EPISTLE TO TIMOTHY
+
++Timothy+ was one of the close companions of Paul.  His father was a
+Greek and his mother a Jewess, by the name of Eunice, (2 Tim. 1:5; Acts
+16:1).  He was a native of Lystra, Paul took him as his companion in
+travel and addressed two Epistles to him; he was sent on a number of
+important missions.  Timothy is mentioned twenty-four times by name in
+the Acts and Epistles; from these notices we can construct his
+itinerary with Paul and see how beloved and how trusted he was by the
+Great Apostle.  During Paul's last journey he left him in charge of the
+affairs of the church at Ephesus (1 Tim. 1:3).  When Paul was
+apprehended a second time and lying in a dungeon at Rome, in
+expectation of death, he wrote Timothy the last letter (2 Timothy) he
+ever penned, and besought him to come to him as speedily as possible (2
+Tim. 4:9).
+
++Time and Place of Writing.+--Paul in all probability wrote the First
+Epistle to Timothy from Macedonia (1 Tim. 1:3) in the year 66 A.D.
+
++The Purpose+ "involved is through the instruction and exhortation of
+Timothy, to purify, strengthen, and elevate the Christian life of the
+church in Ephesus."  This teaching is put in such a way that it is
+applicable to every Christian minister and church.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Greeting (1:1, 2).
+
+2.  The True teaching of the gospel (ch. 1).  Timothy is warned against
+false teachers and reminded of the aim and end of life in Christ.
+
+3.  The order and regulation of public worship (ch. 2).  (a) Prayer,
+for those in authority and for all men.  (b) Instruction.  There is one
+God and one Mediator (Christ) between God and man.  (c) Conduct of men
+and women in the church assemblies.
+
+4.  Qualifications of the church officers (ch. 3).  (a) The ideal
+minister.  (b) The ideal deacon and the ministering women.  (c)
+Conclusion of chapter.  Paul declares his intention to visit Timothy.
+An ascription of praise.
+
+5.  The government of the Christian church and community (ch. 4-6).  In
+these three chapters Timothy is charged by Paul to keep before him a
+high view of the church and its grand destiny.  (a) Timothy, as a
+teacher, is reminded of his commission to put the church on guard
+against errors of doctrine and life (ch. 4).  (b) Timothy is shown how
+he should bear rule and conduct himself towards the elders and women of
+his congregation.  Paul adds instructions in regard to a man's care for
+his family, support of the ministry, discipline of offenders, etc. (ch.
+5).  (c) Relations of masters and servants.  Right attitude of
+believers in Christ toward riches.  The chief thing is to follow after
+righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness, and to fight
+the good fight of faith (6:1-19).  (d) Closing charge to Timothy with
+benediction (6:20, 21).
+
+
+THE EPISTLE TO TITUS
+
++Titus+ was a beloved disciple of Paul.  He was a Gentile and was taken
+by Paul to Jerusalem and was made a test case of the freedom of the
+gospel and was not compelled to be circumcised (Gal. 2:1-5).  He is
+mentioned by name, by Paul, twelve times in four of the Epistles (2
+Cor. 2:13; 7:6, 13, 14; 8:6, 16, 23; 12:18; Gal. 2:1, 3; 2 Tim. 4:10;
+Titus 1:4).  The early church tradition is that Titus was descended
+from the royal family of Crete.  He was an able and capable missionary.
+We have no account of his conversion.  He might have come first in
+contact with Paul and been converted when the Great Apostle visited
+Crete on his way to Rome as a prisoner (Acts 27:7-13).  Some time was
+spent at this island by Paul's company (Acts 27:9).  Paul again visited
+Crete after his first Roman imprisonment and when he went away he left
+Titus in charge of affairs (Titus 1:5), "To set in order things that
+are wanting and to ordain elders in every city."  This message of Paul
+to Titus not only shows the confidence which Paul reposed in him, but
+also how widespread Christianity was in Crete.  After Titus had
+completed his special work in Crete he was to rejoin Paul at Nicopolis
+(Titus 3:12).
+
++The Purpose+ of this letter is to show Titus what he is to do, in his
+work with the churches, and how to do it.
+
++Time and Place of Writing.+--It is thought that this Epistle was
+written from Corinth in 66 A.D.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Greeting and subject of the Epistle (1:1-5).  Titus is left in
+Crete to accomplish certain things (1:5) after which he is to rejoin
+Paul (3:12).
+
+2.  The kind of officers to be appointed in the Cretan churches
+(1:5-16).  Special moral and spiritual fitness is set forth as
+necessary in view of the peculiar character of the Cretans and certain
+forms of doctrinal error.
+
+3.  The instruction to be given to the Cretans (2:1-3:11).  (a) "The
+things which become sound doctrine."  (b) Practical teaching for the
+proper regulation of the conduct of all classes.  (c) The foundation of
+the instruction rests upon Christ.  (d) Proper attitude of the
+Christian community toward the Pagan world; magistrates and those who
+have not yet believed in Christ.  Kindness and gentleness and the
+avoidance of foolish questions best reveal the spirit of Christ by
+those who profess His name.  (e) Parting requests and benediction
+(3:12-15).
+
+
+THE SECOND EPISTLE TO TIMOTHY
+
++The Last Words of Paul.+--This Epistle is of special interest as it
+contains the last recorded words of Paul to his faithful disciple,
+Timothy.  The Great Apostle is writing from a strict prison confinement
+(1:16, 17; 2:9).  He has had a first preliminary trial (4:16) and this
+was of such a dread nature that none of his friends dare to stand with
+him, yet he rejoices in his Lord that He stood by him and strengthened
+him.  He feels however that his end is near and gives a magnificent
+testimony of his faith (4:6-8).  He urges Timothy to come to him in
+Rome and bring Mark with him (4:9, 11).
+
++Time and Place of Writing.+--It was written by Paul in prison at Rome
+67 A.D.
+
++The Purpose.+--Paul shows here his care for the churches, their
+upbuilding in the faith and their proper regulation of the things that
+pertain to worship and organization.  Timothy, as a preacher of the
+Word, has his personal responsibility, for the upbuilding of the
+churches, presented to him.
+
++Principal Divisions and Chief Points.+
+
+1.  Greeting and thanksgiving (1:1-5).
+
+2.  The Christian conduct of Timothy (1:6-2:14).  Paul exhorts Timothy
+not to allow himself to be daunted by fear of opposition or suffering
+in doing his work for Christ.  He encourages him by, (a) The great
+revelation and power of the gospel.  (b) His own work.  (c) The sure
+hope of a great reward.
+
+3.  Timothy as a preacher of the Word (2:15-4:5).  Paul exhorts
+Timothy, (a) To study to show himself a workman.  (b) In the perilous
+times that are coming to feed on the Word of God and preach it in
+season and out of season.
+
+4.  Last words of Paul (4:6-22).  The Apostle now turns to himself and
+speaks of his coming martyrdom.  He is ready to be offered, he has
+fought a good fight.  He beseeches Timothy to come and see him and
+bring Mark.  He refers to his first hearing when every friend left him
+alone and only the Lord stood by him.  He, after various messages,
+closes with the usual benediction.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+What is the place of these Epistles in Paul's life?  What can be said
+of Paul's fourth missionary journey; the first trip eastward, the trip
+westward to Spain, and the second trip eastward?  How did Paul come to
+be imprisoned a second time?  What are the questions discussed in these
+Epistles; the personal element, the doctrinal part, the practical
+teaching, and the special theme?  What is Paul's last declaration of
+faith?  What can be said of the First Epistle to Timothy; Timothy's
+life, time, and place of writing, the purpose, and the principal
+divisions and chief points?  What can be said of the Epistle to Titus;
+the life of Titus, the purpose, time, and place of writing, and the
+principal divisions and chief points?  What can be said of the Second
+Epistle to Timothy; the last words of Paul, time and place of writing,
+and the principal divisions and chief points?
+
+
+
+
+A New Method for Bible Classes
+
+BY HENRY T. SELL
+
+
+Studies In Early Church History.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+Studies in the Life of the Christian.
+  His Faith and His Service.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+Bible Studies in the Life of Paul.
+  Historical and Constructive.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+Bible Studies in the Life of Christ.
+  Historical and Constructive.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net, cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+
+_15th edition, revised and enlarged._
+
+Supplemental Bible Studies.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+
+_5th edition, revised._
+
+Bible Studies by Books.
+  12 mo, paper, 35 cts. net; cloth, 60 cts. net.
+
+Bible Studies by Doctrines.
+  12 mo, paper, 25 cts. net; cloth, 50 cts. net.
+
+Bible Studies by Periods.
+  A Series of Twenty-four Historical Bible
+  Studies, from Genesis to Revelation.
+  12 mo, paper, 35 cts. net; cloth, 60 cts. net.
+
+Fleming H. Revell Company
+
+_Publishers_
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Bible Studies in the Life of Paul, by Henry T. Sell
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLE STUDIES IN THE LIFE OF PAUL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 31350.txt or 31350.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/3/5/31350/
+
+Produced by Al Haines
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/31350.zip b/31350.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee4d551
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31350.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a3c74d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #31350 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/31350)